çàãðóçêà...
 
ÑÏÈÑÎÊ ËÈÒÅÐÀÒÓÐÛ
Ïîâåðíóòèñü äî çì³ñòó

ÑÏÈÑÎÊ ËÈÒÅÐÀÒÓÐÛ

Adams D. B., Cells related to fighting behaviour recorded from midbrain central gray neuropil of cat, Science, 159, 894—896 (1968).

Ader R., Frequency of stimulation during early life and subsequent emotionality in the rat, Psychol. Rep., 18, 695—701 (1966).

Ader R., Friedman S. B.,     Grota L. J., Emotionality    and adrenal cortical

function: effects of strain, test and the 24-hour corticosterone rhythm, Anim. Behav., 15, 37—44 (1967).

Adler H. E., Sensory factors in migration, Anim. Behav., 11, 566—577

(1963).

Adler N., Bermant G., Sexual behaviour of male rats: effects of reduced sensory feedback, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 61, 240—243 (1966).

Adler N., Hogan J. A., Classical conditioning and punishment of an instinctive response in Betta splendens, Anim. Behav., 11,    351—354     (1963).

Adolph E. F., Urges to eat   and drink in rats, Amer. J.  Physiol., 151, 110—

125 (1947).

Adolph E. F., Barker J. P., Hoy P. A., Multiple factors in thirst, Amer. J. Physiol., 178, 538-562 (1954).

Adi tan E. D., The Basis of Sensation, Christophers, London, 1928.

Adrian E. D., Potential changes in the isolated nervous system of Dytiscus marginalis, J. Physiol., 72, 132—151 (1931).

Adrian E. D., The physiological basis of perception. In “Brain Mechanisms and Consciousness”, Ed. J. f. Delafresnaye, Blackwell, Oxford, 1954.

Adrian E. D., Zotterman Y., The impulses produced by sensory nerve endings. Pt. 3, Impulses set up by touch and pressure, J. Physiol., 61, 465—483 (1926).

Ahrens R., Beitr?ge zur Entwicklung des Physiognomie und Mimikerkennes, Z. exp. und ang. Psychol., 2, 402—454, 599—633 (1954).

Ainsworth M. D., Wittig B. A., In Determinants of Infant Behaviour, 4, Ed. B. Foss, Methuen, London, 1968.

Akerman B., Behavioural effects of electrical stimulation in the forebrain of the pigeon, I and II, Behaviour, 26, 323—350 (1966).

Akerman B., Andersson B., Fabricius E., Svensson L., Observations on central regulation of body temperature and of food and water intake in the pigeon (Columba livia), Acta physiol, scand., 50, 328—336 (1960).

Akert if., Diencephalon. In Sheer (1961).

IS.  Akimoto H., Saito Y., Nakamura Y., Effects of arousal stimuli on evoked neuronal activities in cat’s visual cortex. In “The Visual System”, Ed. R. Jung and H. Kornhuber, Springer, Berlin, 1961.

Albrecht H., Zur Stammesgeschichte einiger Bewegungsweisen bei Fischen, untersucht am Verhalten von Haplochromis (Pisces, Cichlidae), Z. Tierpsy- chol., 23, 270-302 (1966).

Alexander G., Williams D., Teat-seeking activity in lambs during the first hours of life, Anim. Behav., 14, 166—176 (1966).

Allee W. C., The Social Life of Animals, Norton, New "York, 1938.

Allport G. W., Personality: a Psychological Interpretation, Holt, New York, 1937.

Alpern H. P., McGaugh J. L., Retrograde amnesia as a function of duration of electroshock stimulation, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 65, 265—269 (1968).


Altman /., Das G. D., Anderson W. Effects of infantile handling on morphological development of the rat brain: an explanatory study, Developmental Psychobiology, 1, 10—20 (1968).

Altmann S. A., Social behaviour of anthropoid primates: analysis of recent concepts. In Bliss (1962).

Altmann S. A., Sociobiology of rhesus monkeys. II. Stochastics of social communication, J. Theoret. Biol., 8, 490—522 (1965).

Ambrose J. A., The smiling response in early human infancy. Ph. D. thesis, London, 1960.

Ambrose J. A., The development of the smiling response in early infancy. In “Determinants of Infant Behaviour, I”, Ed. B. M. Foss, Methuen, London, 1961.

Ammons-R. B., Acquisition of motor skill. II. Rotary pursuit performance with continuous practice before and after a single rest, J. exp. Psychol., 37, 393—411 (1947).

Amsel A., Selective association and the anticipatory goal response mechanism as explanatory concepts in learning theory, I. exp. Psychol., 39, 785— 799 (1949).

Amsel A., The effect ?pon level of consummatory response of the addition of anxiety to a motivational complex, J. exp. Psychol., 40, 709—715

(1950).

Amsel A., The role of frustrative non reward in noncontinous reward situations, Psychol. Bull., 55, 102—119 (1958).

Amsel A., Maltzman /., The effect upon generalized drive strength of emotionality as inferred from the level of consummatory response, J. exp. Psychol., 40, 563-569 (1950).

Amsel A., Work M. S., The role of learned factors in “spontaneous” activity, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 54, 527—532 (1961).

Anand B. K., Nervous regulation of food intake, Physiol. Rev., 41, 677—708

(1961).

Anand B. K., Brobeck J. R., Hypothalamic control of food intake in rats and cats, Yale J. Biol. Med., 24, 123—140 (1951).

Anand B. K., Chhtna G. S., Singh S., Effect of glucose on the activity of hypothalamic “feeding centers”. Science, 138, 597—598 (1962).

Anderson E. E., The interrelationship of drives in the male albino rat. II. Comp. PsichoL Monogr., 14, No. 72 (1937—1938).

Anderson E. E., The externalization of Drive. I. Theoretical consciderati- ons, Psychol. Rev., 48, 204—224 (1941). .

Andersson B., The effect of injections of hypertonic NaCl.solutions into different parts of the hypothalamus of goats, Acta physiol, scand., 28, 188—201 (1953).

Andersson B., The physiology of thirst. In “Progress in Physiological Psychology. I”, Ed. E. Stellar and J. M. Sprague, 191—207, 1966.

Andersson B., Larsson B., Influence of local temperature changes in the preoptic area and rostral hypothalamus on the regulation of food and water intake, Acta physiol, scand., 52, 75—89 (1961).

Andersson B., McCannS. M., A further study of polydipsia evoked by hypothalamic stimulation in the goat, Acta physiol, scand., 33, 333—346 (1955).

Andersson B., Wyrwicka W., The elicitation of ft drinking motor conditioned reaction by electrical stimulation of the hypothalamic «drinking area» in the goat, Acta physiol, scand., 41, 194—198 (1957).

Andrew R. Some remarks on behaviour in conflict situations, with special reference to Embenza spp., Brit. J. Anim. Behav., 4, 41—45 (1956).

Andrew R. J., Normal and irrelevant toilet behaviour in Emberiza. spp., Brit. J. Anim. Behav., 4, 85—91 (1956).

Andrew R. /., Fear responses in Emberlza spp., Brit. J. Anim. Behav., 4, 125-132 (1956).

Andrew R. J., Intention movements of flight in certain passerines, and their use in systematics, Behaviour, 10, 179—204 (1956).


Andrew R. J., The aggressive and courtship behaviour of certain Emberi- zines, Behaviour, 10, 255—308 (1957).

Andrew R. /., Influence of hunger on aggressive behavior in certain buntings of the genus Emberiza, Physiol. Zool., 30, 177—185 (1957)..

51 'Andrew R. J., The motivational organisation controlling the mobbing calls of the blackbird (Turdus merula):    I,   II,  III  and  IV, Behaviour, 17,. 224—

288-321; 18, 25-43, 161-176 (1961).

 Andrew R. J., The displays given by passerines in courtship and reproductive fighting: a review, Ibis, 103a, 315—348 (1961).

Andrew R. J., Tlio situations that evoke vocalization in primates, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 102, 296-315 (1962).

Andrew R. J., Effect of testosterone on the behavior of the domestic chick, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 56, 933—940 (1963).

Andrew R. J., The origin and evolution of the calls and facial expressions of the primates, Behaviour, 20, 1—109 (1963).

Andrew R. J., Trends apparent in the evolution of vocalization in the old world monkeys and apes, Symp. zool. Soc. Lond., 10, 89—101 (1963).

Andrew R. J., Vocalization in chicks, and the concept of “stimulus contrast”, Anim. Behav., 12, 64—76 (1964).

Andrew R? J., The development of adult responses from responses given during imprinting by the domestic chick, Anim. Behav., 12, 542—548

(1964).

Andrew R. J., Precocious adult behaviour in the young chick, Anim. Behav., 14, 485—500 (1966).

Andrew R. J., Intracranial self-stimulation in the chick, Nature, 213, 847—848 (1967).

Andrew R. J., The effects of testosterone on avian vocalizations. In Hinde (1969).

Angermeier W. F., Some basic aspects of social reinforcements in albino rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 53, 364—367 (1960).

A ngermeier W. P., Locke D., Harris A., Direct stomach feeding in the pigeon, Psychol. Rep., 15, 771-774 (1964).

Anthoney T. /?., The ontogeny of greeting, grooming, and sexual motor patterns in captive baboons (Superspecies Papio cynocephalus), Behaviour,

358—372 (1968).

Arden G. B., Complex receptive fields and responses to moving objects in cells of the rabbit’s lateral geniculate body, J. Physiol., 166, 468—-488

(1963).

Arlinsky Ì. B., On the failure of fowl to adapt to prism induced displacement: some theoretical analyses, Psychon. Sci., 7, 237—238 (1967).

Armstrong E. A., Courtship and Display amongst Birds, Lindsay Drummond, London, 1947.

Armstrong E. A., The nature and function of displacement activities, Sym. Soc. exp. Biol., 4, 361—384 (1950).

Armstrong E. A., The ecology of distraction display, Brit, J. Anim, Behav.,

121-135 (1954).

Aronson L. R., An analysis of reproductive behavior in the mouth-breeding Cichlid fish, Tilapia macrocephala (Bleeker), Zoologica, 34, • 133—158 (1949).

Aronson L. R., Environmental stimuli altering the physiological condition of the individual among lower vertebrates. In Beach (1965).

Aronson L. R., Cooper Ì., The appearance of seasonal cycles in sexual behaviour in domestic male cats following desensitization of the glkns penis, Proc. 18th Int. Cong. Psychol. Moscow, 1, 190—197 (1966).

Aronson L. R., Noble G. K., The sexual behavior of Anura: 2 Neural mechanisms controlling mating in the male leopard frog, Rana pipiens, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 86, 87—139 (1945).

Aschoff Exogene und endogene Komponente der 24 Stunden-Periodik bei Tier und Mensch, Naturwiss., 42, 569—575, Springer, Berlin (1955).


 Asckoff  Tierische Periodik unter dem Einfluss von Zeitgebern, Z. Tier- psychol., 15. 1—30 (1958).

Aschoff Exogenous and andogenous components in circadian rhythms, Cold Spring Harbor Symp. quant. Biol., 25, 11—28 (1960).

Aschoff /., Diurnal rhythms, Ann. Rev. Physiol., 25, 581—600 (1063).

Aschoff /., Tagosperiodik licht- und dunkelaktiver Tiere, Rev. snisse Zool.,

528—558 (1964).

Aschoff Circandian rhythms in birds, Proc. 14th Int. Om. Cong., 1966, 81—105 (1967).

Aschoff J., Wever /?., Aktivit?tsmenge und a: p Verh?ltnis als Messgr?ssren der Tagesperiodik, Z. vergl. Physiol., 46, 88—101, Springer, Berlin (1962).

 Aschoff  Wever R., ?ber Phasenbeziehungen zwischen biologischer Tagesperiodik und Zeitgeberperiodik, Z. vergl. Physiol., 46, 115—128 (1962).

Aschoff /., Wever R., Circadian period and phase-angle difference in chaffinches (Fringilla coelebs), Comp. Biochein. Physiol., 18, 397—404 (19(>0).

Ashmole N. P., Ashmole M. L., Comparative feeding ecology of sea birds of a tropical oceanic island, Peabody Mus. Nat. Hist. Bull., 24, New Haven

(1967).

Assem J.  van den. Territory in   the three-spined   stickleback,     Gasterosteus

aculeatus,    Behaviour Suppl.,  16,  1—164 (1967).

Autrum H., Gailwitz U., Zur Analyse der Belichtungspotentiale des Insektenauges, Z. vergl. Physiol., 33,  407—435 (1951).

Autrum //., Stumpf //., Das Bienenauge als Analysator     f?r     polarisiertes

Licht, Z. Natur f., 56, 116—122 (1950).

Averbach E., Sperling G., Short-term storage of information in vision. In “Information Theory”, Ed. C. Cherry, Â utter worths, London, 1901.

Ax A. F., The physiological differentiation between fear and anger in humans, Psychosom. Med., 15, 433—442 (1953).

Azrin N. //., Hake D. F., Hutchinson R. R., Elicitation of aggression by a physical blow, J. exp. Anal. Behav., 8, 55—57 (1965).

Azrin N. //., Hutchinson R. ß., Conditioning of the aggressive behavior of pigeons by a fixed-interval schedule of reinforcement, J. exp. Anal. Belmv., 10, 395—402 (1967).

Azrin N. //., Hutchinson R. R., Hake D. F., Extinction-induced aggression, J. exp. Anal. Behav., 9, 191—204 (1966).

Azrin N. H., Hutchinson R. R., McLaughlin R., The opportunity for aggression as an operant reinforcer during aversive stimulation, J. exp. Anal. Behav., 8, 171-180 (1965).

Azrin N. HHutchinson R. R., Sallery R. D., Pain-aggression toward inanimate objects, J. exp. Anal. Behav., 7. 223—228 (1964).

Azrin N. H., Ulrich R. E., Hutchinson R. R., Norman D. G., Effect ol shock duration on shock-induced fighting, J. exp. Anal. Behav., 7, 9—II

(1964).

Bacon W. E., Bindra ?., The generality of the incentive-motivational effects of classically conditioned stimuli in instrumental learning, Acta Biol. Exper., 27, 185-197 (1967).

Baenninger R., Waning of aggressive motivation in Betta splendetis, Psychori. Sei., 4, 241—242 (1966).

Baenninger R., Contrasting effects of fear and pain on mouse killing by rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 63, 298—303 (1967).

Baerends G. P., Fortpflanzungsverhalten und Orientierung der Grabwespe Ammophilia campestris Jur., Tijdschr. Ent., 84, 68—275 (1941).

Baerends G. P., Specializations in organs and movements with a releasing function, Symp. Soc. exp. Biol., 4, 337—360 (1950).

Baerends G. P., The ethological analysis of fish behaviour. In “The Physiology of Fisbes”, Ed. M. E. Brown, Academic Press, New York, 1957.

Baerends G. P., The ethological concept “releasing mechanism” illustrated by a study of the stimuli eliciting egg-retrieving in the herring gull, Anat. Rec., 128, 518-519 (1957).


Baerends G. P., The Ethological studies of insect behavior, Ann. Rev. Ent.,

207—234 (1957).

Baerends G. P., The value of the concept «releasing mechanism», Proc. XVth Int. Cong. Zool., Lond., 1959.

Baerends G. P., La reconnaissance de l’oeuf par le Go?land argent?, Bull. Soc. Scient, de Bretagne, 37, 193—208 (1964).

Baerends G. P., ?ber einen m?glichen Einfluss von Triebkonflikten auf die Evolution von Verhaltensweisen ohne Mitteilungsfunktion, Z. Tierpsychol.,

385—394 (1966).

Baerends G. P., Baerends van Roon J. M., An introduction to the study of the ethology of cichlid fishes, Behaviour Suppl., 1, 1—242 (1950).

Baerends G. P., Blokzijl G. Gedanken ?ber das Entstehen von Formdivergenzen zwischen homologen Signalhandlungen verwandter Arten, Z. Tierpsychol., 20, 517-528 (1963).

Baerends G. P., Bril K. A., Bult P., Versuche zur Analyse einer erlernten Reizsituation bei einem Schweinsaffen (Macaca nemestrina), Z. Tierpsychol.,

394-411 (1965).

Baerends G. P., Brouwer R., Waterbolk H. Tf., Ethological studies on Lebistes reticulatus (Peters.): I. An analysis of the male .courtship pattern, Behaviour, 8, 249—334 (1955).

Baerends G. P., Cingel N. A. van der, On the phylogenetic origin of the snap display in the common heron (Ardea cinerea L.), Symp. zool. Soc. Lond., 8, 7—24 (1962).

Baeumer E., Lebensart des Haushuhns, Z. Tierpsychol., 12, 387—401 (1955).

Baeumer E., Verhaltensstudie ?ber das Haushuhn — dessen Lebensart:

Z. Tierpsychol., 16, 284—296 (1959).

Baeumer E., Lebensart des Haushuhns, dritter Teil — ?ber seine Laute und allgemeine Erg?nzungen, Z. Tierpsychol., 19, 394—416 (1962).

Baggerman S., An experimental study on the timing of breeding and migration in the three-spined stickleback (Gasterosteus aculeatus L.), Archs. n?erl. Zool., 12, 105-317 (1958).

Baggerman B., Baerends G. P., Heikens H. S., Mook J. H., Observations on the behaviour of the black tern, Chlidonias n. niger (L.), in the breeding area, Ardea, 44, 1—71 (1956).

Baillie P., Morrison S. ?., The nature of the suppression of food intake by lateral hypothalamic lesions in rats, J. Physiol., 165, 227—245 (1963).

Bainbridge R., Waterman T. H. (1957), Polarized light and the orientation of two marine Crustacea. J. exp. Biol., 34, 342—364 (1957).

BaldwinB. A., Ingram D. L., Tne effect of heating and cooling the hypothalamus on behavioural thermoregulation in the pig, J. Physiol., 191, 375—392

(1967).

Ball J., Sex behaviour of the rat after removal of the uterus and vagina, J. comp. Psychol., 18, 419—422 (1934).

Bambridge R., Early experience and sexual behaviour in the domestic chicken, Science, 136, 259—260 (1962).

Bangert //., Untersuchungen zur Koordination der Kopf-und Beinbewegungen beim Haushuhn, Z. Tierpsychol., 17,   143—164 (I960).

Banks E. M., A time and motion study of    pre-fighting behavior   in     mice,

J. Genet. Psychol., 101, 165—183 (1962).

Barcroft /., Barron D. H., Movement in the mammalian foetus, Ergeb. Physiol., 42, 107—152 (1939).

Bard P., The effects of denervation of the genitalia on the oestrual behavior of cats, Amer. J. Physiol., 113, 5—6 (1935).

Bard P., Mountcastle V. B., Some forebrain mechanisms involved in expression of rage with special reference to suppression of angry behavior, Res. Publ. Ass. nerv. ment. Dis., 27, 362—402 (1948).

Barfield R. /., Induction of copulatory behaviour by intracranial     placement

of androgen in capons, Amer. Zool., 4, 133 (1964).


Barfield ß. Sachs Â. D., Sexual behaviour: stimulation by painful electrical shock to skin in male rats, Science, 161, 392—395 (1968).

Barlow G. W., Ethology of the Asian Teleost, Badis badis: III. Aggressive behavior, Z. Tierpsychol., 19, 29—55 (1962).

Barlow G. W., Ethology of the Asian Teleost, Badis badis: IV. Sexual behavior, Copeia, 2, 346—360 (1962).

Barlow G. W., Ethology of the Asian Teleost, Badis badis: II. Motivation and signal value of the colour patterns, Anim. Behav., 11, 97—105 (1963).

Barlow G. W., Ethological units of behavior. In “Central Nervous System and Fish Behaviour”, Ed. D. Ingle, Chicago Univer. Press, 1968.

Barlow II. B., Summation and inhibition in the frog’s retina, J. Physiol.,

68-88 (1953).

Barlow H. B., The coding of sensory messages. In Thorpe and Zangwill (1961).

Barlow H. B., Slippage of contact lenses and other artefacts in relation to fading and regeneration of supposedly stable retinal images, Q. J. exp. Psychol., 15, 36—51 (1963).

Barlow H. B., FitzHugh R., Kuffler S. W., Change of organization in the receptive fields of the cat’s retina during dark adaptation, J. Physiol., 137,

354  (1957).

Barlow H. B., Hill R. M., Selective sensitivity to direction of movement in ganglion cells of the rabbit retina, Science, 139, 412—414 (1963).

Barlow H. B., Hill R. M., Levick W. R., Retinal ganglion cells responding selectively to direction and speed of image motion in the rabbit, J. Physiol.,

377-407 (1964).

Barlow H. B., Levick W. R., The mechanism of directionally selective units in rabbit’s retina, J. Physiol., 178, 477—504 (1965).

Barlow IV., Anxiety and muscle tension pain, Brit. J. Clin. Practice, 13,

350  (1959).

Barnes G. W., Baron A., Stimulus complexity and sensory reinforcement, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 54, 466—469 (1961).

Barnes G. W., Kish G. B., Reinforcing properties of the onset of auditory stimulation, J. exp. Psychol., 62, 164—170 (1961).

Barnett S. A., Physiological effects of “social stress” in wild rats: J. Adrenal cortex, J. psychosom. Res., 3, 1—11 (1958).

Barnett S> A., A Study in Behaviour, Metnuen, London, 1963.

Barnett S. A., Burn J., Early stimulation and maternal behaviour, Nature,

150-152 (1967).

Bafnett S. A., Evans C. S., Stoddart R. C., Influence of females on conflict among wild rats, J. Zool., 154, 391—396 (1968).

Baron <4Suppression of exploratory behaviour by aversive stimulation, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 57, 299—301 (1964).

Baron A., Kish G. B., Early social isolation as a determinant of aggregative behavior in the domestic chicken, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 53, 459—463

(1960).

Baron A., Kish G. B., Low-intensity auditory and visual stimuli as reinforcers for the mouse, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 55, 1011—1013 (1962).

Barondes S. II., Cohen H. DPuromycin effect on successive phases of memory storage, Science, 151, 594—595 (1966).

Barraclough C. A., Cross B. A., Unit activity in the hypothalamus of the cyclic female rat: effect of genital stimuli and progesterone, J. Endocrin.,

339—359 (1963).

Barrass R., A quantitative study of the behaviour of the male Mormoniella vitripennis (Walker) (Hymenoptera, Pteromalidae) towards two constant stimulus-situations, Behaviour, 18, 288—312 (1961).

Barraud E. M., Notes on the territorial behaviour of captive ten-spined sticklebacks (Pygosteus pungitius), Brit. J. Anim. Behav., 3, 134—136 (1955).

Barraud E. M., The development of behaviour in some young passerines, Bird Study, 8, 111-118 (1961).


Barron D. H., Genetic neurology and the behaviour problem. In «Genetic

Neurology», Ed. P. Weiss, Chicago,    1950.

Barry II., Symmes D., Reinforcing effects of    illumination change in diffe

rent phases of the rat’s diurnal cycle, J. comp, physiol. Psychot., 56, 117—

(1963).   (    ,

Barth R. H., The endocrine control of mating behaviour in the cockroach

Byrsotria fumigata (Guerin). Gen. comp. Endocrin., 2, 53—69    (1962).

Bartholomew G. A., Collias N. E., The role  of vocalization in the social

behaviour of the northern elephant seal, Anim. Behav., 10, 7—14

(1962).

Bartlett Sir Frederic, Physiological criteria of fatigue. In Floyd and Wolford (1953).

Bartoshuk A. K., Response decrement with repeated elicitation of human neonatal cardiac acceleration to sound, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 55, 9—13 (1962).

Bartoshuk A. K., Human neonatal cardiac acceleration to sound: habituation and dishabituation, Percept, mot. Skills, 15, 15—27 (1962).

Bash K. W., An investigation into a possible organic basis for the hunger drive, J. comp. Psychol., 28, 109—134 (1939).

Bash K. W.,   Contribution to a  theory of the hunger    drive,    J.     comp.

Psychol., 28, 137—160 (1939).

Bastock M., A gene mutation which changes a behavior pattern, Evolution,

421—439 (1956).

Bastock M., Blest A. D., An analysis of behaviour sequences in Automeris * aurantiaca Weym (Lepidoptera), Behaviour, 12, 243—284 (1958).

Bastock M., Manning A., The courtship of Drosophila melanogaster, Behaviour, 8, 85—111 (1955).

Bastock M.,   Morris D., Moynihan M., Some comments on   conflict  and

thwarting in  animals, Behaviour, 6, 66—84 (1953).

Bateson P. P. G., Effect of similarity between rearing and testing conditions on chicks’ following and avoidance responses, J. comp, physiol. Psychol.,

100-103 (1964).

Bateson P. P. G., An effect of imprinting on the perceptual development of domestic chicks, Nature, 202, 421—422 (1964).

Bateson P. P. G., Relation between conspicuousness of stimuli and their effectiveness in the imprinting situation, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 58, 407—411 (1964).

Bateson P. P. G., Changes in the activity of isolated chicks over the first week after hatching, Anim. Behav., 12, 490—492 (1964).

Bateson P. P. G., The characteristics and context of imprinting, Biol. Rev., 41, 177-220 (1966).

Bateson P. P. G., Reese E. P., Reinforcing properties of conspicuous objects before imprinting has occurred, Psychon. Sei, 10, 379—380 (1968).

Bateson P. P. G., Reese E. P., The reinforcing properties of conspicuous stimuli in the imprinting situation, Anim. Behav., 19(?9.

Batham E. J., Pantin C. F. A., Phases of activity in the sea-anemone Metri- dium senile (L.), and their relation to external stimuli, J. exp. Biol., 27, 377—399 (1950).

Bauer J., Vergleichende Untersuchungen zum Kontaktverhalten verschiedener Arten der Gattung Tilapia (Cichlidae, Piscos) und ihrer Bastarde, Z. Tier- psychol., 25, 22-70 (1968).

Baumeister A., Hawkins W. F., C/omwell R. L., Need states and activity level, Psychol. Bull., 61, 438-453 (1964).

Baumgarten R. von, Nakayama S., Spontane und reizbedingte ?nderungen der antidromen Erregbarkeit von bulb?ren respiratorischen Nervenzellen aer Katze, Pfl?gers Arch. ges. Physiol., 281, 245—258 (1964).

Baumgartner G., Brown J. L., Schulz A., Responses of single units of the cat visnal system to rectangular stimulus patterns, J. Neurophysiol.,28, 1—18

(1965).


Beach F. A., Effects of cortical lesions upon the copulatory behavior of male rats, J. comp. Psychol., 29, 193—244 (1940).

Beach F. A., Comparison of copulatory behavior of male rats raised in isolation, cohabitation, and segregation, J. genet. Psychol., 60, 121—136 (1942).

Beach F. A., Analysis of factors involved in the arousal, maintenance and manifestation of sexual excitement in male animals, Psychosom. Med., 4, 173—198 (1942).

Beach F. A., Relative effects of androgen upon the mating behavior of male rats subjected to forebrain injury or castration, J. exp. Zool., 97, 249—295 (1944).

Beach F. A., A review of physiological and psychological studies of sexual behavior in mammals, Physiol. Rev., 27, 240—307 (1947).

Beach F, A., Hormones and Behavior, Hoeber, New York, 1948.

Beach F. A., Instinctive behavior: reproductive activities. In Stevens (1951).

Beach F. A., Effects of forebrain injury upon mating behavior in male pigeons, Behaviour, 4, 36—59 (1951).

Beach F. A., The descent of instinct, Psychol. Rev., 62, 401—410 (1955).

Beach F. A., Normal sexual behavior in male rats isolated at fourteen days of age, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 51, 37—38 (1958).

Beach F. A., Neural and chemical regulation of behavior. In «Biological and Biochemical Bases of Behavior», Ed. H. F. Harlow and C. N. Woolsey, Univ. of Wisconsin, Madison, 1958.

Beach F. A., Sex and Behavior, Wiley, New York, 1965.

Beach F. A., Ontogeny of «coitus-related» reflexes in the female guinea pig, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci., 56, 526—533 (1966).

Beach F. A., Cerebral and hormonal control of reflexive mechanisms involved in copulatory behaviour, Physiol. Rev., 47, 289—316 (1967).

Beach F. A., Coital behaviour in dogs. III. Effects of early isolation on mating in males, Behaviour, 30, 218—238 (1968).

Beach F. A., Fowler H., Individual differences in the response of male rats to androgen, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 52, 50—52 (1959).

Beach F. A., Fowler ff., Effects of «situationaljanxiety» on sexual behavior in male rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 52, 245—248 (1959).

Beach F. A., Goldstein A. C., Jacoby G. A., Effects of electro-convulsive shock on sexual behavior in male rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 48, 173—179

(1955).

Beach F. A., HolzA. M., Mating behavior in male rats castrated at various ages and injected with androgen, J. exp. Zool., 101, 91—142 (1946).

Beach F. A., Ilolz-Tucker A. M., Effects of different concentrations of androgen upon sexual behavior in castrated male rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol.,

433-453 (1949).

Beach F. A., Jaynes J., Effects of early experience upon the behavior of animals, Psychol. Bull., 51, 239—263 (1954).

Beach F. A., Jaynes J., Studies of maternal retrieving in rats: I. Recognition of young, J. Mammalogy, 37, 177—180 (1956).

Beach F. A., Jaynes J., Studies of maternal retrieving in rats: III. Sensory cues involved in the lactating female’s response to her young, Behaviour,

104-125 (1956).

Beach F. A., Jordan L., Sexual exhaustion and recovery in the male rat, Q. J. exp. Psychol., 8, 121-133 (1956).

Beach F. A., LeBoeuf B. J., Coital behaviour in dogs. 1. Preferential mating in the bitch, Anim. Behav., 15, 546—558 (1967).

Beach F. A., Levinson G., Effocts of androgen on the glans penis and mating behavior of castrated male rats, J. exp. Zool., 114, 159—168 (1950).

Beach F. A., Rabedeau R. G., Sexual exhaustion and recovery in the male hamster, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 52, 56—61 (1959).

Beach F. A., Ransom T. W., Effects of environmental variation on ejacula- tory frequency in male rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 64, 384—387 (1967).


Beach F. A., Westbrook W. H., Clemens L., Comparisons of the ejaculatory response in men and animals, Psychosom. Med., 28, 749—763 (1966).

Beach F. A., Whalen R. E., Effects of ejaculation on sexual behavior in the male rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 52, 249—254 (1959). ^

Beach F. A., Whalen R. E., Effects of intromission without ejaculation upon sexual behavior in male rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 52, 476—481 (1959).

Beach F. A., Wilson J. R., Mating behavior in male rats after removal of the seminal vesicles, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci., 49, 624—626 (1963).

Beatty W. W., Schwartzbaum J. S., Consummatory behavior for suoroso following septal lesions in the rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 65, 93—102 (1968).

Beck C. H., Warren J. M., Sterner R., Overtraining and reversal learning by cats and rhesus monkeys, J. comp, phvsiol. Psychol., 62, 332—335

(1966).

Beebe-Center J. G., Block P., Hoffman A. C., Wade M., Relative per diem consumption as a measure of preference in the rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol.,

239-251 (1948).

Beer C. G., Incubation and nestbuilding behaviour of black-headed gulls:

Incubation behaviour in the incubation period, Behaviour, 18, 62—106 (1961).

Beer C. G., Incubation and nestbuilding behaviour of black-headed gulls:

The pre-laying period, Behaviour, 21, 13—77 (1963).

Beer C. G., Incubation and nestbuilding behaviour of black-headed gulls:

Nest-building in the laying and incubation periods., Behaviour, 21, 155-176 (1963).

Beer C. G., Incubation and nestbuilding behaviour of black-headed gulls:

The post-hatching period, Behaviour, 26, 189—214 (1966).

Beer C. G., Adaptations to nesting habitat in the reproductive behaviour of the black-billed gull Larus bulleri, Ibis, 108, 394—410 (1966).

Beidler L. M., The chemical senses, Ann. Rev. Psychol., 12, 363—388

.

Beidler L. M., Fishman I. Y., Hardiman C. W., Species differences in taste responses, Amer. J. Physiol., 181, 235—239 (1955).

B?langer D., Feldman S. M., Effects of water deprivation upon heart rate and instrumental activity in the rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 55, 220—225

.

Bell R. Q., Relations between behavior manifestations in the human neonate, Child Development, 31, 463—477 (1960).

Bell R. Q., Developmental Psychology, Ann. Rev. Psychol., 16, 1—38

(1965).

Bell R. W., Denenberg V. H., The interrelationships of shock and critical periods in infancy as they affect adult learning and activity, Anim. Behav.,

21—27 (1963).

Bellows R. T., Time factors in water drinking in dogs, Amer. J. Physiol.,

87-97 (1939).

?eniest-Noirot E., Analyse du comportement dit maternel chez la souris, Monogr. Fran?aises de Psychol., 1, C. N. R. S., Paris, 1958.

Bennet-Claik II. C., The control of meal size m the bloodsucking bug, Rhod- nius prolixus, J. exp. Biol., 40, 741—750 (1963).

Berkowitz L., Aggression, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1963.

Berkson G., Davenport R. A'., Stereotyped movements of mental defectives: I. Initial survey, Amer. J. mental Deficiency, 66, 849—852 (1962).

Berkson G., Mason W. A., Stereotyped behaviors of chimpanzees: relation to general arousal and alternative activities, Percept, and Mot. Skills, 19, 635-652 (1964).

Berkson G., Mason W. A., Stereotyped movements of mental defectives:

The effects of toys and the character of the acts. Amer. J. mental Deficiency, 68, 511—524 (1964).


Berkson G., Mason W. A., Saxon S. V., Situation and stimulus effects on stereotyped behaviour of chimpanzees, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 56, 786-792 (1963).

Berkun M. M., Kessen M. L., Miller N. E., Hunger-reducing effects of food by stomach fistula versus food by mouth measured by a consummatory response, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 45, 550—554 (1952).

Berlyne D. E., Conflict, Arousal and Curiosity, McGraw-Hill, New York,

1960.

Berlyne D. E., Arousal and reinforcement, Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, 1—110 (1967).

Berlyne D. E., Koenig I. D. V., Hirota T., Novelty, arousal, and the reinforcement of diversive exploration in the rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 62, 222-226 (1966).

Berlyne D. E., Slater J., Perceptual curiosity, exploratory behavior and maze learning, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 50, 228—232 (1957).

Bermant G., Response latencies of female rats during sexual intercourse, Science, 133, 1771—1773 (1961).

Bermant G., Effects of single and multiple enforced intercopulatory intervals on the sexual behavior of male rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 57, 398-403 (1964).

Bermant G., Lott D. F., Anderson L., Temporal characteristics of the Coo- lidge effect in male rat copulatory behavior, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 65, 447-452 (1968).

Bernhardt P., Beitrag zur Biologie der Schellente (Bueephale clangula), J. Ornith., 88, 488-497 (1940).

Bernstein L., A note on Christie’s «Experimental naivet? and experiential naivete», Psychol. Bull., 49, 38—40 (1952).

Bernstein N., The Coordination and Regulation of Movements, Pergamon, London, 1967.

Bertram B. C. R., Ph. D. thesis, Cambridge (1969).

Belhe A., Plastizit?t und Zentren lehre, Handb. norm. path. Physiol., 15, 1175—1220 (1931).

Beukema J. T., Predation by the three-spined stickleback (Gasterosteus

aculeatus)'. the influence of hunger and experience, Behaviour, 31» 1—126

(1968).

Beusekom G. van, Some experiments on the optical orientation in Philanthus triangulum Fabr. Behaviour, 1, 195—225 (1948).

Bevan W., Perceptual learning: an overview, J. Gen Psychol., 64, 69—99

(1961).

Bevan W., Daves W. F., Levy G. W., The relation of castration, androgen therapy and pre-test fighting experience to competitive aggression in male

C57 BL/10 mice, Anim. Behav., 8, 6—12 (1960).

Bexton W. H., Heron W., Scott T. H., Effects of decreased variation in the sensory environment, Canad. J. Psychol., 8, 70—76 (1954).

Bignami G., Beach F. A., Mating behaviour in the chinchilla, Anim. Behav.,

45-53 (1968).

Bilodeau E. A., Acquisition of Skill, Academic Press, New York, 1966.

Bindra D., Motivation: A Systematic Reinterpretation, Ronald Press, New York, 1959.

Bindra D., Components of general activity and the analysis of behavior, Psychol. Rev., 68, 205—215 (1961).

Bindra D., Neuropsychological interpretation of the effects of drive and in- centive-motivation on general activity and instrumental behavior, Psychol. Rev., 75, 1-22 (1968).

Bindra D., Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sei. (1969).

Bindra D., Palfai T., Nature of positive and negative incentive-motivational effects on general activity, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 63, 288—297 (1967).

Bindra D., Spinner N., Response to varying degrees of novelty: the incidence of various activities, J. exp. Anal. Behav., 1, 341—350 (1958).


Bingham W. E., Griffiths W. The effect of different environments during infancy on adult behavior in the rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 45, 307— 312 (1952).

Birch D., Burnstein E., Clark R. A., Response strength as a function of hours of food deprivation under a controlled maintenance schedule, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 51, 350-354 (1958).

Birch H. G., Sources of order in the maternal behavior of animals, Amer.

J. Orthopsychiatr., 26, 279—284 (1956).    ,

Birch II. G., Clark G., Hormonal modification of social behavior: IV. The mechanism of estrogen-induced dominance in chimpanzees, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 43, 181-193 (1950).

Birukow G., Erm?dung und Umstimmung bei Gleicligewichtsreaktipnen der Amphibien, Verh. d. zool. Ges. Wilhelmshaven, 1951, 144—150 (1951).

Birukow G., Photo-Geomenotaxis bei Geotrupes silvaticus Panz. und ihre zentralnerv?se Koordination, Z. vergl. Physiol., 36, 176—211 (1954).

Birukow G., Zur Funktion der Antennen beim Mistk?fer (Geotrupes silvaticus Panz.), Z. Tierpsychol., 15, 265-276 (1958).

Birukow G., Aktivit?ts-und Orientierungsrhythmik beim Kornk?fer (Caland- ra granaria L.), Z. Tierpsychol., 21, 279—301 (1964).

Birukow G., Oberd?rfer H., Schwerkraftorientierung beim Wasserl?ufer Vella currens F. (Heteroptera) am Tage und zur Nachtzeit, Z. Tierpsychol.,

693-705 (1959).

Bishop L. G., Reehn D. G., McCann G. D., Motion detection by interneurons of optic lobes of the flies (Callipt^ora phaenicea and Musca domestica), J. Neurophysiol., 31, 509—525 (1968).

Bitterman M. E., Toward a comparative psychology of learning, Amer. Psychologist, 15, 704-712 (1960).

Blanchard R. J., Blanchard D. C., Food deprivation and reactivity to shock, Psychon. Sei., 4, 317-318 (1966).

Blase B., Die Laut?usserungen des. Neunt?ters (Lanius c. collurio L.), Freilandbeobachtungen und Kasper-Hauser-Versuche, Z. Tierpsychol.,

293-344 (i960).

Blauveit H., Neonate-mother relationship in goat and man. In «Group Processes», Trans, of 2nd Conf. Ed. B. Schaffner, Josiah Macy, Jr., New York, 1956.

Blest A. D., The evolution of protective displays in the Saturnioidea and Sphingidae (Lepidoptera), Behaviour, 11, 257—309 (1957).

Blest A. D., Interaction between consecutive responses in a Hemileucid moth, and the evolution of insect communication, Nature, 181, 1077—1078

(1958).

Blest A. D., Central control of interactions between behaviour patterns in a Hemileucine moth, Nature, 184, 1164—1165 (1959).

Blest A. D., The concept of ritualization. In Thorpe and Zangwill (1961).

Blest A. D., Collett T. S., Micro-electrode studies ol the medial protocerebrum of some Lipidoptera. I and II, J. insect Physiol., 11, 1079—1103 and 1289-1306 (1965).

Bligh The thermosensitivity of the hypothalamus and thermoregulation in mammals, Biol. Rev., 41, 317—367 (1966).

Bliss E. L., Roots of Behavior, Hoeber, New York, 1962.

Blodgett H. C., McCutchan K., Relative strength of place and response learning in the T. maze, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 41, 17—24 (1948).

Blough D. S., Method for tracing dark adaptation in the pigeon, Science,

703-704 (1955).

Blough D. S., Experiments in animal psychophysics, Sei. Amer., 205, 113—' 122 (1961).

Blough D. S., The study of animal sensory processes by operant methods. In Honig (1966).

Blough D. S., Millward R. B., Learning: operant conditioning and verbal learning, Ann. Rev. Psychol., 16, 63—94 (1965).


Blurton-Jones N. G., Experiments on the causation of the threat postures of Canada geese, Rep. Wildfowl Trust, 1960, 46—52 (1958—1959).

Blurton-J ones N. G., Observations and experiments oil causation of threat displays of the great tit (Parus major), Anim. Beliav. Monogr., 1,2

(1968).

Bolles R. C., A replication and further analysis of a study on position reversal learning in hungry and thirsty rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 51, 349

(1958).

Bolles R. C., Group and individual performance as a function of intensity and kind of deprivation, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 52, 579—585 (1959).

Bolles R. C., Grooming behavior in the rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 53, 306—310 (1960).

Bolles R. C., Effect of food deprivation upon the rat’s behavior in its home cagc, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 56, 456—460 (1963).

Bolles R. C., Effects of deprivation conditions upon the rat’s home cage behavior, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 60, 244—248 (1965).

Bolles R. C., Theory of Motivation, Harper and Row, New York, 1967.

Bolles R. Ñ., de Lorge /., Effect of hunger on exploration in a familiar locale, Psychol. Rep., 10, 54 (1962).

Bolles R. C., Morlock H.. Some asymmetrical drive summation phenomena, Psychol. Rep., 6, 373—378 (1960).

Bolles R. C., Rapp H. Ì., White G. C., Failure of sexual activity to reinforce female rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 65, 311—313 (1968).

Bolles R. C., Stokes L. W., Rat’s anticipation of diurnal and a-diurnal feeding, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 60, 290—294 (1965).

Bolles R. C., Woods P. J., The ontogeny of behaviour ill the albino rat, Anim. Behav., 12, 427—441 (1964).

Booth D. A., Quartermain D., Taste sensitivity of eating elicited by chemical stimulation of the rat hypothalamus, Psychon. Sci., 3, 525—526 (1965).

Borg G., Diamant H., Strom L., Zotterman Y., The relation between neural

and perceptual intensity: a comparative study on the neural and psychophysical response to taste stimuli, J. Physiol., 192, 13—20  (1967).

Boring E. G., The relation of the attributes of sensation to the     dimensions

of the stimulus, Philos. Sci., 2, 236—245 (1935).

Boshka S. C., Weisman H. Ì., Thor D. H., A technique for inducing aggression in rats utilizing morphine withdrawal, Psychol. Rec., 16, 541—543

(1966).

Bovard E. W., The effects of earlv handling on the viability of the albino rat, Psychol. Rev., 65, 257—27Ã(1958).

Bovet J., Experimented Untersuchungen iiber das Heimfindevermogen von Mausen, Z. Tierpsychol., 17, 728—755 (1960).

Bovet J., Influence d’un effet directionnel sur le retour au gite   dcs     Mulots

fauve et sylvestre (Apodemus flavicollis Melch. et A. sylvaticus L.) et du Campagnol roux (Clethrionomys glareolus Schr.),Z. Tierpsychol., 19, 472 — 488 (1962).

Bower G. H., Miller N. E., Rewarding and punishing effects from stimulating the same place in the rat’s brain, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 51, 669— 674 (1958).

Bower T.G.R., Heterogeneous summation in human infants, Anim. Behav.,

395-398 (1966).

Bowlby J., Critical phases in the development of social responses in man and other animals, In «Prospects in Psychiatric Research», Ed. J. M. Tanner, Oxford Univ. Press, 1952.

Bowlby J., Separation anxiety, Int. J. Psycho-anal., 41, 89—113 (1960).

Boyd H., Fabricius E., Observations on the incidence of following of visual and auditory stimuli in naive mallard ducklings (Anas platyrhynchos) Behaviour, 25, 1—15 (1965).

Bradley W. E., Wright F. S., Visceral reflex activity: development in postnatal rabbit, Science, 152, 216—217 (1966).


Brady /., Control of the circadian rhythm of activity in the cockroach. 1. The role of the corpora cardiaca, brain and stress. 2. The role of the suboesophageal ganglion and ventral nerve cord, J. exp. Biol., 47, 153— 164 and 165—178 (1967).

Brady J. V., Emotional behavior. In «Handbook of Physiology», Sec. I, Vol. Ill, Ed. J. Field, H. W. Magoun, and V. E. Hall, Amer. Physiol. Soc., Washington, 1960.

Brady J. V., Motivational-emotional factors and intracranial self-stimilla- tion. In Sheer, 1961.

Brady J. V., Boren J. /., Conrad DSidman M., The effect of food and water deprivation upon intracranial self-stimulation, J. comp, physiol. Psychol.,

134-137 (1957).

Brady J. V., Kelly D., Plumlee L., Experimental approaches to the study of emotional behaviour, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sei. (1969).

Braemer W., Verhaltensphysiologische Untersuchungen am optischen Apparat bei Fischen, Z. vergl. Physiol., 39, 374—398 (1957).

Braemer W., A critical review of the sun-azimuth hypothesis, Cold Spring Harbor Symp. quant. Biol., 25, 413—427 (1960).

Braemer W., Braemer H., Zur Gleichgewichtsorientierung schr?gstehender Fische, Z. vergl. Pfiysiol., 40, 529—542 (1958).

Braemer W., Schwassmann H. O., Von Rhythmus der Sonnenorientierung am ?quator (bei Fischen), Ergeb. Biol., 26, 182—201 (1960).

Brattgard S., The importance of adequate stimulation for the chemical composition of retinal ganglion cells during early post-natal development, Acta Radio. Suppl., 96, 1952.

Braun E., Die ersten Beutefanghandlungen junger Blaufelchen (Coregonus wartmanni Bloch) und Hechte (Esox lucius L.), Z. Tierpsychol., 20, 257— 266 (1963).

Breed F. S., The development of certain instincts and habits in chicks, Behaviour Monographs, 1, 1—78 (1911).

Brennan W. M., Ames E W., Moore R. W., Age differences in infants’ attention to patterns of different complexities, Science, 151, 354—356

(1966).

Brereton J. le G., Immelmann K., Head-scratching in the Psittaciformes, Ibis, 104, 169-175 (1962).

Bridger W. //., Signalling systems in the development of cognitive functions. In «The Central Nervous System and Behaviour», Ed. M. A. B. Brazier, Macy Foundation, New York, 1960.

Bridger W. H., Ethological concepts and human development. In «Recent Advances in Biological Psychiatry», 4, ?5—107, Plenum Press, New York

(1962).

Brindley G. S., Merton P.A., The absence of position sense in human eye, J. Physiol., 153, 127—130 (1960).

Broadbent D. E., Listening to one of two synchronous messages, J. exp. Psychol., 44, 51-55 (1952).

Broadbent D. E., Perception and Communication, Pergamon Press, London, 1958.

Broadbent D. E., Recent analysis of short-term memory, Proc. 18th Int. Cong. Psychol. Moscow, 21, 18—25 (1966).

Broadbent D. E., Gregory M., Vigilance considered as a statistical decision, Brit. J. Psychol., 54, 309—323 (1963).

Broadbent D. E., Gregory M., Division of attention and the decision theory of signal detection, Proc. Roy. Soc. B, 158, 222—231 (1963).

 Broadhurst P. L., The interaction of task difficulty and motivation, Acta Psychol., 16, 321-338 (1959).

Broadhurst P. L., Analysis of maternal effects in the inheritance of behaviour, Anim. Behav., 9, 129—141 (1961).

Broadhurst P. L., Jinks J. L., The inheritance of mammalian behaviour re-examined, J. Hered., 54, 170—176 (1963).


Brobeck J. R., Energy exchange. In «Textbook of Physiology» (17th ed.), Ed. J. F. Fulton, Saunders, Philadelphia, 1955.

Brobeck J. R., Regulation of feeding and drinking. In «Handbook of Physiology», Sec. 1, Vol. II, Ed. J. Field, II. W. Magoun, and V. E. Hall, Arner. Physiol. Soc., Washington, 1960.

Brobeck J. R., Larsson J., Reyes E. A., A study of the electrical activity of the hypothalamic feeding mechanism, J. Physiol., 132, 358—364 (1956).

Brockway B. F., Ethological studies of the budgerigar (Melopsittacus unda- latus): non-reproductive behavior, Behaviour. 22, 193—222 (1963).

Brogden W. J., Sensory pre-conditioning, J. exp. Psychol., 25, 323—332 (1939).

Bromley R. B., Bard P., A study of the effect of estrin on the responses to genital stimulation shown by decapitate and decerebrate female cats, Amer. J. Physiol., 129, P318—P319 (1940).

342 Bronfenbrenner U., Early deprivation in animals and man. In «Early Experience and Behavior», Ed. G. Newton, Thomas, Springfield, 111., 1966.

Bronson F. H., Desjardins C., Aggression in adult mice: modification by neonatal injections of gonadal hormones, Science, 161, 705—706 (1968).

Bronson G. W., The development of fear in man and other animals, Child Devel., 39, 409-430 (1968).

Bronson G. W., The fear of novelty, Psychol. Bull., 69,   350—358   (1968).

Broom D. M.,  Specific habituation by chicks, Nature, 217,    880—881     (1968).

Brower J. van Z.. Brower L. P., Experimental studies of mimicry: 8,     further

investigations of honey bees (Apis mellifora) and their   dronefly  mimics

(Eristalis spp.), Amer. Nat., 99, 173—188 (1965).

Brower L. P., Brower J. van Z., Cranston F. P., Courtship behavior of the queen butterfly Danaus gilippus berenice (Cramer) Zoologica, 50, 1—39 (1965).

Brower L. P., Brower J. van Z., Westcott P., Experimental studies of mimicry:

the reactions of toads (Bufo lerrestris) to bumble bees (Bombus ameri- canorum) and their robberfly mimics (Mallophora bomboides), with a discussion of aggressive mimicry, Amer. Nat., 44, 343—355 (1960).

Brown F. A., Living clocks, Science, 130, 1535—1544 (1959).

Brown F. A., Response to pervasive geophysical factors and the biological clock problem, Cold Spring Harbor Symp. quant. Biol., 25, 57—71 (1960).

Brown F, A., Webb H. M., Temperature relations of an endogenous daily rhythmicity in the fiddler crab Uca, Physiol. Zool., 21, 371—381 (19413).

Brown J. L., Goals and terminology in ethological motivation research, Anim. Behav., 12, 538—541 (1964).

Brown J. L., The control of avian vocalization by the central nervous system. In Hinde (1969).

Brown J. L., Hunsperger R. W., Neuroethology and the motivation of agonistic behaviour, Anim. Behav., 11, 439—448 (1963).

Brown J. S., Problems presented by the concept of acquired drives. In «Current Theory and Research in Motivation», University of Nebraska Press, Lincoln, Neb., 1953.

Brown J. S., The Motivation of Behavior, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1961.

Brown J. S., Farber I. E., Emotions conceptualised as intervening variables — with suggestions toward a theory of frustration, Psychol. Bull., 48, 465-495 (1951).

Brown J. S., Farber I. E., Secondary motivational systems, Ann. Rev. Psychol., 19, 99-134 (1968).

Brown J. S., Jacobs A., The role of fear in the motivation and acquisition of responses, J. exp. Psychol., 39, 747—759 (1949).

Brown R. G. B., Courtship behaviour in the Drosophila obscura group. Part II. Comparative studies, Behaviour, 25, 281—323 (1965).

Brown R. G. B., Blurton-Jones N. G., Hussell, D. J. T., The breeding behaviour of Sabines’ gull, Xema sabini, Behaviour, 28, 110—140 (1967).


Brown R. T., Early experience and problem-solving ability, J. comp, physiol. Psychol.. 65, 433-440 (1968).

Bruce V. G., Environmental entrainment of circadian rhythms, Cold Spring Harbor Symp. quant. Biol., 25, 29—48 (1960).

Br?ckner G. H., Untersuchungen zur Tiersoziologie, insbesondere zur Aufl?sung der Familie, Z. Psychol., 128, 1—120 (1933).    Nj,

Bruner J., Taue L., Habituation at the synaptic level in Aplysia, Nature,

37-39 (1966).

Bruner J., Taue L., Long-lasting phenomena in the molluscan nervous system, Symp. Soc. exp. Biol., 20, 457—475 (1966).

Buchholu C., Eine Analyse des Paarungsverhaltens und der dabei wirkenden Ausl?ser bei den Libellen Platycnemis pennipes Pull und PL dealbata Klug., Z., Tierpsychol., 13, 13—25 (1956).

Bulloclt T. H., Parameters of integrative action of the nervous system at the neuronal level, Exper. Cell. Res. Suppl., 5, 323—337 (1958).

Bullock T. H., Neuron doctrine and electrophysiology, Science, 129, 997— 1002 (1959).

Bullock T. H., Initiation of nerve impulses in receptor and central neurons, Revs. Mod. Physics, 31, 504—514 (1959).

Bullock T. H., The origins of patterned nervous discharge, Behaviour, 17, 48-59 (1961).

Bullock T. //., Simple systems for the study of learning mechanisms, Neuro- science? Res. Prog. Bull., 4, 2 (1966),

Bullock T. H., Terzuolo C. A,, Diverse forms of activity in the somata of spontaneous and integrating ganglion cells, J. Physiol., 138, 341—364 (1957).

Bullough W. S., The reproductive cycles of the British and Continental races of the starling (Sturnus vulgaris L.), Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B,

165-246 (1942).

Bunnell B. N., Flesher C, K., Copulatory behavior of male hamsters as a function of time since androgen withdrawal, Psychon. Sei., 3, 181—182

(1965).

Bunnell B. N., Kimmei M. E., Some effects of copulatory experience on postcastration mating behavior in the male hamster, Psychon. Sei., 3, 179—180

(1965).

Burghardt G., Stimulus control of the prey attack response in haive garter snakes, Psychon. Sei., 4, 37—38 (1966).

Burghardt G. M., Chemical-cue preferences of inexperienced snakes: comparative aspects, Science, 157, 718—721 (1967).

Burnstein D. D., Wolff P. C., Vocal conditioning in the guinea pig, Psychon. Sei., 8, 39 — 40 (1967).

Bush B. M. H., Peripheral reflex inhibition in the claw of the crab, Carcinus meanas (L.), J. exp. Biol., 39, 71—88 (1962).

Bush B. M. II., Wiersma C. A. G., Waterman T. H., Efferent mechano- receptive responses in the optic nerve of the crab Podophthalmus, J.cell. comp. Physiol., 64, 327—345 (1964).

Buss A. H., Instrumentality of aggression, feedback and frustration as determinants of physical aggression, J, Pers. soc. Psychol., 3, 153—162 (1966).

Butenandt A., Uber Wirkstoffe des Insektenreiches: II. Zur Kenntnis der Sexual-B?ckstoffe, Naturw. Rdsch., 12, 457—464 (1955).

Butler R. A., Discrimination learning by rhesus monkeys to visual-explora- tion motivation, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 46, 95—98 (1953).

Butler R. A., Discrimination learning by rhesus monkeys to auditory incentives, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 50, 239—241 (1957).

Butler R. A., The effect of deprivation of visual incentives on visual exploration motiwation in monkeys, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 50, 177—179 (1957).

Butler R. A., Incentive conditions which influence visual exploration, J. exp. Psychol., 48, 19—23 (1964).

Butler R. A., Harlow H. F., Persistence of visual exploration in monkeys, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 47, 257—263 (1954).


Butler R. A., Woolpy J. H., Visual attention in the rhesus monkey, 3. comp, physiol. Psychol., 56, 324—328 (1963).

Butz-Kuenzer E., Optische und labyrinthare Auslosung der Legereaktionen bei Amphibien, Z. Tierpsychol., 14, 429—447 (1957).

Caggiula A. /?., Specificity of copulation-reward systems in the posterior hypothalamus, Proc. 75th Ann. Conv. Amer. Psychol. Ass., 125—126 (1967).

Cain J., Le Probl?me des N?vroses Exp?rimentales, Brouwer, Bruges, 1959.

Cairns R. B., Development, maintenance and extinction of social attachment behavior in sheep, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 62, 298—306 (1966).

Cairns R. B., Attachment behavior of mammals, Psychol. Rev., 73, 409 — 426 (1966).

Campbell B. A., Effects of water deprivation on random activity, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 53, 240—241 (1960).

Campbell B. A., Developmental studies of learning and motivation in infra- primate mammals. In Stevenson et al. (1967).

Campbell B. A., Campbell E. H., Retention and extinction of learned fear in infant and adult rats, J. cotnp. pliysiol. Psychol., 55, 1—8 (1962).

Campbell B. A., Pickleman J. R., The imprinting object as a reinforcing stimulus, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 54, 592—596 (1961).

Campbell B. A., RiccioD. C., Cold-induced stress in rats as a function of ago, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 61, 234—239 (1966).

Campbell B. A., Sheffield F. D., Relation of random activity to food deprivation, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 46, 320—322 (1953).

Campbell B. A., Smith N. F., Misanin J. R., Jaynes J., Species diff?rences in activity during hunger and thirst, J.comp. physiol. Psychol., 61, 123— 127 (1966).

Campbell F. W., Robson J. G., A fresh approach to stabilized retinal images, J. Physiol., 158, HP (1961).

Cane V., Some ways of describing behaviour. In Thorpe and Zangwill (1961).

Cane V. R., Vince M. A., Age and learning in quail, Brit. J. l’sychol., 59, 37—46 (1968).

Capretta P. /., Saccharin consumption under varied conditions of hunger drive, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 55, 656—660 (1962).

Capretta P. J., Rea R., Discrimination reversal learning in the crayfish, Anim. Behav., 15, 6—7 (1967).

Carbaugh B. T., Schein M. W., Hale E. B., Effects of morphological variations of chicken models on sexual responses of cocks, Anim. Behav., 10, 235—238 (1962).

Carlsson S. G., Larsson K., Mating in male rats after local anesthetization of the glans penis, Z. Tierpsychol., 21, 854—856 (1964).

Carmichael L.. The development of behavior in vertebrates experimentally removed from the influence of external stimulation, l’sychol. Rev., 33, 51—58 (1926).

Carmichael L., A further study of the development of behavior in vertebrates experimentally removed from the influence of external stimulation. Psychol. Rev., 34, 34—47 (1927).

Carmichael L., An experimental study in the pre-natal guinea-pig of the origin and development of reflexes and patterns of behaviour in relation to the stimulation of specific receptor areas during the period of active fetal life, Genet. Psychol. Monogr., 16, 337—491 (1934).

Carr W. J., The effect of adrenalectomy upon the NaCl taste threshold in rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 45, 377—380 (1952).

Carr W. /., Caul W. F., The effect of castration in rat upon the discrimination of sex odours, Anim. Behav., 10, 20—27 (1962).

Carr W. /., Loeb L. S., Dissinger M. L., Responses of rats to sex odours, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 59, 370—377 (1965).

Carr W. J., Loeb L. S., Wylie N. /?.,Responses to feminine odors in normal and castrated male rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 62, 336—338 (1966),


Carr W. /., McGuigan D. /., The stimulus basis and modification    of     visual

cliff performance in the rat, Anim. Behav., 13, 25—29 (1965).

Carr W. Solberg B., Pfaffmann C., The olfactory threshold for estrous female urine in normal and castrated male rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 55, 415—417 (1962).

Carthy J. D., Instinct, New Biology, 10, 95—105 (1951).

Caryl P. G., Social control of fighting behaviour in the zebra finely     Tatni-

opygia guttata (Vieillot), Ph. D. thesis, Cambridge (1969).   /'

Caspari E.y   Genetic basis of behavior. In «Behavior and Evolution»,     Ed.

A. Roe and    G. G. Simpson, Yale University Press, New Haven, 1958.

Catania A.    C., Concurrent operants. In Honig (1966).

Cate J. ten,  Automatic activity of the locomotor centres of  the lumbar cord

in lizards, J. exp. Biol., 43, 181—184 (1965).

42/i. Chambers R. M., Effects of intravenous glucose injections on learning, general activity and hunger drive, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 49, 558—564 (1956).

Chance M. R. A., An interpretation of some agonistic postures; the role of «cut-off» acts and postures, Symp. zool. Soc. Lond., 8, 71—89 (1962).

Chapman R. M., Bragdon H. R., Evoked responses to numerical and non- numerical visual stimuli while problem solving, Nature, 203, 1155—1157

(1964).

Chapman R. M., Levy N., Hunger drive and reinforcing effect of novel stimuli, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 50, 233—238 (1957).

Charlesworth W. R., Thompson W. R., Effect of lack of visual stimulus variation on exploratory behavior in the adult white rat, Psychol. Rep., 3, 509-512 (1957).

Chase R. A., Harvey S., Standfast S., Rapin /., Sutton S., Studies on sensory feedback: I. Q. J. exp. Psychol., 13, 141—152 (1961).

Chernetski K. E., Facilitation of a somatic reflex by sound in Rana clami- tans: effects of sympathectomy and decerebration, Z. Tierpsychol., 21, 813-821 (1964).

Cherry E. C., Some experiments on the recognition of speech, with one and with two ears, J. acoust. Soc. Amer., 25, 975—979 (1953).

Chiang M., Use of tools by wild macaque monkeys in Singapore, Nature, 214, 1258-1259 (1967).

Chitty D., Self-regulation of numbers through changes in viability, Cold Spring Harbor Symp. quant. Biol., 22, 277—280 (1957).

Chorover S. L., Schiller P. //., Short-term retrograde amnesia in rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 59, 73—78 (1965).

Chorover S. L., Schiller P. II., Re-examination of prolonged retrograde amnesia   in   one-trial learning, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 61,  34—41 (1966).

Chow K.   L., Nissen II. W., Interocular transfer of learning in     visually naive

and experienced infant chimpanzees, J. comp, physiol. Psychol,, 48, 229— 237 (1955).

Christopher sen E. R., Wagman W., Maternal behavior in the albino rat as a function of self-licking deprivation, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 60, 142— 144 (1965).

Cicala G. A., Running speed in rats as a function of drive level and presence or absence of competing response trials, J. exp. Psychol., 62, 329—334

(1961).

Clark     R.   B., Habituation of the polychaeto Nereis to sudden     stimuli: 1. General properties of the habituation process, Anim. Behav., 8,    82—91 (1960).

Clark R., Schuster C. R., Brady J. V., Instrumental conditioning of jugular self-infusion in the rhesus monkey, Science, 133, 1829—1830 (1961).

Clarke J. /?., The effect of fighting on the adrenals, thymus and spleen of the vole (Microtus agrestis), J. Endocr., 9, 114—126 (1953).

Claus H. /., Bindra D., Reactions to novelty and stimulus-change induced response decrement, Canad. J. Psychol., 14, 101—110 (1960).

Clayton F. L., Light reinforcement as a function of water deprivation, Psychol. Rep., 4, 63-66 (1958).


Clayton F. L., Hinde R. A., The habituation and recovery of aggressive display in Betta splendens, Behaviour, 30, 96—106 (1968).

Clemens L. G-, Effect of stimulus female variation on sexual performance of the male deermouse, Peromyscus mantculatus, Proc. 75th Ann. Conv. Amer. Psychol. Ass., 119—120 (1967).

Coghill G. E., Anatomy and the Problem of Behaviour, Cambridge University Press, 1929.

Cohen H. B., The effect of contralateral visual stimulation on visibility with stabilized retinal images, Canad. J. Psychol., 15, 212—219 (1961).

Cohen M. /., The function of receptors in the statocyst of the lobster lloma- rus americanus, J. Physiol., 130, 9—34 (1955).

Cohen M. /., The response patterns of single receptors in the crustacean statocyst, Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond. B, 152 , 30—49 (1960).

Cohen M. J., Hagiwara S., Zotterman Y., The response spectrum of taste fibres in the cat: a single fibre analysis, Acta physiol, scand., 33, 316—332

(1955).

Cole D. D., Shafer J. N., A study of social dominance in cats, Behaviour,

39—53 (1966).

Collett T. S., Blest A. D., Binocular, directionally selective neurones, possibly involved in the optomotor response of insects, Nature, 212, 1330—1333

.

Collias N. E., The development of social behaviour in birds, Auk, 69, 127— 159 (1952).

Collias N. E., The analysis of socialization in sheep and goats, Ecology, 37,

239 (1956).

Collias N. E., Collias E. C., An experimental study of the mechanisms of nest building in a weaverbird, Auk, 79, 568—595 (1962).

Collias N. E., Collias E. C., Evolution of nest-building in the weaverbirds (Ploceidae), Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 73, 1-162 (1964).

Collias N., Joos Ì., The spectrographic analysis of sound signals of the domestic fowl, Behaviour, 5, 175—188 (1953).

Collier G., Levitsky D., Squibb R. L., Instrumental performance as a function of the energy content of the diet, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 64, 68—72

.

Collier G., Willis F. N., Deprivation and reinforcement, J. exp. Psychol., 62, 377-384 (1961).

Collins Ò. B., Strength of the following response in the chick in relation to degree of «parent» contact, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 60, 192—195 (1965).

Cooke F., Cooch F. G., The genetics of polymorphism in the goose A riser caerulescens, Evolution, 22, 289—300 (1968).

Coons E. E.y Croce J; A. F., Lateral hypothalamus: food current intensity in maintaining self-stimulation of hunger, Science, 159, 1117—1119 (1968).

Coons E. E., Miller N. E., Conflict versus consolidation of memory traces to explain «retrograde amnesia» produced by E. C. S., J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 53, 524-531 (1960).

Cooper Ì., Aronson L., Effect of a sensory deprivation on the sexual behavior of experienced adult male cats, Amer. Zool., 2, 114 (1962) (abstract).

Coppock H. IF., Chambers R. Ì., Reinforcement of position preference by automatic intravenous injections of glucose, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 47, 355-357 (1954).

Corbit J. D., Effect of intravenous sodium chloride on drinking in the rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 60, 397—406 (1965).

Corbit J. D., Hyperpnagic hyperreactivity to adulteration of drinking water with quinine HC1, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 60, 123—124 (1965).

Corbit J. D., Stellar E., Palatability, food intake, and obesity in normal and hyperphagic rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 58, 63—67 (1964).

Cott H. B.. Adaptive Coloration in Animals, Methuen, London, 19'Þ.

Cotton J. W., Running time as a function of amount of food deprivation, J. exp. Psychol., 46, 188—198 (1953).


Cowey A., Discrimination. In Weiskrantz (1968).

Cowles J. T., Nissen H. W., Reward-expectancy in delayed responses of chimpanzees, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 24, 345—348 (1937).

Cragg B. G., Changes in visual cortex on first exposure of rats to light, Nature, 215, 251—252 (1967).

Craik K. J. W., The Nature of Explanation, Cambridge University Press, London, 1913.

Crane /., Comparative biology of Salticid spiders at Rancho Graufle, Venezuela: IV. An analysis of display, Zoologica, 34, 159—214 (1949).   _/

Crane /., A comparative study of innate defensive behavior in Trinidad mantids (Orthoptera, Mantoidea), Zoologica, 37, 259—294 (1952).

Crane /., Imaginal behavior of a Trinidad butterfly, Heliconius erato hydara Howitson, with special reference to the social use of color, Zoologica, 40, 167-196 (1955).

Crane J., Basic patterns of display in fiddler crabs (Ocypodidae, Genus Uca), Zoologica, 42, 69—82 (1957).

Crane J., Aspects of social behaviour in fiddler crabs, with special reference to Uca maracoani, Zoologica, 43, 113—130 (1958).

Creer T. L., Hitzing E. W., Schaeffer R. IV., Classical conditioning of reflexive fighting, Psychon. Sei., 4, 89—90 (1966).

Crespi L. P., Amount of reinforcement and level of performance, Psychol Rev., 51, 341-357 (1944).

Crook J. H., Studies on the reproductive behaviour of the Baya weaver (Ploceus philuppinus), J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 57, 1—44 (1960).

Crook J. H., Studies on the social behaviour of Quelea q. quelea (Linn.) in French West Africa, Behaviour, 16, 1—55 (1960).

Crook J. H., Nest form and construction in certain. West African weaverbirds, Ibis, 102, 1—25 (1960).

Crook J. H., The adaptive significance of pair formation types in weaver birds, Symp. zool. Soc. Lond., 8, 57—70 (1962).

Crook J. H., Comparative studies on the reproductive behaviour of two closely related weaver bird species (Ploceus cucullatus and Ploceus nigerrimus) and their races, Behaviour, 21, 177—232 (1963).

Crook J. H., The evolution of social organisation and visual communication in the weaver birds (Ploceinae), Behaviour Suppl., 10, 1—178 (1964).

Crook J. II., Field experiments on the nest construction and repair behaviour of certain weaver birds, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 142, 217—255 (1964).

Cross B. A., The hypothalamus iu mammalian homeostasis, Symp. Soc. exp. Biol., 18, 157—194 (1964).

Cross B. A., Silver I. A., Electropliysiological studies on the hypothalamus, Brit. med. Bull., 22, 254—260 (1966).

Cruze W. W., Maturation and learning in chicks, J. comp. Psychol., 19, 371— 409 (1935).

Cullen E., Adaptations in the kittiwake to cliff-nesting, Ibis, 99, 275—302

(1957).

Cullen E., Experiment on the effect of social isolation on reproductive behaviour in the three-spined stickleback, Anim Behav., 8, 235 (1960).

Cullen J. M., Behaviour as a help in taxonomy, Systematics Assn. Publ. No. 3, 131—140 (1959).

Cullen J. M., Some adaptations in the nesting behaviour of terns, Proc. Xllth Int. Orn. Cong. Helsinki, 1958, 153—157 (I960).

Cullen J. M., Ashmole N. P., The Black Noddy (A nous tenuirostrls) on Acension Island, Pt. 2, Behaviour, Ibis, 103b, 423—446 (1963).

Curio E., Verhaltensstudien am Trauerschn?pper, Z. Tierpsychol. Suppl.,

1-110 (1959).

Curio E., Ontogenese und Phylogenese einiger Trieb?usserungen von Flie- gensch?ppern, J. Orn., 101, 291—309 (1960).

Curtius A., ?ber angeborene Verhaltensweisen bei V?geln, insbesondere bei H?hnerk?cken, Z. Tierpsychol., 11, 94—109 (1954).


Daanje A., On locomotory movements in birds and the intention movements derived from them, Behaviour, 3, 48—98 (1950).

Dachowski L., Irrelevant thirst drive and light aversion, Psych. Rep., 14, 899—904 (1964).

D'Amato M. R., Jagoda //., Effect of early exposure to photic stimulation on brightness discrimination and exploratory behavior, J. Genet. Psychol.,

267—271 (1962).

Dane B., Klooi W. G. van der, An analysis of the display ol' the Goldeneye duck (Bucephala clangula L.), Behaviour, 22, 283- 328 (1964).

Dane B., Walcott C., Drury W. H., The form and duration of the display actions of the goldeneye (Bucephala clangula), Uehaviour, 14, 265—281 (1959).

Darwin C., The Expression of the Emotions in Man and the Animals, John Murray, London, 1872.

Datei W. E., Seward J. P., On the persistence of an ear-scratching response in the rat, J. abnorm, soc. Psychol., 47, 58—61 (1952).

Davenport D., Camougis G., Hickok J. F., Analyses of the behaviour of commensals in host-factor: 1. Anim. Behav., 8, 209—218 (1960).

Davenport R. K., Menzel E. W., Stereotyped behaviour ol the infant chimpanzee, Archiv, gen. Psychiatr., 8, 99—104 (1963).

Davenport R. K., Menzel E. W., Rogers C. M., Effects of severe isolation on «normal» juvenile chimpanzees, Archiv, gen. Psychiatr., 14, 134—138

(1966).

Davidson J. M., Characteristics of sox behaviour in male rats following castration, Anim. Behav., 14, 266—272 (1966).

Davidson J. M., Activation of the male rat’s sexual behavior hy iulracereb- ral implantation of androgen, Endocrinology, 79, 783—794 (1966).

Davies S. J. J. F., The orientation of pecking in very young magpie goose Anseranas semipalmata, Ibis, 103a, 277—283 (1961).

Davies S. J. J. F., The behaviour of Streptopelia doves and their hybrids, Ph. D. thesis, Cambridge (1965).

Davis H., Donenfeld /., Extinction induced social interaction in rats, l’sy- chon. Sei., 7, 85-86 (1967).

Davis Comparative foraging behavior of the spotted and brown towhces, Auk, 74, 129-166 (1957).

Davis J. D., The reinforcing effect of weak-light onset as a function of amount of food deprivation, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 51, 496—498 (1958).

Davis J. D., Food intake following blood mixing of hungry and satiated rats, Psychon. Sei., 3, 177—178 (1965).

Davis J. D., Gallagher R. L., Ladove R., Food intake controlled by a blood factor, Science, 156, 1247—1248 (1967).

Dawkins R., The ontogeny of a pocking preference in domestic chicks, Z. Tierpsychol., 25, 170—186 (1968).

Dawson B. V., Foss B. M., Observational learning in budgerigars, Anim. Behav., 13, 470—474 (1965).

Decker J. D., Hamburger V., The influence of different brain regions on periodic motility of the chick embryo, J. exp. Zool., 165, 371—384 (1967).

De Coursey P., Phase control of activity in a rodent, Cold Spring Harbor Symp. quant. Biol., 25, 49—55 (1960).

De Coursey P., Effect of light on the circadian activity rhythm of the flyiug squirrel, Glaucomys volans, Z. vergl. Physiol., 44, 331—354 (1961).

Deese J., The extinction of a discrimination without performance of the choice response, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 44, 362—366 (1951).

DeFries J. C., Thomas E. AHegmann J. P., Weir M. W., Oponfield behavior in mice: analysis of maternal effects by means of ovarian transplantation, Psychon. Sei., 8, 207—208 (1967).

DeFries J. C., Weir M. W., Hegmann J. P., Differential effects of prenatal maternal stress on offspring behavior in mice as a function of genotype and stress, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 63, 332—334 (1967).


Delgado J. M. R., Brain ccnters and control of behavior-animals, First Hahnemann Symp. on Psychosom. Med., 221—227, Lea and Febiger, 1962.

Delgado J. M. R., Effect of brain stimulation on task-free situations, Ele- ctroenceph. clin. Neurophysiol. Suppl., 24, 260—281 (1963).

Delgado J. M. R., Free behaviour and brain stimulation, Int. Rev. Neurobiology, 6, 349—449 (1964).

Delgado J. M. R., Aggressive behavior evoked by radio-stimulatfoft'in monkey colonies, Amor. Zool., 6, 669—681 (1966).

Delgado J. M. R., So.cial rank and radio-stimulated aggressiveness^in mon

keys, J. nerv. ment. Dis., 144, 383—390 (1967).

Delgado J. M. R., Anand B. K., Increase of food intake induced by electrical stimulation of the lateral hypothalamus, Amer. J. Physiol., 172, 162— 168 (1953).

Delius J. D., Das Verhalten der Foldlerche, Z. Tierpsychol., 20, 297—348 (1963).

Delius J. D., Displacement activities and arousal, Nature, 214, 1259—1260

(1967).

Dell P. C., Some basic mechanisms of the translation of bodily needs into behaviour. In Ciba Foundation Symposium on the «Neurological Basis of Behaviour», Ed. G. E. W. Wolstenholme and C. M. O’Connor, Boston,

1958.

Dember W. N., Response by the rat to environmental change, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 49, 93—95 (1956).

Dember W. N., Fowler H., Spontaneous alternation behavior, Psychol. Bull., 55, 412—428 (1958).

Dempsey E. W., RiochD. McK., The localization in the brain stem of the oestrous responses of the female guineapig, J. Neurophysiol., 2, 9—18

(1939).

DeNelsky G. Y., Denenberg V. H., Infantile stimulation and adult exploratory behaviour in the rat: effects of handling upon visual variationseeking, Anim. Behav., 15, 568—573 (1967).

DeNelsky G. Y., Denenberg V. H., Infantile stimulation and adult exploratory behavior, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 63, 309—312 (1967).

Denenberg V. II., An attempt to isolate critical periods of development in the rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 55, 813—815 (1962).

Denenberg V. II., Critical periods, stimulus input, and emotional reactivity: a theory of infantile stimulation, Psychol. Rev., 71, 335—351 (1964).

Denenberg V. H., Animal studies on developmental determinants of behavioral adaptability. In Experience, Structure, and Adaptability, Ed. O. J. Harvey, Springer, New York, 1966.

Denenberg V. H., A consideration of the usefulness of the critical period hypothesis as applied to the stimulation of rodents in infancy.In «Early Experience and Behavior», Ed. G. Newton and S. Levine, Thomas, Springfield, 111., 1968.

Denenberg V. H., Bell R. W., Critical periods for the effects of infantile experience on adult learning, Science, 131, 227—228 (1960).

Denenberg V. H., Brumaghim J. T., Ilalmeyer G. C., Zarrow M. X., Increased adrenocortical activity in the neonatal rat following handling, Endocrin.,

1047-1052 (1967).

Denenberg V. H., Ilaltmeyer G. C., Test of the monotonicity hypothesis concerning infantile stimulation and emotional reactivity, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 63, 394—396 (1967).

Denenberg V. II., Hudgens G. A., Zarrow M. X., Mice reared with rats, Psychol. Rep., 18, 451—456 (1966).

Denenberg V. II., Karas G. G., Effects of differential infantile handling upon weight gain and mortality in the rat and mouse, Science, 130, 629—630

(1959).

Denenberg V. II., Kline N. /., The relationship between age and avoidance learning in the hooded rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 51, 488—491 (1958).


Deneriberg V. H., Morton J. R. C,, Effects of environmental complexity and social groupings upon modification of emotional behavior, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 55, 242—246 (1962).

Denenberg V. H., Morton /. R. C., Effects of preweaning and postweaning manipulations upon problem-solving behavior, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 55, 1096—1098 (1962).

Denenberg V. H., Paschke R. E., Zarrow M. X., Killing of mice by rats prevented by early interaction between the two species, Psychon. Sci., 11, 39 (1968).

Denenberg V. H., Rosenberg K. M., Non-genetic transmission of information, Nature, 216, 549—550 (1967).

Denenberg V. H., Schell S. F., Karas G. G., Haltmeyer G. C., Comparison of background stimulation and handling as forms of infantile stimulation, Psych. Rep., 19, 943—948 (I960).

Denenberg V. H., Smith S. A., Effects of infantile stimulation and age upon behavior, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 56, 307—312 (1963).

Denenberg V. H., Whimbey A. E., Infantile stimulation and animal husbandry: a methodological study, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 56, 877—878 (1963).

Denenberg V. H., Whimbey A. E., Behavior of adult rats is modified by the experiences their mothers had as infants, Science, 142, 1192—1193 (1963).

Dennis W., Congenital cataract and unlearned behavior, J. genet. Psychol.,

340—351 (1934).

DesmedtJ. E., Neurophysiological mechanisms controlling acoustic input. In «Neural Mechanisms of the Auditory and Vestibular Systems», Ed. G. L. Rasmussen and W. Windle, Thomas, Springfield, 111., 1960.

Desmedl J. E., Auditory-evoked potentials from cochlea to cortex as influenced by activation of the efferent olivo-cochlear bundle, J. Acoustical Soc. Amer,, 34, 1478-1496 (1962).

Desmedt J. E., Delwaide P. /., Functional properties of the efferent cochlear bundle of the pigeon revealed by stereotaxic stimulation, Exp. Neurol., 11, 1—26 (1965).

Desmedt J. E., Mechelse K., Suppression of acoustic input by thalamic stimulant, Proc. Soc. exp. Biol. Med., 99, 772—775 (1958).

Desmedt J. E., Monaco P., Mode of action of the efferent olivo-cochlear bundle on the inner ear, Nature, 192, 1263—1265 (1961).

Dethier V. G., The dioptric apparatus of lateral ocelli: II. Visual capacities of the ocellus, I. cell. comp. Physiol., 22, 115—126 (1943).

Dethier V. G., The Physiology of Insect Senses, Methuen, London, 1963.

Dethier V. G., Insects and the concept of motivation, Nebraska Symp. on Motivation, 1966, 105—136 (1966).

Dethier V. G., Bodenstein D., Hunger in the blowfly, Z. Tierpsychol., 15, 129—140 (1958).

Dethier V. G., Gelperin A., Hyperphagia in the blowfly, J. exp. Biol., 47, 191—200 (1967).

Dethier V. G., Solomon R. L., Turner L. H., Sensory input and central excitation and inhibition in the blowfly, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 60, 303—313 (1965).

Dethier V. G., Solomon R. L., Turner L. H., Central inhibition in the blowfly, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 66, 144—150 (1968).

Deutsch J. A., The Structural Basis of Behaviour, Cambridge Univ. Press, London and University of Chicago, 1960.

Deutsch J. A., A system for shape recognition, Psychol. Rev., 69, 492—500

(1962).

Deutsch /. A., Deutsch D., Physiological Psychology, Dorsey Press, Homewood, 111, 1966.

De Vito J. L., Smith O. A., Effects of temperature and food deprivation on the random activity of Macaca mulatto., J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 52, 29—32 (1959).


De Vore /., Primate Behaviour, Holt, Rinehart and Winston, New York,

1965.

Dews P. B., The effect of multiple S1 periods on responding on a fixedinter-

val schedule, J. exp. Anal. Behav., 5, 369—374  (1962).

Dewsbury D.   A.,  A quantitative description of     the behavior  of     rats during

copulation, Behaviour, 29, 154—179 (1967). ^

Dewsbury D.   A.,  Changes in inter-intromission     interval during     uninterrupted copulation in  rats, Psychon. Sei., 7, 177—178 (1967).     '

Dewsbury D. A., Copulatory behavior in rats: changes as satiety is approached, Psychol. Rep., 22, 937—943 (1968).

Dewson J. //., Efferent olivocochlear bundle: some relationships to noise masking and to stimulus attenuation, J. Neurophysiol., 30, 817—832 (1967).

Dewson J. H., Efferent olivocochlear bundle: some relationships to stimulus discrimination in noise, J. Neurophysiol., 31, 122—130 (1968).

Diamond M. C., Law F., Rhodes H., Lindner B., Rosenzweig M. R., KrechD., Bennett E. L., Increases in cortical depth and glia numbers in rats subjected to enriched environment, J. comp. Neurol., 128, 117—126 (1966).

Di Cara L. V., Miller N. E., Instrumental learning of vasomotor responses by rats: learning to respond differentially in the two ears, Science, 159, 1485—1486 (1968).

Dieterlen F., Das Verhalten des syrischen Goldhamsters (Mesocricetus auratus Waterhouse), Z. Tierpsychol., 16, 47—103 (1959).

Dilger W. C., The comparative ethology of the African parrot genus Agapornis, Z. Tierpsychol., 17, 649—685 (1960).

Dilger W. C., The behavior of lovebirds, Sei. Amor., 206, 88—98 (1962).

Dimond S. J., Effects of photic stimulation before hatching on the development of fear in chicks, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 65, 320—324 (1968),

Doane B. K., Mahatoo W., Heron W., Scott T. //., Changes in perceptual function after isolation, Canad. J. Psychol., 13, 210—219 (1959).

Dobrzecka C., Szwe/kowska G., Konorski /., Qualitative versus directional cues in two forms of differentiation, Science, 153, 87—89 (1966).

Dobzhansky Th., Genetics and the origin of species, Columbia Univ. Press, New York, 1941.

Dobzhansky Th., Ehtman L., Kastritsis P. A., Ethological isolation between sympatric and allopatric species of the obscura group of Drosophila, Anim. Behav., 16, 79—87 (1968).

Dodwell P. C., Coding and learning in shape discrimination, Psychol. Rev.,

373-382 (1961).

Dodwdl P. C., A test of two theories of shape discrimination, Q. J. exp. Psychol., 14, 65—70 (1962).

Dohl J., Manipulierf?higkeit und «einsichtiges» Verhalten eines Schimpansen bei komplizierten Handlungsketten, Z. Tierpsychol., 23, 77—113 (1966).

Dollard /., Doob L. W., Miller N. E., Mowrer O. H., Sears R. R., Frustration and Aggression, Yale Univ. Press, New Haven, 1939.

Dollard Miller N. E., Personality and Psychotherapy, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1950.

Dolley W. L., Wierda J. L., Relative sensitivity to light of different parts of the compound eye in Eristalis tenax, J. exp. Zool., 53, 129—139 (1929).

Doty B. A., Jones C. N., Doty L. A., Learning-set formation by mink, ferrets, skunks and cats, Science, 155, 1579—1580 (1967).

Doty R. W., Influence of stimulus pattern on reflex deglutition, Amer. J. Physiol., 166, 142—158 (1951).

Doty R. W., In «ComprehensiveTextbook of Psychiatry», Ed. A. M. Freedman and H. I. Kaplan, Williams and Willkins, Baltimore, 1967.

Doty R. VF., Neural organization of deglutition. In «Handbook of Physiology-Alimentary Canal, VI», Ed. W. Heidel, American Physiological Society, Washington, 1968.

Doty R. W., Bosma J. F., An electromyographic analysis of reflex deglutition, I. Neurophysiol., 19, 44—60 (1956).


Doty R. W., Giurgea C., Conditioned reflexes established by coupling electrical excitation of two cortical areas. In «Brain Mechanisms and Learning», Ed. A. Fessard, R. W. Gerard and J. Konorski, Thomas, Springfield, 111., 1961.

Doty R. W., Richmond W. II., Storey A. Ò., Effect of medullary lesions on coordination of deglutition, Exp. Neurol., 17, 91—106 (1967).

Douglas R. /., Cues for spontaneous alternation, J. comp, physiol. Psychol.,

171-183 (1966).

Dowling J. E., Boycott Â. Â., Organization of the primate retina: electron microscopy, Proc. Roy. Soc. Ser. B., 166, 80—111 (1966).

Doyle G., Pratt Yule E., Grooming activities and freezing behavior in relation to emotionality in albino rats, Anim. Behav., 7, 18—22 (1959).

Draper W. A., A behavioural study of the home-cage activity of the white rat, Behaviour, 28, 280—306 (1967).

Draper W. A., Bernstein I. S., Stereotyped behavior and cage size, Percept, and Mot. Skills, 16, 231—234 (1963).

Drees O., Untersuchungen ?ber die angeborenen Verhaltensweisen bei Springspinnen (Salticidae), Z. Tierpsychol., 9, 169—207 (1952).

Drori D., Folman Y., The sexual behaviour of male rats unmated to 16 months of age, Anim. Behav., 15, 20—24 (1967).

Duffy E., The concept of energy mobilization, Psychol. Rev., 58, 30—40 (1951).

Duffy E., Activation and Behavior, Wiley, New York, 1962.

Dufort R. H., The rat’s adjustment to 23-, 47-, and 71-hour food-deprivation schedules, Psychol. Rep., 14, 663—669 (1964).

Duncan C. J., Sheppard P. M., Continuous and quantal theories of sensory discrimination, Proc. Roy. Soc. B., 158, 343—363 (1963).

Duncan, C. P., The retroactive effect of electroshock on learning, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 42, 32—44 (1949).

Duncan I. J. H., Wood-Gush D. (in prep.).

Dunham D. W., Agonistic behavior in captive rose-breasted grosbeaks, Pheucticus ludovicianus (L.), Behaviour, 27, 160—173 (1966).

Dunham D. W., Kortmulder K., vanlersel J. J. A., Threat and appeasement in Barbus stoliczkanus (Cyprinidae), Behaviour, 30, 15—26 (1968).

D?rrw?chter G., Untersuchungen ?ber Phototaxis und Geotaxis einiger Drosoph.ila-Muta.nten nach Aufzucht in verschiedenen Lichtbedingungen, Z. Tierpsychol., 14, 1—28 (1957).

Dzimirski /., Untersuchungen ?ber Bewegungssehen und Optomotorik bei Springspinnen (Salticidae), Z. Tierpsychol., 16, 385—402 (1959).

Eacker J. N., Beliaviorally produced illumination change, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 64, 140—145 (1967).

Earl R. W., Motivation, performance and extinction, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 50, 248—251 (1957).

Eayrs J. Ò., Spontaneous activity in the rat, Brit. J. Anim. Behav., 2, 25—30 (1954).

Edwards D. A., Mice: fighting by neonatally androgenized females, Science,

1027-1028 (1968).

Efstathiou A., Bauer Greene Ì., Held R., Altered reaching following adaptation to optical displacement of the hand, J. exp. Psychol., 73, 113—

(1967).

Egger M. D., Flynn J. P., Effects of electrical stimulation of the amygdala on hypothalamically elicited attack behavior in cats, J. Neurophysiol., 26, 705—720 (1963).

Ehrlich A., Effects of tegmental lesions on motivated behavior in rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 56, 390—396 (1963).

Eibl-Eibesfeldt /., Beobachtungen zur Fortpflanzungsbiologie und Jungen- dentwicklung des Eichh?rnchens, Z. Tierpsychol., 8, 370—400 (1951).

Eibl-Eibesfeldt Nahrungserwerb und Beuteschema der Erdkr?te (Bufo bufo L.), Behaviour, 4, 1—35 (1951).


Eibl-Eibesfeldt /., Gefangenschaftsbeobachtungen an der persischen W?sten- maus (Meriones persicus persicus Blanford): Ein Beitrag zur vergleichenden Ethologie der Nager, Z. Tierpsychol., 8, 400—423 (1951).

fi33. Eibl-Eibesfeldt /., Zur Ethologie des Hamsters (Cricetus cricetus L.), Z. Tierpsychol., 10, 204—254 (1953).

Eibl-Eibesfeldt /., Angeborenes und Erworbenes im Nestba?vefhalten der

Wanderratte, Naturwiss., 42, 633—634 (1955).    7

Eibl-Eibesfeldt /., Der Kommentkampf der Meerechse (Amblyrhynchus cri- status Bell) nebst einigen Notizen zur Biologie dieser Art, Z. Tierpsychol.,

49—62 (1955).

Eibl-Eibesfeldt /., Das Verhalten der Nagetiere, Handb. Zool. Berlin, 8,

10 (1958).

Eibl-Eibersfeldt /., The interactions of unlearned behaviour patterns and learning in mammals. In «Brain Mechanisms and Learning», Ed. J. F. Delafresnaye, C. I. O. M. S. Symp., Blackwell, Oxford, 1961.

Eibl-Eibesfeldt I., Die Verhaltensentwicklung des Krallenfrosches (Xenopus laevis) und des Scheibenz?nglers (Discoglossus pictus) unter besonderer Ber?cksichtigung der Beutefanghandlungen, Z. Tierpsychol., 19, 385—393

(1962).

Eibl-Eibesfeldt /., Angeborenes und Erworbenes im Verhalten einiger S?uger: Z. Tierpsychol., 20, 705—754 (1963).

Eibl-Eibesfeldt /..Concepts of ethology and their significance in the study of human behavior. In Stevenson et al. (1967).

Eibl-Eibesfeldt Kramer S., Ethology, the comparative study of animal behavior, Quart. Rev. Biol., 33, 181—211 (1958).

Eichengreen J. M., Coren S., Nachmias /., Visual-cliff preference by infant rats: effects of rearing and test conditions, Science, 151, 830—831 (1966).

Eikmanns K. H., Verhaltensphysiologische Untersuchungen ?ber den Beutefang und das Bewegungssehen der Erdkr?te (Bufo bufo L.), Z. Tierpsychol., 12, 229-253 (1955).

Eisner E., The relationship of hormones to the reproductive behaviour of birds, referring especially to parental behaviour: a review, Anim. Behav., 8, 155—179 (1960).

Elliott O., King J. A., Effect of early food deprivation upon later consumma- tory behavior in puppies, Psychol. Rep., 6, 391—400 (1960).

Ellis P. E., Social aggregation and gregarious behaviour in hoppers of Locusta migratoria migratorioides (R. and F.), Behavioiir, 5, 225—258 (1953).

Ellis P. E., The behaviour of locusts in relation to phases and species, Collo- ques internationaux du centre national de la recherche scientifique, Paris,

123—143 (1962).

Ellis P. E., Changes in the social aggregation of locust hoppers with changes in rearing conditions, Anim. Behav., 11, 152—160 (1963).

Ellis P. E., Marching and colour in locust hoppers in relation to social factors, Behaviour, 23, 177—192 (1964).

Ellison G. D., Konorski /., Separation of the salivary and motor responses in instrumental conditioning, Science, 146, 1071—1072 (1964).

Emlen S. T., Migratory orientation in the indigo bunting, Passerina cyanea, I and II, Auk, 84, 309—342; 463—489 (1967).

Engelmann C., Versuche ?ber den Geschmackssinn des Huhns, Z. Tierpsychol., 4, 204—218 (1941).

Engen 7, Lipsitt L. P., Decrement and recovery of responses to olfactory stimuli in the human neonate, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 59, 312—316

(1965).

Epstein A. N., Reciprocal changes in feeding behavior produced by intra- hypothalamic chemical injections, Amer. J. Physiol., 199, 969—974

(1960).

Epstein A. N., Oropharyngeal factors in feeding and drinking, Handb. Physiol., 6, I, 197-218 (1967).


Epstein A. N., Teitelbaum P., Regulation of food intake in the absence of taste, smell, and other oropharyngeal sensations, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 55, 753—759 (1962).

Epstein A. N., Teitelbaum P., Specific loss of hypoglycemic control of feeding in recovered lateral rats, Amer. J. Physiol., 213, 1159—1167 (1967).

Erickson C. J., Bruder R. H., Komisaruk B. R., Lehrman D. S., Selective inhibition by progesterone of androgen-induced behavior in male ring doves (Streptopelia risoria), Endocrin., 81, 39—44 (1967).

Erickson R. P., Sensory neural patterns and gustation. In «Int. Symp. Olfaction and Taste», Proc. 1, Pergamon, New York, 1963.

Estes W. K., Discriminative conditioning: I. A discriminative property of conditioned anticipation, J. exp. Psychol., 32, 150—155 (1942).

Estes W. K., Discriminative conditioning: II. Effects of a Pavlovian conditioned stimulus upon a subsequently established operant response, J. exp. Psychol., 38, 173-177 (1948).

Estes W. K., The statistical approach to learning theory. In Koch (1959).

Estes W. K., Koch S., McCorquodale K., Meehl P. E., Mueller C. G., Schoen- feld W. N., Verplanck W. S., Modem Learning Theory, Appleton-Century- Crofts, New York, 1954.

Etienne A. S., Die Beantwortung von Flimmerfrequenzen durch die Libellenlarve Aeschna cyanea M., Z. vergl. Physiol., 61, 34—40 (1968).

Evans C. S., Goy R. W., Social behaviour and reproductive cycles in captive ring-tailed lemurs (Lemur catta), J. Zool., 156, 181—198 (1968).

Evans D. R., Browne L. B., The physiology of hunger in the blowfly, Amer. Midi. Nat., 64, 282—300 (1960).

Evans R. M., Early aggressive responses in domestic chicks, Anim. Behav., 16 , 24—28 (1967).

 Ewer R. F., Suckling behaviour in kittens, Behaviour, 15, 146—162 (1959).

 Ewer R. F., Further observations on suckling behaviour in kittens, together with some general considerations of the interrelations of innate and acquired responses, Behaviour, 17, 247—260 (1961).

Ewert J.-P., Untersuchungen ?ber die Anteile zentralnerv?ser Aktionen an der taxisspezifischen Erm?dung beim Beutefang der Erdkr?te (Bufo bufo L.), Z. vergl. Physiol., 57, 263—298 (1967).

Ewert J.-P., Die Einfluss von St?rreizen auf die Antwortbereitschaft bei der Richtbewegung der Erdkr?te (Bufo bufo L.), Z. Tierpsychol., 24, 298-312 (1967).

Ewert J.-P., Birukow G., Uber den Einfluss des Zentralnervensystems auf die Erm?dbarkeit der Richtbewegung im Beuteschema der Erdkr?te (Bufo bufo L.), Naturwiss., 52, 68-69 (1965).

Ewing A. W., Manning A., The evolution and genetics of insect behaviour, Ann. Rev. Entomol., 12, 471—494 (1967).

Faber A., Die Laut-und Geb?rdensprache bei Insekten. Orthopetera I, Mitt. Staatl. Mus. Naturk. Stuttgart, 287, 1—198 (1953).

Fabricius E., Zur Ethologie junger Anatiden, Acta Zool. Fenn., 68, 1—178 (1951).

Fabricius E., Some aspects of imprinting in birds, Sym. Zool. Soc. Lond.,

139—148 (1962).

Fabricius E., Boyd H., Experiments on the following-reaction of ducklings, Rep. Wildfowl Trust, 1952—1953, 84-89 (1954).

Fabricius E., Gustafson K.-J., Further aquarium observations on the spawning behavior of the Char, Salmo alpinus L. Inst. Freshwater Res. Drottning- holm, Rep. No. 35, 58—104 (1954).

Fabry K. E., The importance of the intraband manipulating activity of monkeys in their colonies, Proc. 18th Int. Cong. Psychol., 1,209—214 (1966).

Falls J. B., Properties of bird song eliciting responses from territorial males, Proc. 13th Int. Orn. Cong., 1, 259—271 (1963).

Falls J. B., Functions of territorial song in the white-throated sparrow. In Hinde (1969).


Fantz R. L., Form preferences in newly hatehed chicks, J. comp, physrol. Psychol., 50, 422-430 (1957).

Fantz R. L., Pattern vision in young infants, Psychol. Rec., 8, 43—47

.    x

Fantz R. L., Ontogeny of Perception. In Schrier et al. (1961). '

Fantz R. L., Visual perception and experience in early infancy. In Stevenson et al. (1967).

Farner D. S., The control of avian reproductive cycles. In Proc. XIV. Int. Ornith. Cong., 107—134, Bd. D. W. Snow, Blackwell, Oxford, 1966.

Farris H. E., Classical conditioning of courting behavior in the Japanese quail, Coturnix coturnix japoniea, J. exp. Anal. Behav., 10, 213—217(1967).

Faure J. C., The phases of locusts in South Africa, Bull. ent. Res., 23, 293— 405 (1932).

Fehrer E., The effects of hunger and familiarity of locale on exploration, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 49, 549—552 (1956).

Feldberg W., Myers R. D., Changes in temperature produced by micro- injections of amines into the anterior hypothalamus of cats, J. Physiol.,

239-245 (1965).

Feldman S. M., Waller J. H., Dissociation of electro-cortical activation and behavioral arousal, Nature, 196, 1320—1322 (1962).

Fentress J. C., Interrupted ongoing behaviour in two species of vole (Micro- tus agrestis and Clethrionomys britannicus) I and II, Anim. Behav., 16, 135-167 (1968).

Ferguson D. E., Landreth È. F., Celestial orientation of Fowler’s toad Bufo fowleri, Behaviour, 26, 105—123 (1966).

Ferguson D. E., Landreth È. F., McKeown J. P., Sun compass orientation of the Northern cricket frog, Acris crepitans, Anim. Behav., 15, 45—53

(1967).

³Fernandez-Guardiola A., Rold?n E., Fanfal M. L., Castells C., Role of the pupillary mechanism in the process of habituation of the visual pathways, Electroenceph. clin. Neurophysiol., 13, 564—576 (1961).

Ferster C. B., Skinner B. F., Schedules of Reinforcement, Appleton-Century- Crofts, New York, 1957.

Feshbach S., The function of aggression and the regulation of aggressive drive, Psychol. Rev., 71, 257—272 (1964).

Ficken M. S., Dilger W. C., Comments on redirection with examples of avian copulations with substitute objects, Anim. Behav., 8, 219—222 (1960).

Fldura F. G., Gray J. A., Visual discrimination of color, pattern, ana form in the Japanese quail (Coturnix coturnix japoniea), Psychon. Sei., 5, 427— 428 (1966).

Fiedler K., Vergleichende Verhaltensstudien an Seenadeln, Schlangennadeln und Seepferdchen, Z. Tierpsychol., 11, 358—416 (1954).

Fiedler K., Verhaltensstudien an Lippfischen der Gattung Crenilabrus (Labridae, Perciformes), Z. Tierpsychol., 21, 521—591 (1964).

Finch G., Salivary conditioning in atropinized dogs, Amer. J. Physiol.,

136-141 (1938).

Finger F. W., Effect of food deprivation on running-wheel activity in naive rats, Psychol. Rep., 16, 753—757 (1965).

Fischer G. /., Auditory stimuli in imprinting, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 61, 271—273 (1966).

Fischer G. J., Campbell G. L., The development of passive avoidance conditioning in Leghorn chicks, Anim. Behav., 12, 268—269 (1964).

Fischer H., Das Triumphgeschrei der Graugans (Anser anser), Z. Tierpsychol.,

247-304 (1965).

Fischer K., Untersuchungen zur Sonnenkompassorientierung und Laufaktivit?t von Smaragdeidechsen (Lacerta viridis Laur.), Z. Tierpsychol., 18, 450—470 (1961).

Fisher A. E., Maternal and sexual behavior induced by intracranial chemical stimulation, Science, 124, 228—229 (1956).


Fisher A. E., Effects of stimulus variation and sexual satiation in the male rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 55, 614—620 (1962).

Fisher A. E., Hale E. BStimulus determinants of sexual and aggressive behaviour in male domestic fowl, Behaviour, 10, 309—323 (1956—1957).

Flanagan /., Galvanic skin response: emotion or attention? Proc. 75th Ann. Conv., Amer. Psychol. Ass., 7—8 (1967).

Floyd N. E., Welford A. T., Ergonomics Symposium on Fatigue H. K. Lewis, London, 1953.

Flynn J. P., Jerome E. A., Learning in an automatic multiple-choice box with light as incentive, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 45, 336—340 (1952).

Folman Y., Drori D., Normal and aberrant copulatory behaviour in male rats (R. norvegicus) reared in isolation, Anim. Behav., 13, 427—429 (1965).

Fonberg E., The motivational role of the hypothalamus in animal behaviour, Acta Biol. Exper., 27, 303—318 (1967).

Forgays D. G., Forgays J. W., The nature of the effect of free-environmental experience in the rat, J., comp, physiol. Psychol., 45, 322—328 (1952).

Forgays D. G., Levin H., Learning as a function of change of sensory stimulation in food-deprived and food-satiated animals, J. comp, physiol. Psychol.,

50—54 (1958).

Forgays D. G., Levin II., Discrimination and reversal learning as a function of change of sensory stimulation, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 52, 191—194 (1959).

Forgays D. G., Read J. M., Crucial periods for free-environmental experience in the rat, J. comp, pliysiol. Psychol., 55, 816—818 (1962).

Forgus R. H., Early visual and motor experience as determiners of complex maze-learning ability under rich and reduced stimulation, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 48, 215—220 (1955).

Forgus R. H., The interaction between form pre-exposure and test reguire- ments in determining form discrimination, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 51, 588-591 (1958).

Forselius S., Studies of Anabantid fishes: I, II and III, Zool. bidrag fran Uppsala, 32, 97—597 (1957).

Fowler H., Facilitation and inhibition of performance by punishment: the effects of shock intensity and distribution of trials, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 56, 531—538 (1963).

Fowler H., Satiation and curiosity. In «Psychology of Learning and Motivation», Ed. K. W. and J. T. Spence, Academic Press, New York, 1967.

Fowler H., Whalen R. E., Variation in incentive stimulus and sexual behavior in the male rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 54, 68—71 (1961).

Fox M. W., Neuro-behavioral ontogeny. A synthesis of ethological and neurophysiological concepts, Brain Research, 2, 3—20 (1962).

Fox M. W., Inman O., Glisson S., Age differences in central nervous effects of visual deprivation in the dog, Developmental Psychobiology, 1, 48—54

(1968).

Fox M. W., Spencer J. W., Development of the delayed response in the dog, Anim. Behav., 15, 162—168 (1967).

Fox M. W., Stelzner D., Behavioural effects of differential early experience in the dog, Anim. Behav., 14, 273—281 (1966).

Fox M. W., Stelzner D., The effects of early experience on the development of inter and intraspecies social relationships in the dog, Anim. Behav., 15, 377—386 (1967).

Fox S. S., Self-maintained sensory input and sensory deprivation in monkeys: a behavioral and neuropharmacological study, J. comp, physiol. Psychol.,

438-444 (1962).

Fox W., Behavioral and evolutionary significance of the abnormal growth of beaks of birds, Condor, 54, 160—162 (1952).

Fraenkel G. S., Gunn D. L., The Orientation of Animals, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1940.


Franck D., M?glichkeiten zur vergleichenden Analyse ausl?sender und richtender Reize mit Hilfe des Attrapenversuchs, ein Vergleich der Successiv- und Simultanmethode, Behaviour, 27, 150—159 (1966).

Franck D., Weitere Untersuchungen zur vergleichenden Ethologie der Gattung Xiphophorus (Pisces), Behaviour, 30, 76—95 (1968).

Franken R. F., Stimulus change, exploration and latent learning, J. comp,

physiol. Psychol., 64, 301—307 (1967). ^—

Franzisket L., Untersuchungen zur Spezifit?t und Kumulierung der Erregungsf?higkeit und zur Wirkung einer Erm?dung in der Afferenz bei Wischbewegungen des R?ckenmarksforsches, Z. vergl. Physiol., 34, 525—538 (1953).

Franzisket L., Zentralnerv?se Steuerung des peripheren Nervenwachstums, Verh. Deutsch. Zool. Gesell, M?nster, 8, 139—145 (1959).

Franzisket L., Characteristics of instinctive behaviour and learning in reflex activity of the frog, Anim. Behav., 11, 318—324 (1963).

Fredericson E., Competition: the effects of infantile experience upon adult behavior, J. abnorm, soc. Psychol., 46, 406—409 (1951).

Fredericson E., Perceptual homeostasis and distress vocalization in puppies, J. Personal, 20, 472-477 (1952).

Free J. B., A study of the stimuli which release the food-begging and offering responses of worker honeybees, Brit. J. Anim. Behav., 4, 94—101 (1956).

Free J. B., The stimuli releasing the stinging response of honeybees, Anim. Behav., 9, 193-196 (1961).

Freedman D. G., Smiling in blind infants and the issue of innate vs ascquired, J. Child Psychol. Psychiatr., 5, 171—184 (1964).

Freedman S. J., Sensory deprivation: facts in search of a theory, J. nerv. ment. Dis., 132, 17-21 (1961).

Freud S., Instincts and Their Vicissitudes, Coll. Papers Vol. IV, Hogarth, London, 1915.

Frisch K. von, Bees, their Vision, Chemical Senses and Language, Ithaca, New York, 1950.

Frisch K. von, Aus dem Leben der Bienen, (1953). H3. Karl von Frisch «The Dancing Bees», Methuen, London, 1954.

Frisch O. von. Zur Biologie des Zwergcham?leons (Microsaurus punilus), Z. Tierpsychol., 19, 276—289 (1962).

Fromme A., An experimental study of the factors of maturation and practice in the behavioural development of the embryo of the frog, Rana pipiens, Genet., Psychol. Monogr., 24, 219—256 (1941).

Fromme H. G., Untersuchungen ?ber das Orientierungsverm?gen n?chtlich ziehender Kleinv?gel (Erithacus rubecula, Sylvia communis), Z. Tierpsychol.,

205-220 (1961).

Fuller J. L., Clark L. D., Genetic and treatment factors modifying the postisolation syndrome in dogs, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 61, 251—257 (1966).

Fuller J. L., Clark L. D., Effects of rearing with specific stimuli upon postisolation behavior in dogs, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 61, 258—263 (1966).

Fuller J. L., Thompson R. W., Behavior Genetics, Wiley, New York, 1960.

Fuortes M. G. F., Electrical activity of cells in the eye of Limulus, Amer. J. Ophthal., 46, 210 (1958).

Furchtgott E., Cureton E. E., Factor analysis of emotionality and conditioning in mice, Psychol. Rep., 15, 787—794 (1964).

Faster J. M., Effects of stimulation of brain stem on tachistoscopic perception, Science, 127, 150 (1958).

Galambos R., Suppression of auditory nerve activity by stimulation of efferent fibres to cochlea, J. Neurophysiol., 19, 424—437 (1956).

Galamhos R., Electrical correlates of conditioned learning. In the “Central Nervous System and Behaviour, I”, Ed. M. A. B. Brazier, Macy Foundation, New York, 1959.

Galamhos R., Studies of the auditory system with implanted electrodes. In “Neural Mechanisms of the Auditory and Vestibular Systems”, Ed. G. L. Rasmussen and W. F. Windle, Thomas, Springfield, 111., 1960,


Galambos R., Davis H., Inhibition of activity in single auditory nerve fibers by acoustic Stimulation, J. Neurophysiol., 7, 287—303 (1944).

Galambos R., Sheatz G., Vernier V. G., Electrophysiological correlates of a conditioned response in cats, Science, 123, 376—377 (1956).

Gallistel C. R., Motivating effects in self-stimulation. J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 62, 95—101 (1966).

Ganz L., Riesen A. H., Stimulus generalization to hue in the darkreared macaque, 3. comp, physiol. Psychol., 55, 92—99 (1962).

Ganz L., Wilson P.D., Innate generalization of a form discrimination without contouring eye movements, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 63, 258—269 (1967).

Gard C., Hard E., Larsson K., Petersson V.-A., The relationship between sensory stimulation and gross motor behaviour during the postnatal development in the rat, Anim. Behav., 15, 563—567 (1967).

Gardner Â. T., Hunger and sequential responses in the hunting behavior of Salticid spiders, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 58, 167—173 (1964).

Gastaut H., Jus A., Jus C., Morrell F., van Leeuwen W. S., Dongier S., Naquet R., Regis H., Roger A., Bekkering D., Kamp A., Werre J., ?tude topographique des r?actions ?lectroenc?phalographiques conditionn?es chez l’homme, Electroenceph. clin. Neurophysiol., 9, 1—34 (1957).

Gauss G. H., Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Balzverhaltens einheimischer Molche, Z. Tierpsychol., 18, 60—66 (1961).

Gauthier-Pilters H., Einige Beobachtungen zum Droh-, Angriffs-und Kampfverhalten des Dromedarhengstes, sowie ?ber Geburt und Verhaltensentwicklung des Jungtieres, in der nordwestlichen Sahara, Z. Tierpsychol., 16, 593—604 (1959).

Gaze R. M., Jacobson M., “Converxity detectors” in the frog’s visual     system,

J. Physiol., 169, IP—3P (1963).

Gaze R. M., Jacobson M., A study of the retinotectal projection during regeneration of the optic nerve in the frog, Proc. Roy. Soc., B, 157, 420—448 (1963).

Gaze R. M., Jacobson M., Sz?kely G., The retinotectal projection in Xenopus with compound eyes, J. Physiol., 165, 484—499 (1963).

Gaze R. M., Jacobson M., Sz?kely G.,  On   the formation of   connexions     by

compound eyes in Xenopus, J. Physiol., 176, 409—417 (1965).

Gaze R. M., Watson W. E., Cell division and migration in the brain after optic, nerve lesions. In “Growth of the Nervous System”, Ed. G. E. W. Wolstenholme and M. O’Connor, Churchill, London, 1968.

Geisler M., Untersuchungen zur Tagesperiodik des Mietk?fers Geotrupes silvaticus Panz, Z. Tierpsychol., 18, 389—420 (1961).

Geist V., On the behaviour of the North American Moose (Alces alces ander- soni Peterson 1950) in British Columbia, Behaviour, 20, 377—416 (1963).

Geist V., The evolution of horn-like organs, Behaviour, 27, 175—214 (1966).

Gelperin A., Investigations of a foregut receptor essential to taste threshold regulation in the blowfly, J. insect Physiol., 12, 829—841 (1966).

Gelperin A., Dethier V. G., Long-term regulation of sugar intake by the blowfly, Physiol. Zool., 40, 218—228 (1967).

Gerall A. A., An exploratory study of the effect of social isolation variables on the sexual behaviour of male guinea pigs, Anim. Behav., 11, 274—282 (1963).

Gerall A. A., Hormonal factors influencing masculine behavior of female guineapigs, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 62, 365—369 (1966).

Gerall A.A., Hendricks S. E., Johnson L. L., Bounds T. W., Effects of early castration in male rats on adult sexual behavior, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 64, 206—212 (1967).

Ger?ll A.A., Ward I. L., Effects of prenatal exogenous androgen on the sexual behavior of the female albino rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 62, 370— 375 (1966).

Gerall H. D., Ward I. L., Gerall A. A., Disruption of the male rat’s sexual behaviour induced by social isolation, Anim. Behav., 15, 54—58 (1967).


Gerard R. W., The fixation of experience. In “Brain Mechanisms and Learning”, Ed. J. E. Delafresnaye, C. I. 0. M. S. Symposium, Oxford Univ. Press,

1961.

Gerard R. W., Marshall W. H., Saul L. J., Electrical activity of the cat’s brain, A. M. A. Arch. Neurol. Psychiat., 36, 675—738 (1936).

Gernandt B., Response of mammalian vestibular neurons to horizontal rotation and caloric stimulation, J. Neurophysiol., 1^473—184 (1949).

Gesell A., The outogenesis of infant behaviour. In “Mantial or,Child Psychology”, Ed. L. Carmichael, New York, 1954. ^

Ghent L., Somo effects of deprivation on eating and drinking behavior, J., comp, physiol. Psychol., 50, 172—176 (1957).

Gibb /., Feeding ecology of tits, with notes on treecreeper and goldcrest, Ibis, 96, 513—543 (1954).

Gibb J. A., L. Tinbergen’s hypothesis of the role of specific search images, Ibis, 104, 106—111 (1962).

Gibson E. J., Walk R. D., The effect of prolonged exposure to visually presented patterns on learning to discriminate them, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 49, 239—242 (1956).

Gibson E. J., Walk R. D., Pick H. L., Tighe T. J., The effoct of prolonged exposure to visual patterns on learning to'discriminate similar ana different patterns, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 51, 584—587 (1958).

Gibson E. J., Walk R. D., Tighe T. J., Enhancement and deprivation of visual stimulation during rearing as factors in visual discrimination learning, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 52. 74—81 (1959).

Gibson J. J., The Perception of the Visual World. Houghton Mifflin, Cambridge, Mass., 1950.

Gibson J. J., Perception as a function of stimulation. In Koch (1959).

Gibson J. J., Gibson E. J., Perceptual learning; differentiation or enrichment? Psychol. Rev., 62, 32—41. See also Psychol. Rev., 62, 447—450 (1955).

Gideiri Y. B. A., The behaviour and neuro-anatomy of some developing teleost fishes, J. Zool. Lond., 149, 215—241 (1966).

Giebel H.-D., Visuelles Lernvermogen bei Einhufern, Zool. Jahrb., 67, 487—520 (1958).

Ginsburg B., Allee W. C., Some effects of conditioning on social dominance and subordination in inbred strains of mice, Physiol, Zool., 15. 485—506 (1942).

Ginsburg TV., Conditioned vocalization in the budgerigar, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 53, 183-186 (1960).

Girdner J. B., An experimental analysis of the behavioural effects of a perceptual consequence unrelated to organic drive states, Amer. Psychol., 8, 354-385 (1953).

Glanzer^M., Stimulus satiation: an explanation of spontaneous alternation and related phenomena, Psycliol. Rev., 60, 257—269 (1953).

Glanzer M., The role of stimulus satiation in spontaneous alternation, J. exp. Psychol., 45, 387—393 (1953).

Glanzer M., Curiosity, exploratory drive, and stimulus satiation, Psychol. Bull., 55, 302-315 (1958).

Glickman S. E., Hartz K. E., Exploratory behaviour in several species of rodents, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 58, 101—104 (1964).

Glickman S. E., Schiff B., A biological theory of reinforcement, Psychol. Rev., 74, 81—109 (1967).

Goethe F., Vergleichende Beobachtungen zum Verhalten der Silbermow# (Larus argentatus) und der Heringsmowe (Larus fuscus), Proc. XI. Int. Orn. Congr., 577-582 (1954).

Goldberg J. M., Greenwood D. D., Response of neurons of the dorsal and posteroventral nuclei of the cat to acoustic stimuli of long duration, J. Neuro- phyaiol., 29, 72-93 (1966).

Goldman P. S., .Conditioned emotionality in the rat as a function of str«M in infancy, Anim. Behav., 13, 434—442 (1965).


Goldman P. S., The relationship between amount of stimulus input in infancy and subsequent emotionality; monotonic or curvilinear? Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. (1969).

Goldstein S. R., Mirror image as a reinforcer in Siamese fighting fish: a repetition with additional controls, Psychon. Sci., 7, 331—332 (1967).

Gonzalez R. C., Behrend E. R., Bitterman Ì. EPartial reinforcement in the fish: experiments with spaced trials and partial delay, Amor. J. Psychol.,

198-207 (1965).

Gonzalez R. C., Bitterman Ì. E., Partial reinforcoment effect in the goldfish as a function of amount of reward, /. comp, physiol. Psychol., 64, 163—167 (1967).

Goodhart Ñ. B., The evolutionary significance of human hair patterns and skin colouring, Advanc. Sci., 17, 53—59 (1960).

Goodman I. /., Brown J. L., Stimulation of positively and negatively reinforcing sites in the avian brain, Life Sciences, 5, 693—704 (1966).

Goodman L. /., The rolo of ccrtain optomotor reations in regulating stability in the rolling plane during flight in the desert locust, Schistocerca gregaria, J. exp. Biol., 42, 385—408 (1965).

Goodrich C. L., Activity and exploration as a function of age and deprivation, J. genet. Psychol., 108, 239—252 (1966).

Goodrich E. S., Studies on the Structure and Development of Vertebrates, Macmillan, London, 1930.

Gordon G., Jukes M. G. Ì., Correlation of different excitatory and inhibitory influences on cells in the nucleus gracilis of the cat, Nature, 196, 1183— 1185 (1962).

Gordon G., Manson J. R., Cutaneous receptive fields of single nerve cells in the thalamus of the cat, Nature, 215, 597—599 (1967).

Gorska Ò., Jankowska E., The effect of doafferentation on instrumental (Type II) conditioned reflexes in dogs, Acta Biol. Exp., 21, 219—234 (1961).

Gorska Ò., Jankowska E., Kozak W., The effect of deafferentation on instrumental (Type II) cleaning reflex in cats, Acta Biol. Exp., 21, 207—217

(1961).

Gossette R. L., Successive discrimination reversal (SDR) performances of four avian species on a brightness discrimination task, Psychon. Sci., 8, 17—18 (1967).

Gossette R. L., Gossette M. F., Riddell W., Comparisons of successive discrimination reversal performances among closely and remotely related avian species, Anim. Behav., 14, 560—564 (1966).

Gottlieb G., Developmental age as a baseline for determination of the critical period in imprinting, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 54, 422—427 (1961).

Gottlieb G., A naturalistic study of imprinting in wood ducklings (Aix sponsa), J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 56, 86—91 (1963).

Gottlieb G., Imprinting in relation to parental and species identification by avian neonates, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 59, 345—356 (1965).

Gottlieb G., Species identification by avian neonates: contributory effect of perinatal auditory stimulation, Anim. Behav. 14, 282—290 (1966).

Gottlieb G., Prenatal behavior of birds, Quart, Rev. Biol., 43, 148—174 (1968).

Gottlieb G., Species recognition in ground-nesting and hole-nesting ducklings, Ecology, 49, 87—95 (1968).

Gottlieb G., Klopfer P. H., The relation of developmental age to auditory and visual imprinting, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 55, 821—826 (1962).

Gottlieb

Gottlieb G., Simner M. L., Auditory versus visual flicker in the directing the approach response of domestic chicks, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 67, 58-63 (1969).

Goy R. W., Organizing effects of androgen on the behaviour of rhesus monkeys. In “Endocrinology and Human Behaviour”, Ed. R. P. Michael, Oxford Univ. Press, 1968.


Goy R. W., Young W. C., Strain differences in the behavioural responses of female guineapigs to alpha-estradiol benzoate and progesterone, Behaviour,

340-354 (1956-1957).

Graff II., Stellar E., Hyperpliagia, obesity and finickiness, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 55, 418-424 (1962).

Graham-Brown T., The intrinsic factors in the ;jct 0f progression in the mammal, Proc. Roy. Soc. B., 84, 308—319 (1911).

Granit R., The Sensory Mechanisms of the Retina, Oxford Univ. Press, 1947.

Granit R., Receptors and Sensory Perception, Yale Univ. Press, New Haven, 1955.

Granit R., Centrifugal and antidromic effects on ganglion cells retina, ,T. Neurophysiol., 18, 388-411 (1955).

Granit ]{., Kaada B. JR., Influence of stimulation of central nervous structures on muscle spindles in cat, Acta physiol, scand., 27, 130—160 (1952).

Grant E. C., An analysis of the social behaviour of the male laboratory rat, Behaviour, 21, 260—281 (1963).

Grant E. C., Mackintosh J. II., A comparison of the social postures of Some

common    laboratory rodents, Behaviour, 21, 256—259 (1963).

Graue L.  C., Experience effoct on initial orientation in pigeon beming,     Anim.

Behav., 13, 149—153 (1965).

Gray J., The role of peripheral sense organs during locomotion in the vertebrates, Sym. Soc. exp. Biol., 4, 112—12C (1950).

Gray Lissmann II. IV., Further observations on the effect of deafferenta- tion on the locomotory activity of amphibian limbs, J. exp. Biol., 23, 121 — 132 (1946).

Gray J., Lissmann H. W., The coordination of limb movements in the amphibia, J. exp. Biol., 23, 133-142 (1946).

Gray J.,  Lissmann H. W., The effect of labyrinthectomy on the coordination

of limb movements in the toad, J. exp. Biol., 24, 36—40 (1947).

Gray J., Sand A., The locomotory rhythm of the dogfish (Scyllium canicula), J. exp. Biol., 13, 200-209 (1936).

Gray J., Sand A., Spinal reflexes of the dogfish, Scyllium canicula, J. exp. Biol., 13. 210-218 (1936).

Gray J. A., Levine S., Broadhurst P. L., Gonadal hormone injections in infancy and adult emotional behaviour, Anim. Behav., 13, 33—45 (1965).

Gray P. II., The releasers of imprinting: differential reactions to colors as a function of maturation, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 54, 597—601 (1961).

Green G. W., The control of spontaneous locomotor activity in Phormia regina I and II, J. insect Physiol., 10, 711—752 (1964).

Green M., Green R., Carr W. /., The hawk-gooso phenomenon: a replication and an extension, Psychon. Sci., 4, 185—186 (1966).

Greenberg B., Parental behaviour and recognition of young in Cichlasoma biocellatum, Anim. Behav., 11, 578—582 (1963).

Greenberg B., Parental behaviour and imprinting in Ciclilid fishes, Behaviour, 21, 127-144 (1963).

Gregory R. L., Eye movements and the stability of the visual world, Nature,

1214—1216 (1958).

Gregory R. L., Wallace J. G., Recovery from early blindness, Exp. Psychol. Soc. Monogr. No. 2 (1963).

Grey Walter W., Intrinsic rhythms of the brain. In “Handbook of Physiology”, Sec. I, Neurophysiologv, Vol. I, Ed. J. Field, H. W. Magoun and

E. Hall, American Physiol. Soc., Washington, 1959.

Griffin D. R.. Hock R. /., Airplane observations of homing birds, Ecology,

176—198 (1949).

Griffin J. B., Pearson J. A., Habituation of flexor reflex in spinal rats and rats with frontal cortical lesions followed by spinal transection, Brain Res.,

777-780 (1967).

Griffiths W. J., Effect of food and water deprivation on shock tolerance of albino rats, Psychol. Rep., 11, 163—166 (1962).


Grindley G. Ñ., The formation of a simple habit in guinea-pigs, Brit. J. Psychol., 23, 127—147 (1932).

Grohmann J., Modifikation oder Fuktionsreifung? Ein Beitrag zur Kl?rung der wechselseitigen Beziehungen zwischen Instinkthandlung, und Erfaharung, Z. Tierpsychol., 2, 132—144 (1939).

Gross C.  G.,  General activity. In Weiskrantz (1968).

Grossman  S.   P., Eating or drinking elicited by direct adrenergic or choliner

gic stimulation of hypothalamus, Science, 132, 301—302 (1960).

Grossman S. P., Effect of chemical stimulation of the septal area on motivation, J. comp, physiol. Psycliol., 58, 194—200 (1964).

Grossman S. P., Behavioral effects of chemical stimulation of the ventral amygdala, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 57, 29—36 (1964).

Grossman  S.   P., Physiological Psychology, Wiley, New York,  1967.

Grossman  S.   P., Grossman L., Effects of chemical stimulation of the     mid

brain reticular formation on appetitive behavior, J. comp, physiol. Psychol.,

333-338 (1966).

Grossman S. P., Peters R. H., Freedman P. E., Wilier H. /., Behavioral effects of cholinergic stimulation of the thalamic reticular formation, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 59, 57—65 (1965).

Grunt I. A., Young W. C., Psychological modification of fatigue following orgasm (ejaculation) in the male guineapig, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 45, 508-510 (1952).

Grunt J. A., Young W. C., Consistency of sexual behavior patterns in individual male guineapigs following castration and androgen therapy, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 46, 138-144 (1953).

Griisser O. J., Griisser-Cornehls U., Neurophysiologische Grundlagen visueller angeborener Ausl?semechanismen beim Frosch, Z. vergl. Physiol., 59, 1—24 (1968).

Gr?sser-Cornehls U., Gr?sser O. Bullock T. H., Unit responses in the frog’s tectum to moving and nonmoving visual stimuli, Science, 141, 820—822

(1963).

Guhl A. M., Gonadal hormones and social behavior in infrahuman vertebrates. In Young (1961).

Guhl A. M., The behaviour of chickens. In “The Behaviour of Domestic Animals”, Ed. E. S. E. Hafez, Bailliere, Tindall and Cox, London, 1962.

Guiton P., Socialisation and imprinting in brown leghorn chicks. Anim. Behav., 7, 26—34 (1959).

Guiton P., The influence of imprinting on the agonistic and courtship responses of the brown leghorn cock, Anim. Behav., 9, 167—177 (1961).

Guiton P., The development of sexual response in domestic fowl in relation to the concept of imprinting, Anim. Behav., 10, 184 (1962).

Guiton P., The development of sexual responses in the domestic fowl, in relation to the concept of imprinting, Sym. Zool. Soc. Lond., 8, 227—234

(1962).

Guiton P., Early experience and sexual object-choice in the brown leghorn, Anim. Behav., 14, 534—538 (1966).

Gunther M., Instinct and the nursing couple, Lancet, 1955, 575—578 (1955).

Guthrie E. R., The Psychology of Learning, Harper, New York, 1952.

Guttman N., Equal-reinforcement values of sucrose and glucose solutions compared with equal-sweetness values, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 47, 358-361 (1954).

Gwinner E., Uber den Einfluss des Hungers und anderer Faktoren auf die Versteck-Aktivit?t des Kolkraben (Corvuscorax), Vogelwarte, 23,1—4 (1965).

Haartman L. von, Adaptation in hole-nesting birds, Evolution, 11, 339— 347 (1957).

Haas A., Phylogenetisch bedeutungsvolle Verhaltens?nderungen bei Hummeln, Z. Tierpsychol., 19, 356—370 (1962).

Haber R. N., Discrepancy from adaptation level as a source of affect, J. exp. Psychol., 56, 370-375 (1958).


Hagamen W. D., Zitzmann E. K., Reeves A. G., Sexual mounting of diverse objects in a group of randomly selected, unoperated male cats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 56, 298—302 (1963).

Hagbarth K.-E., Fex J., Centrifugal influences on single unit activity in spinal sensory paths, J. Neurophysiol., 22, 321—338 (1959).

Hagbarth K.-E., Kerr D. I. B., Central influences on spinal afferent conduction, J. Neurophysiol., 17, 295—307 (1954).

Hagiwara S., Nervous activities of the heart ixi Crustacea, Ergebn. Biol.,

287—311, Springer, Berlin (1961). (    ]

Hagiwara S., Bullock Ò. H., Intracellular potentials in pacemaker and integrative neurons of the lobster cardiac ganglion, J. cell. comp. Physiol., 50, 25-48 (1957).

Hagiwara S., Watanabe A., Discharges in motoneurons of cicada, J. cell, comp. Physiol., 47, 415—428 (1956).

Hailman J. P., Pecking of laughing gull chicks at models of the parental head, Auk, 79, 89-98 (1962).

Hailman J. P., Mirror-image color-preferences for background and stimulus object in gull-chicks, Experientia, 22, 257 (1966).

Hailman J. P., The ontogeny of an instinct, Behaviour Suppl., 15, 1967.

Hall J. F., The relationship between external stimulation, food deprivation and activity, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 49, 339—341 (1956).

Hall K. R. L., Tool-using performances as indicators of behavioral adaptability, Current Anthropology, 4, 479—494 (1963).

Hall-Craggs The development of song in the blackbird Turdus merula, Ibis, 104, 277-300 (1962).

Halliday M. S., Exploration and fear in the rat, Symp. Zool. Soc. Lond.,

45—59 (1966).

Halliday M. S., Exploratory behavior. In Weiskrantz (1968).

Haltmeyer G. C., Denenberg V. H., Zarrow Ì. X., Modification of the plasma corticosterone response as a function of infantile stimulation and electric shock parameters, Physiol, and Behav., 2, 61—63 (1967).

Hamburger V., Some aspects of the embryology of behavior, Quart. Rev. Biol.', 38, 342-365 (1963).

Hamburger V., Ontogeny of behaviour and its structural basis, Proc. 5th Int. Neurochem. Symp. Austria, 21—34 (1964).

Hamburger V., The beginnings of coordinated movements in the chick embryo. In “Growth of the Nervous System", Ed. G. E. W. Wolstenholme and M. O’Connor, Churchill, London, 1968.

Hamburger V., Balaban Ì., Oppenheim R., Wenger E., Periodic motility o^ normal and spinal chick embryos between 8 and 17 days incubation, J. exp. Zool., 159, 1—14 (1965).

Hamburger V., Oppenheim R., Prehatching motility and hatching behavior in the chick, J. exp. Zool., 166, 171—204 (1967).

Hamburger V., Wenger E., Oppenheim R-, Motility in the chick embryo in the absence of sensory input, J. exp. Zool., 162, 133—160 (1966).

Hamilton C. L., Interactions of food intake and temperature regulation in the rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 56, 476—488 (1963).

Hammel H. Ò., Hardy J. D., Fusco Ì. Ì., Thermoregulatory responses to hypothalamic cooling in unanaesthetized dogs, Amer. J. Physiol., 198, 481—486 (1960).

Hammer L. R., Relationship of reinforcement value to consummatory behavior, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 66, 667—672 (1968).

Hammond P. H., Merton P. A., Sutton G. G., Nervous gradation of mus- cular contraction, Brit. Med. Bull., 12, 214—218 (1956).

Hans H., Thorsteinson A. J., The influence of physical factors and host plant odour on the induction and termination ol dispersal flights in Sitoha cylindriollis Fahr, Ent. exp. Appl., 4, 165—177 (1961).

Hansen E. W., The development of maternal and infant behavior in the rhesus monkey, Behaviour, 27, 107—149 (1966).


Hanson N. R., Causal chains, Mind, 64, 289—311 (1955).

Harker J. E., The Physiology of Diurnal Rhythms, Cambridge Unir. Press,

1964.

Harlow H. F., The development of learning in the rhesus monkey, Amer. Scientist, 47, 459—479 (1959).

Harlow H. F., Learning set and error factory theory. In Koch (1959).

Harlow H. F., Development of the second and third affectional systems in macaque monkeys. In “Research Approaches to Psychiatric Problems”, Ed. Ò. T. Tourlentes et al., U. S. A., 1962.

Harlow H. F., The maternal affectional system. In “Determinants of Infant Behavior, II”, Ed. Â. M. Foss, Methuen, London, 1963.

Harlow H. F., Sexual behavior in rhesus monkeys. In Beach (1965).

Harlow H .F., Harlow Ì. K., Principles of Primate Learning. In “Little Club Clinics in Developmental Medicine”, No. 7, Heinemann, London (1962).

Harlow H. F., Harlow Ì. K., The affectional systems. In Schrier (1965).

Harlow H. F., Harlow Ì. K., Meyer D. R., Learning motivated by a manipulation drive, J. exp. Psychol., 40, 228—234 (1950).

Harlow H. F., Woolsey C. N., Biological and Biochemical Bases of Behavior. Univ. Wisconsin Press, Madison, 1958.

Harlow H. F., Zimmermann R. R., Affectional responses in the infant monkey, Science, 130, 421—432 (1959).

Harnly Ì. H., Flight capacity in relation to phenotypic and genotypic variations in the wings of Drosophila melanogaster, J. exp. Zool., 88, 263—273 (1941).

Harper L. V., The effects of isolation from birth on the social behaviour of guineapigs in adulthood, Anim. Behav., 16, 5.8—64 (1968).

Harrington G. Ì., Linder W. K., A positive reinforcing effect of electrical stimulation, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 55, 1014-^1015 (1962).

Harris C. S., Perceptual adaptation to inverted, reversed, and displaced vision, Psychol. Rev., 72, 419—444 (1965).

Harris G. W., Neural Control of the Pituitary Gland. Arnold, London, 1955.

Harris G. W., Levine S., Sexual differentiation of the brain and its experimental control, J. Physiol., 181, 379—400 (1965).

Harris G. W., Michael R. P., Scott P. P., Neurological site of action of stilboestrol in eliciting sexual behaviour. Ciba Foundation Symp. on the “Neurological Basis of Behaviour”, Churchill, London, 1958.

Hams J. E., Whiting H. P., Control of rhythmical activity in the skeletal muscle.of the embryonic dogfish, J. Physiol., 124, 63P (1954).

Hart B. L., Testosterone regulation of sexual reflexes in spinal male rats, Science, 155, 1283—1284 (1967).

Hart B. L., Sexual teflexes and mating behavior in the male dog, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 64, 388—399 (1967).

Hart B. L., Alteration of quantitative aspects of sexual reflexes in spinal male dogs by testosterone, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 66, 726—730 (1968).

Hart B. L., Role of prior experience in the effects of castration on sexual behaviour of male dogs, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 66, 719—725 (1968).

Hart B. L., Neonatal castration: influence on neural organization of sexual reflexes in male rats, Science, 160, 1135—1136 (1968).

Hart B. L., Sexual reflexes and mating behavior in the male rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 65, 453—460 (1968).

Hartlme D. K., Impulse identification and axon mapping of the nine neurons in the cardiac ganglion of the lobster Homarus americanus, J. exp. Biol.,

327—340 (1967).

Hartline H. K., The response of single optic nerve fibers of the vertebrate eye to illumination of the retina, Amer. J. Physiol., 121, 400—415 (1938).

Hartline H. K., Inhibition of active of visual receptors by illuminating nearby retinal areas in the Limulus eye. Fed. Proc., 8, 69 (1949).

Hartline H. K., Graham Ñ. H., Nerve impulses from single receptors in the eye, J. cell. comp. Physiol., 1, 277—295 (1932).


Hartlint H. K., Ratliff F., Inhibitory interaction of receptor units ia the

eye of Limulus, J. gen. Physiol., 40, 357—376 (1956).'

Hartline H. Ê., Wagner H. G., Ratliff F., Inhibition in the eye of Llmulus, J. gen. Physiol., 39, 651-673 (1956).

Harwood D., Vouiles D. M., Forebrain stimulation and feeding behavior in the ring dove (Streptopelia risoria), J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 62, 388— 396 (1966).

Harwood D., Vowles D. M., Defensive beh?viotfr and the after effects of brain stimulation in the ring dove (Streptopelka risoria), Neuropsycho- logia, 5, 345-366 (1967).

Haskell P. Ò., Hearing in certain Orthoptera: II. The nature of the response of certain receptors to natural and imitation stridulation, J. exp. Biol.,

767-776 (1956).

Haskell P. Ò., Striaulation and associated behaviour in certain Orthoptera:

Analysis of the stridulation of, and behaviour between, males, Brit. J. Anim. Behav., 5, 139—148 (1957).

Haskell P. Ò., Stridulation and associated behaviour in certain Orthoptera:

The influence of the gonads, Anim. Behav., 8, 76—81 (1960).

Hasler A. D., Guideposts of migrating fishes, Science, 132, 785—792 (1960).

Hassenstein Â., Optokinetische Wirksamkeit bewegter periodischer Muster, Z. Naturf., 14, 659—674 (1959).

Hassenstein B., Wie sehen Insekten Bewegungen? Naturwiss., 48, 207—214

(1961).

Hassenstein B., Rechardt W., Wie sehen Insekten Bewegungen? Umschau,

302-305 (1959).

Haude R. H., Ray O. S., Visual experation in monkeys as a function of visual incentive duration and sensory derivation, J. comp, physiol. Psychol.,

332-336 (1967).

Hayes K. J., Hayes C., Imitation in a home-raised chimpanzee, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 45, 450—459 (1952).

Hayes W. N., Hertzler D. R., Hogberg D. K., Visual responsiveness and habituation in the turtle, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 65, 331—335 (1968).

Hayes W. N., Saiff E. /., Visual alarm reactions in turtles, Anim. Behav.,

102-106 (1967).

Hazlett B. A., Factors affecting the aggressive behavior of the hermit crab (Calcinus tibicen), Z. Tierpsychol., 23, 655—671 (1966).

Hazlett B. A., Bossert W. H., A statistical analysis of the aggressive communications system of some hermit crabs, Anim. Behav., 13, 357—373 (1965).

Head H., Studies in Neurology, Oxford Univ. Press, 1920.

Hearst E., Concurrent generalization gradients for food-controlled and shock- controlled behavior, J. exp. Anal. Behav., 5, 19—31 (19f>2).

Hearst E., Oscillatory behavior during approach-avoidance conflict, J. exp. Anal. Behav., 10, 75—84 (1967).

Heart E., Koresko M. B., Self-presentation and self-termination of a conflict-producing stimulus, Science, 146, 415—416 (1964).

Hebb D. O., The innate organization of visual activity: I. Perception of figures by rats reared in total darkness, J. genet. Psychol., 51, 101—126 (1937).

Hebb D. O., The innate organization of visual activity: II. Transfer of response in the discrimination of brightness and size by rats reared in total darkness, J. comp. Psychol., 24, ÝÒ7—299 (1937).

 Hebb D. O., On the nature of fear, Psychol. Rev., 53, 259—276 (1946).

 Hebb D. O., The Organization of Behaviour, Wiley, New York, 1949.

Hebb D. O., Heredity and environment in mammalian behaviour, Brit. J. Anim. Behav., 1, 43—47 (1953).

Hebb D. O., Drives and the C. N. S. (conceptual nervous system), Psyohol. Rev., 62, 243-254 (1955).

Hebb D. O., The semiautonomous- process, Amer. Psychol., 18. 16—27

(1963).


ÍåÚÚ D. Î., Thompson W. A., The social significance of animal studies. In “Handbook of Social Psychology”, Ed. G. Lindzey, Addison-Weeley, 1954.

Hediger H., Wild Animals in Captivity, Butterworths, London, 1950.

Heiligenberg W., Ursachen f?r das Auftreten von Instinktbewegungen bei einem Fische (Pelmatochromis subocellatus kribensis Boul., Cichlidae), Z. vergl. Physiol., 47, 339-380 (1963).

Heiligenberg W., The suppression of behavioral activities by frightening stimuli, Z. vergl. Physiol., 50, 660—672 (1965).

Heiligenberg W., A quantitative analysis of digging movements and their relationship to aggressive behaviour in Cichlids, Anim. Behav., 13, 163—170

(1965).

Heiligenberg W., The effect of external stimuli on the attack readiness of a Cichlid fish, Z. vergl. Physiol., 49, 459—464 (1965).

Heiligeitberg W., The stimulation of territorial singing in house crickets (Acheta domesticus), Z. vergl. Physiol., 53, 114—129, Springer, Berlin (1966).

Hein A., Exposure history in early perceptual-motor development. In “Per- cep. Motor Foundations”, Ed. Muriel Sloan, A. A. A., Washington, 1968.

Hein A., Held R., A neural model for labile sensori-motor coordinations. From “Biological Prototypes and Synthetic Systems”, 1, Plenum Press, New York, 1962.

Hein A., Held R., Dissociation of the visual placing response into elicited and guided components, Science, 158, 390—392 (1967).

Heinemann E. G., Chase S., Mandell C., Discriminative control of attention, Science, 160, 553—554 (1968).

Heinemann E. G., Rudolph R. L., The effect of discriminative training on the gradient of stimulus generalization, Amer. J. Psychol., 76, 653—658

(1963).

Heinroth Î., Beitr?ge zur Biologie, namentlich Ethologie und Psychologie der Anatiden, Verh. 5 Int. Orn. Kong., 589—702 (1911).

Heinroth O., Laut?usserungen der V?gel, J. Ornitn., 72, 223—244 (1924).

Held R., Exposure-history as a factor in maintaining stability of perception and coordination, J. nerv. ment. Dis., 132, 26—32 (1961),

Held R., .Dissociation of visual functions by deprivation and rearrangement, Psychol. Forschung., 31, 338—348 (1967—1968).

Held R., Bauer J., Visually guided reaching in infant monkeys after restricted rearing, Science, 155, 718—720 (1967).

Held R., Bossom J., Neonatal deprivation and adult rearrangement: complementary techniques for analyzing plastic sensory-motor coordinations, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 54, 33—37 (1961).

Held R., Efstathiou A., Greene M., Adaptation to displaced and delayed visual feedback from hand, J. exp. Psychol., 72, 887—891 (1966).

Held R., Freedman S. J., Plasticity in human sensorimotor control, Science,

455-462.(1963).

Held R., Hein A. V., Adaptation of disarranged hand-eye coordination contingent upon re-afferent stimulation, Percept. Mot. Skills, 8, 87—90 (1958).

Held R., Hein A., Movement-produced stimulation in the development of visually guided behavior, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 56, 872—876. (1963).

Held R., Hein A., On the modifiability of form perception. In “Models for Perception of Speech and Visual Forms”, Ed. W. Wathen-Dunn, M. I. T. Press, 1967.

Heller D. P., Absence of size constancy in visually deprived rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 65, 336—339 (1968).

Helion R. F., Hypothalamic neurones responding to temperature in conscious rabbits, J. Physiol., 191, 37 P (1967).

Helmholtz H. von, Handbook der physiologischen Optik, Voss, Leipzig. English translation by J. P. C. Southall (1925), Optical Society of America, Wisconsin, 1867.

Helton H., Adaptation-level as a basis for a quantitative theory of frames of reference, Psychol. Rev., 55, 297—313 (1948).


Henderson N. D., Behaviour effects of manipulation during different stages in the development of mice, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 57, 284—289

(1964).

Henderson N. D., Acquisition and retention of conditioned fear during different stages in the development of mice, J. comp, physiol.'Psychol., 59, 439—442 (1965).

Henderson N. D., Effects of intensity and spacing of prior stimulation on later emotional behavior, J. comp. physieiT'Rsychol., 62, 441—448 (1966).

Hendry D. P., Rasche R. H., Analysis ì a n^w nonnutritive positive reinforcer based on thirst, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 54, 477—483 (1961).

Henke K., Die Lichtorientierung und die Bedingungen der Lichtstimmung bei der Rollassel Armadillidium cinereum Zenker, Z. vergl. Physiol., 13, 534-625 (1930).

Henriques J. (in prep.), Ph. D. thesis, Cambridge.

Hensel H., Zotterman Y., The response of mechanoreceptors to thermal stimulation, J. Physiol., 115, 16—24 (1951).

Herberg J., Blundell J. E., Lateral hypothalamus: hoarding behaviour elicited by electrical stimulation, Science, 155, 349—350 (1967).

Herberg L. /., Seminal ejaculation following positively reinforcing electrical stimulation of the rat hypothalamus, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 56, 679— 685 (1963).

Herbert J., Sexual preference in the rhesus monkey Macaca mulatta in the laboratory, Anim. Behav., 16, 120—128 (1968).

Herbert J., Trimble M. R., Effect of oestradiol and testosterone on the sexual receptivity and attractiveness of the female rhesus monkey, Nature,

165-166 (1967).

Hernandez-Peon R., Guzman-Flores C., Alcares M., Fern&ndez-Guardiola A., Sensory transmission in the visual pathway during «attention» in unanaesthetised cats, Acta Neur. Lat.-Amer., 3, 1—8 (1957).

Hern?ndez-Peon R., Jouvet M., Scherrer H., Auditory potentials at cochlear nucleus during acoustic habituation, Acta Neur. Lat.-Amer., 3, 114—116

(1957).

Hern?ndez-Pe?n R., Scherrer H., Jouvet M., Modification of electric activity in cochlear nucleus during “attention” in unanaesthetized cats, Science,

331-332 (1956).

Herrer R. Y., The  effect of high and low female sex hormone concentration

on the two-point threshold of pain and touch and upon tactile sensitivity,

J. exp. Psychol.,  16, 324—327   (1933).

Herrnstein R. /.,  Superstition: a corollary of the principles of operant

conditioning. In Honig (1966).

Herrnstein R. J., Loveland D. H., Complex visual concept in the pigeon, Science, 146,549—551 (1964).

Herrnstein R. J., van Sommers P., Method for sensory scaling with animals, Science, 135, 40—41 (1962).

Hersher L., Moore A. U., Richmond J. B., Effect of post partum separation of mother and kid on maternal care in the domestic goat, Science, 128, 1342— 1343 (1958).

Herscher L., Richmond J.' B., Moore A. U., Modifiability of the critical period for the development of maternal behavior in sheep and goats, Behaviour, 20, 311-320 (1963).

Herter K., Reizphysiologische Untersuchungen an der Karpfenlaus (Argulus foliaceus L.), Z. vergl. Physiol., 5, 283—370 (1927).

Hertz M., Die Organisation des optischen Feldes bei der Biene: I, II and III, Z. vergl. Physiol., 8, 693-748; 11, 107-145; 14, 629—674 (1929, 1930, 1931).

Hertz M., Uber figurale Intensit?ten und Qualit?ten in der optischen Wahrnehmung der Biene, Biol. Zbl., 53, 10—40 (1933).

Hertz M., Die Untersuchungen ?ber den Formensinn der Honigbiene, Na- turwiss., 23, 618—624 (1935).


Hess E. H., Natural preferences of chicks and ducklings for objects of different colours, Psych. Rep., 2, 477—483 (1956).

Hess E. H., Space perception in the chick, Sei. Amer., 195, 71—80

(1956).

Hess E. H., Imprinting, Science, 130, 133—141 (1959).

Hess E. H., Two conditions limiting critical age for imprinting, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 52, 515—518 (1959).

Hess E. H., Imprinting in birds, Science, 146, 1128—1139 (1964).

Hess W. R., Das Zwischenhirn als Koordinationsorgan, Helv. Physiol. Acta, 1, 549-565 (1943).

•1034. Hess W. R., Diencephalon: Autonomic and Extrapyramidal Functions, Grune, New York, 1954.

Heusser H., Uber die Beziehungen der Erdkr?te (Bufo bufo L.) zu ihrem Laichplatz: I, Behaviour, 12, 208—232 (1958).

Hildreth P. E., Quantitative aspects of mating behavior in Drosophila, Behaviour, 19, 57—73 (1962).

Hilgard E. R., Theories of Learning, Appleton-Century-Crofts, New York, 1948, 1956.

Hilgard   E. R.,    Marquis D. G., Conditioning and   Learning, Revised

A. Kimble, Methuen, London, 1961,

Hill W. P., The effect of varying periods of confinement on activity in tilt cages,- J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 51, 570—574 (1958).

Hinde R. A., The behaviour of the great tit (Parus major) and some other related species, Behaviour Suppl., 2, 1—201 (1952).

Hinde R. A., The conflict between drives in the'courtship and copulation of the Chaffinch, Behaviour, 5, 1—31 (1953).

Hinde     R.   A., A     possible explanation of paper-tearing behaviour in birds,

Brit.     Birds, 46,    21-23 (1953).

Hinde     R.   A., Factors governing the    changes in strength of a partially inborn

response, as shown by the mobbing behaviour of the chaffinch (Fringilla coelebs): I. The nature of the response, and an examination of its course, Proc. Roy. Soc. B, 142, 306—331; II. The waning of the response, Proc. Roy. Soc. B,. 142, 331-358 (1954).

Hmde R. A., The courtship and copulation of the greenfinch (Chloris chlor is), Behaviour, 7, 207—232 (1954).

Hinde R. A., Changes in responsiveness to a constant stimulus, Brit. J. Anim. Behav., 2, 41—55 (1954).

Hinde R. A., The following response of moorhens and coots, Brit. J. Anim. Behav., 3, 121—122 (1955).

Hinde R. A., A comparative study of the courtship of certain finches (Frin- gillidae), Ibis, 97, 706-745; 98, 1-23 (1955—1956).

Hmde R. A., Ethological models and the concept of drive, Brit. J. Philos. Sei., 6, 321 (1956).

Hinde R. A., The biological significance of the territories of birds, Ibis,

340-369 (1956).

Hmde R. A., The behaviour of certain cardueline F, interspecies hybrids, Behaviour, 9, 202-213 (1956).

Hinde R. A., The nest-building behaviour of domesticated canaries, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 131, 1—48 (1958).

Hinde R. A., Alternative motor patterns in chaffinch song, Anim. Behav.,

211-218 (1958).

Hinde R. A., Behaviour speciation in birds and lower vertebrates, Biol. Rev., 34, 85—128 (1959).

Hinde     R.   A.,  Some recent trends in ethology. In Koch (1959).

Hinde     R.   A.,  Some factors influencing sexual and aggressive behaviour in

male Chaffinches, Bird Study, 6, 112—122 (1959).

Hmde R.   A.,  Unitary drives, Anim. Behav., 7, 130—141 (1959).

Hinde     R.   A., Energy models of motivation, Sym. Soc. exp. Biol., 14,     199—

213 (1960).


Hinde R. A., Factors governing the changes in strength of a partially inborn response, as shown by the mobbing behaviour, of the chaffinch (Fringilla coelebs): III. The interaction of short-term and long-term incremental and decremental effects, Proc. Roy. Soc. Ser. B, 153 , 398—420 (1960).

Hinde R. A., Sensitive periods and the development of behaviour. From “Lessons from Animal Behaviour for the Clinician”, Little Glub Clinic in Developmental Medicine, NoJL The National Spastics Society Study Group,

1962.

Hinde R. A., Some aspects of the imprinting problem, Symp. Zool. Soc. Lond., 8, 129-138 (1962).

Hinde R. A., Interaction of internal and external factors in integration of canary reproduction. In Beach (1965).

Hinde R. A., Ritualization and social communication in rhesus monkeys, Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. B, 251, 285—294 (1966).

Hinde R. A., Aspects of the control of avian reproductive development within the breeding season. In Proc. XIV Int. Ornith. Congr., 135—153

.

Hinde R. A., Dichotomies in the study of development. In “Genetic and Environmental Influences on Behavior”, Ed. J. M. Thoday and A. S. Parkes, Oliver and Boyd, Edinburgh, 1968.

Hinde R. A., Bird Vocalizations in Relation to Current Problems in Biology and Psychology, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1969.

Hinde R. A. (in press), Social development. In «Behavior of Nonhuman Primates», III, Ed. A. M. Schrier, H. F. Harlow, F. Stollnitz, Academic Press, New York.

Hinde R. A., Bell R. Q., Steel E. A., Changes in sensitivity of the canary brood patch during the natural breeding season, Anim. Behav., 11, 553— 560 (1963).

Hinde R. A., Fisher J., Further observations on the opening of milk bottles by birds, Brit. Birds, 44, 393—396 (1951).

Hinde R. A., Rowell T. E., Communication by postures and facial expressions

in the rhesus monkey (Macaca mulatto.), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 138, 1—21

.    •    ~

Hinde R. A., Rowell T. E., Spencer-Booth Y., Behaviour of socially living rhesus monkeys in their first sex months, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 143, 609— 649 (1964).

Hinde R. A., Spencer-Booth Y., The study of mother-infant interaction in captive group-living rhesus monkevs, Proc. Roy. Soc. Ser. B, 169, 177—201

.

Hinde R. A., Steel E. A., Selection of nest material by female canaries, Aiiim. Behav., 10, 67—75 (1962).

Hinde R. A., Steel E. A., Effect of exogenous hormones on the tactile sensitivity of the canary brood patch, J. Endocrin., 30, 355—359 (1964).

Hinde R. A., Steel E. A., Integration of the reproductive behaviour of female canaries, Symp. Soc. exp. Biol., 20, 401—426 (1966).

Hinde R. A., Stevenson J. G., Goals and response control. In «Development and Evolution of Behaviour», 1, Ed. L. R. Aronson, E. Tobach, J. S.Rosenblatt, D. S. Lehrman, Freeman, New York, 1969.

Hinde R. A., Stevenson J. G., Integration of response sequences. In «Advances in the Study of Behaviour», 2, Ed. D. S. Lehrman, R. A. Hinde, E. Shaw, Academic Press, New York, 1969.

Hinde R. A.,' Thorpe W. H., Vince M. A., The following response of young coots and moorhens, Behaviour, 9, 2—3, 214—242 (1956).

Hinde R. A., Tinbergen N., The comparative study of species-specific behavior. From «Behavior and Evolution», Ed. A. Roe and G. G, Simplon, Yale Univ. Press, New Haven, 1958.

Hines M., The development and regression of reflexes, postures and progression in the young macaque, Contr. Embryol. Carnegie Instn., Wash., 80, 153-209 (1942).


Htrayoshi /., Warren J. Ì., Overtraining and reversal learning by experimentally naive kittens, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 64, 507—510 (1967).

Hirsch J., Book review, Anim. Behav., 15, 394—395 (1967).

Hirsch J., Behavior-Genetic Analysis, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1967.

Hitchcock L., Michels K. M., Brown D. R., Discrimination learning: squirrels vs. raccoons, Percept, and Mot. Skills, 16, 405—414 (1963).

Hoagland H., Electrical responses from the lateral-line nerves of catfish:

J. gen. Physiol., 16, 695—714 (1933).

Hoagland H., Quantitative analysis of responses from lateral-line nerves of fishes: II, J. gen. Physiol., 16, 715—732 (1933).

Hochberg JHeld R., Nonvisual components in visual form perception, Percept, and Mot. Skills, 18, 559—560 (1964).

Hockman C. H., Prenatal maternal stress in the rat: its effects on emotional behavior in the offspring, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 54, 679—684

(1961).

Hodgson E. S., Electrophysiological studies of arthropod chemoreception:

Responses of labellar chemoreceptors of the blowfly to stimulation by carbohydrates, J. insect. Physiol., 1, 240—247 (1957).

Hodgson E. S., The chemical senses and changing viewpoints in sensory physiology. In «Viewpoints in Biology», 4, Ed. J. D. Carthy and C. L. Dud- dington, Butterworths, London, 1965.

Hodgson E. S., Roeder K. D., Electrophysiological studies of arthropod chemoreception: I. General properties of the labellar chemoreceptors of Dip- tera, J. cell, coinp. Physiol., 48, 51—76 (1956).

Hodos W., Motivational properties of long durations of rewarding brain stimulation, J: comp, physiol. Psychol., 59, 219—224 (1965).

Hoebel B. G., Teitelbaum P., Hypothalamic control of feeding‘and selfstimulation, Science, 135, 375—377 (1962).

Hoebel B. G., Teitelbaum P., Weight regulation in normal and hypothalamic hyperphagic rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 61, 189—193 (1966).

Hof M. W. van, Hof-van Duin J. van, Mark F. van der, Rietveld W.

The effect of image formation and that of flash-counting on the occipitocortical response to lightflashes, Acta physiol, pharm. neerl., 11, 485—493 (1962).

Hoffman H. S., Kozma F., Jr., Behavioral control by an imprinted stimulus: long-term effects, J. exp. Anal. Behav., 10, 495—501 (1967).

Hoffman H. S., Searle J. L., Toffey S., Kozma F., Jr., Behavioral control by an imprinted stimulus, J. exp. Anal. Behav., 9, 177—189 (1966).

Hoffmann K., Experimentelle Aenderung des Richtungsfindens beim Star durch Beeinflussung der «inneren Uhr», Naturwiss., 40, 148 (1953).

Hoffmann K., Die Aktivit?tsperiodik von im 18- und 36-Stunden-tag erbr?teten Eidechsen, Z. vergl. Physiol., 42, 422—432 (1959).

Hoffmann K., Overt circadian frequencies and circadian rule. In «Circadian Clocks», Ed. J. Aschoff, North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1965.

Hogan J. A., Operant control of preening in pigeons, J. exp. anal. Behav.,

351-352 (1964).

Hogan J. A., An experimental study of conflict and fear: an analysis of behaviour of young chicks toward a mealworm, I. The behaviour of chicks which do not eat the mealworm, Behaviour, 25, 45—97 (1965).

Hogan J. A., Ibid, II. The behaviour of chicks which eat the mealworm, Behaviour, 27, 273—289 (1966).

Hogan J. A., Fighting and reinforcement in the Siamese fighting fish (Betta splendens), J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 64, 356—359 (1967).

Holling Ñ. S., Sensory stimuli involved in tbe location and selection of saw- fly cocoons by small mammals, Canad. J. Zool., 36, 633—653 (1958).

Holling Ñ. S., The components of predation as revealed by a study of the small mammal .predation of the European pine sawfly, Canad. Ent., 91, 293-320 (1959).

Holling Ñ. S., Principles of insect predation, Ann. Rev. Entom., 6, 163— 182 (1961).


Holling C. S., The functional response of predators to prey density and its role in mimicry and population regulation, Memoirs Entom. Soc. Canada, 45, 1-60 (1965).

Holmgren B., Merton P. A., Local feedback control of motoneurones, J. Physiol., 123, 47P (1954).

Holst E. von, Erregungsbildung und Erregungsleitung im Fischr?ckenmark, Pfl?g. Arch. ges. Physiol., 235, 345—359 (1935).

Holst E. von, ?ber den Prozess der zentralnerv?sen Koordination, Pfl?g. Arch. ges. Physiol., 236, 149-^458 (1935).

Holst E. von, Alles oder Nichts, Block, Alternans, Bigemini und verwandte Ph?nomene als Eigenschaften des R?ckenmarks, Pfl?g, arch. ges. Physiol.,

515-532 (1935).

Holst E. von, Uber den Lichtr?ckenreflex bei Fischen, Publ. Staz. Zool. Napoli, 15, 143—158 (1935).

Holst E. von, Versuche zur Theorie der relativen Koordination, Pfl?g, arch, ges. Physiol., 237, 93—121 (1936). •

Holst E. von, Entwurf eines Systems der Lokomotorischen Periodenbildungen bei Fischen, Z. vergl. Physiol., 26, 481—528 (1939).

Holst E. von. Von der Mathematik der nerv?sen Ordnungsleistung, Expe- rientia, 4, 374-381 (1948).

Holst E. von, Quantitative Messung von Stimmungen im Verhalten der Fische, Symp. Soc. Exp. Biol., IV, 143—172 (1950).

Holst E. von, Die Arbeitsweise des Statolithenapparates bei Fischen, Z. vergl. Physiol., 32, 60—120 (1950).

Holst E. von, Relations between the central nervous system and the peripheral organs, Brit. J. Anim. Behav., 2, 89—94 (1954).

Holst E. von, Mittelstaedt H., Das, Reafferenzprinzip, Naturwiss., 37, 464—476 (1950).

Holst E. von, Saint Paul U. von, On the functional organisation of drives, Anim. Behav., 11, 1—20, translated from Naturwiss., 18, 409—422 (1963).

Holst E. von, Sehoen L., Der Einfluss mechanisch ver?nderten Augenstellungen auf die Richtungslokalisation bei Fischen, Z. vergl. Physiol., 36 , 433— 442 (1954).

Holzapfel M., Uber Bewegungstereotypien bei gehaltenen S?ugern: III., Der Zoologische Garten, 10, 184—193 (1939).

Holzapfel M., Analyse des Sperrens und Pickens in der Entwicklung des Stars, J. f. Ornith., 87, 525—553 (1939).

Holzapfel M., Die Beziehungen zwischen den Trieben junger und erwachsener Tiere, Schweiz. Z. Psych., 8, 32—60 (1949).

Holzapfel M., Das Spiel bei S?ugetieren. In «Handbuch der Zoologie», 8, Ed. K?kenthal, 1956.

Holzapfel M., Uber die Bereitschaft zu Spiel- und Instinkthandlungen, Z. Tierpsychol., 13, 442—462 (1956).

Honig W. K., Operant Behavior. Appleton-Century-Crofts, New York, 1966.

Hooff J.A.R.A.M. van, Facial expressions in higher primates, Symp. Zool. Soc. Lond., 8, 97—125 (1962).

Hooff J.A.R.A.M. van, The facial displays of the Catarrhine monkeys and apes. In Morris (1967).

Hoogland R., Morris D., Tinbergen N., The spines of sticklebacks (Gaste- rosteus and Pygosteus) as means of defence against predators (Perea and Esox), Behaviour, 10, 205—236 (1956—1957).

Hooker T., Hooker-Lade B., Duetting. In Hinde (1969).

H?rmann-Heck S. von, Untersuchungen ?ber den Erbgang einiger Verhaltensweisen bei Grillenbastarden, Z. Tierpsychol., 14, 137—185 (1957).

Horn G., The neurological basis of thought, Mermaid, 18, 17—25 (1952).

Horn G., Electrical activity of the cerebral cortex of the unanaestnetized cat during attentive behaviour, Brain, 83, 57—76 (1960).

Horn G., Some neural correlates of perception. «Viewpoints in Biology»,

Ed. J. Carthy, Butterworths, London, 1962.


Horn G., The response of single units in the striate cortex of unrestrained cats to photic and somaesthetic stimuli, J. Physiol., 165, 80—81P (1963).

Horn G., Physiological and psychological aspects of selective perception. In Lehrman et al. (1965).

Horn G., Neuronal mechanisms of habituation, Nature, 215, 707—711

.

Horn G., Íåéðîííûé ìåõàíèçì ðåàêöèè íà íîâèçíó. Â êíèãå «Íåéðîííûå ìåõàíèçìû îðèåíòèðîâàííîãî ðåôëåêñà», ïîä ðåä. Å. Í. Ñîêîëîâà è

Î.   Ñ. Âèíîãðàäîâîé, Èçä-âî Ìîñê. Óíèâåðñèòåòà (1970).

Horn G., Blundell JEvoked potentials in visual cortex of the unanaesthetised cat, Nature, 184, 173—174 (1959).

Horn G., Hill R. Ì., Responsiveness to sensory stimulation of units in the superior colliculus and subjacent tectotegmental regions of the rabbit, Exper. Neurol., 14, 199-223 (1966).

Horn G., Hill R. Ì., Modification of sensory field occurring spontaneously and with bodily tilt, Nature, 221, 186—188 (1969).

Horn G., Hinde R. A., Short-term changes in neural activity and behaviour, Cambridge Univ. Press (in press). '

Horn G., Rowell Ñ. H. F., Medium and long-term changes in the behaviour of visual neurones in the tritocerebrum of locusts, J. exp. Biol., 49, 143— 170 (1968).

Horridge G. A., Analysis of the rapid responses of Nereis and Harmothde (Annelida), Proc. Roy. Soc. B, 150, 245—262 (1959).

Horridge G. A., The nerves and muscles of medusae: VI. The rhythm, J. exp. Biol., 36, 72-91 (1959).

Horridge G. A., The centrally determined sequence of impulses initiated from a ganglion of the clam Mya, J. Physiol., 155, 320—336 (1961).

Horridge G. A., Learning of leg position by the ventral nerve cord in headless insects, Proc. Roy. Soc. B, 157, 33—52 (1962).

Horridge G. A., Study of a system, as illustrated by the optokinetic response, Symp. Soc. exp. Biol., 20, 179-198 (1966).

Horridge G. A., Perception of edges versus areas by the crab Carcinus, J. exp. Biol., 44, 247—254 (1966).

Horridge G. A., Optokinetic memory in the locust, J. exp. Biol., 44, 255— 262 (1966).

Horridge G. A., Direct response of the crab Carcinus to the movement of the sun, J. exp. Biol., 44, 275—284 (1966).

Horridge G. A., Interneurones, Freeman, London, 1968.

Horridge G. A., Affinity of neurones in regeneration, Nature, 219, 737—740

.

Horridge G. A., Burrows Ì., Efferent copy and voluntary eye cup movement in the crab Carcinus, J. exp. Biol., 49, 315—324 (1968).

Horridge G. A., Sandeman D. C., Nervous control of optokinetic responses in the crab Carcinus, Proc. Roy. Soc. B, 161, 216—246 (1964).

Howard E., The Nature of a Bird’s World, Cambridge Univ. Press, London, 1935.

Howarth C. /., Ellis K., The relative intelligibility threshold for one’s own name compared with other manes, Q. J. exp. Psychol., 13, 236—239 (1961).

Howell T. R., Bartholomew G. A., Experiments on the mating behavior of the brewer blackbird, Condor, 54, 140—151 (1952).

Hoyle G., Neurophysiological studies on «learning» in headless insects. In «Physiology of the Insect Central Nervous System», Ed. J. Treherne, Academic Press, New York, 1965.

Hsiao S., Effect of female variation on sexual satiation in the male rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 60, 467—469 (1965).

Hsiao S., The Coolidge effect in male rat copulatory behaviour; failure to -replicate Fisher’s results, Psychon. Sci., 14, 1 (1969).

Hubei D. H., Wlesel T. N., Receptive field of single neurones in the cat’s striate cortex, J. Physiol., 148, 574—591 (1959).


Hubel D. II., Wiesel T. N., Receptive fields of optic nerve fibres in the spider monkey, J. Physiol., 154, 572—580 (1960).

Hubel D. H., Wiesel T. N., Integrative action in the cat’s lateral geniculate body, J. Physiol., 155, 385—393 (1961).,

Hubel D. H., Wiesel T. N., Receptive fields, hinocular interaction and fun

ctional architecture in the cat’s visual cortex, J. Physiol., 160, 106—154

.    -

Hubel D. H., Wiesel T. N., Receptive fields of cells in striate cortex of very young, visually inexperienced ê³Øò³çÄ. Neurophysiol., 26, 994—1002 (1963).

Hubel J). H., Wiesel T. N., Responses of monkey geniculate calls to monochromatic and white spots of liglit, Physiologist, 7, 162—163 (1964).

Hubel D. II., Wiesel T. N., Receptive fields and functional architecture in two nonstriate visual areas (18 and 19) of the cat, J. Neurophysiol., 28,

289 (1965).

Hubel D. H., Wiesel T. N., Binocular interaction in striate cortex of kittens reared with artificial squint, J. Neurophysiol., 28, 1041—1059 (1965).

Hubel D. H., Wiesel T. N., Receptive fields and functional architecture of monkey striate cortex, J. Physiol., 195, 215—243 (1968).

Huber F., Sitz und Bedeutung nerv?ser Zentren f?r Instinkthandlungen beim M?nnchen von Gryllus campestris L., Z. Tierpsychol., 12, 12—48 (1955).

Huber F., Untersuchungen ?ber die Funktion des Zentralnervensystems und insbesondere des Gehirnes bei der Fortbewegung und der Lauterzeugung der Grillen, Z. vergl. Physiol., 44, 60—132 (1960).

Huber F., The role of the central nervous system in Orthoptera during the co-ordination and control of stridulation. In «Acoustic Behaviour of Animals», Ed. R. G. Busnel, Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1964.

Hudgens G. A., Denenberg V. H., Zarrow M. X., Mice reared with rats: relations between mother’s activity level and offspring’s behavior, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 63, 304—308 (1967).

Hudgens G. A., Denenberg V. H., Zarrow M. X., Mice reared with rats: effects of preweaning and postweaning social interactions upon adult behaviour, Behaviour, 30, 259—274 (1968).

Hudson Â. B., One trial learning in the domestic rat, Genet. Psychol. Mo- nogr., 41, 99—145 (1950).

Hughes A., The development of behaviour in Eleutherodactylus martinieensis (Amphibia, Anura), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 144, 153—161 (1965).

Hughes A., Bryant S. V., Bellairs A. d'A., Embryonic behaviour in the lizard Lacerta vivipara, J. Zool., 153, 139—152 (1967).

Hughes G. M., The coordination of insect movements: II. The effect of limb amputation and the cutting of commissures in the cockroach (Blatta orien- talis), J. exp. Biol., 34, 306—333 (1957).

Hughes G. M., The coordination of insect movements: III. Swimming in Dytiscus, Hydrophilus, and a dragonfly nymph, J. exp. Biol., 35, 567—583

(1958).

Hughes G. M., Kerkut G. A., Electrical activity in’a slug ganglion in relation to the concentration of Locke solution, J. exp. Biol., 33, 282—294 (1956).

Hughes G. M., Wtersma C. A. G., The co-ordination of swimmeret movements in the crayfish, Procambarus clarkii (Girard), J. exp. Biol., 37, 657-’- 670 (1960).

Hull C. L., Differential habituation to internal stimuli in the albino rat, J. comp. Psychol., 16, 255—273 (1933).'

Hull C. L., Principles of Behavior, Appleton-century-Crofts, New York, 1943.

Hull C. L., A Behavior System, Yale Univ. Press, New Haveri, 1952.

H?lse S. H., Stimulus intensity and the magnitude of the licking reflex in rats, Psychon. Sei., 6, 33—34 (1966).

H?lse S. H., Licking behavior of rats in relation to saccharin concentration and shifts in fixed-ratio reinforcement, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 64, 478—484 (1967).


H?lse S. H., Suter S., One-drop licking in rats, J. comp, physiol., Psychol.,

536-539 (1968).

Humphrey G., The Nature of Learning, Kegan Paul, New York, 1933.

Hunt G. L., Smith W. J., Pecking and initial drinking responses in young domestic fowl, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 64, 230—236 (1967).

Hunt H. H., Otis L. S., Restricted experience and «timidity» in the rat, Amer. Psychologist, 10, 432 (1955).

Hunt J. McV., The effects of infant feeding-frustration upon adult hoarding in the albino rat, J. abnorm, soc. Psychol., 36, 338—360 (1941).

Hunt J. MeV., Schlosberg H., Solomon R. L., Stellar E., Studies of the effects of infantile experience on adult behavior in rats: I, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 40, 291-304 (1947).

Hurwiz H. M. S., Conditioned responses in rats reinforced by light, Brit. J. Anim. Bohav., 4, 31—33 (1956).

1196- Hurwiz H. M. B., Periodicity of response in operant extinction, Q. J. exp. Psychol., 9, 177—184 (1957).

Huiwiz H. M. B., De S. C., Studies in light-reinforced behavior, Psychol. Rep., 4, 71-77 (1958).

Hutchings D. E., Early «experience» and its effects on later behavioral processes in rats: III. Effects of infantile handling and body temperature reduction on later emotionality, Trans. N. Y.,Acad. Sei., 25, 890—901 (1963).

Hutchinson R. RAzrin N. H., Hunt G. M., Attack produced by intermittent roitif jrcemjnt of a concurrent operant response, J. exp. Anal. Behav.,

489-495 (1968).

Hutchinson R. R., Azrin N. H., Renfrew J. W., Effects of shock intensity and duration on the frequency of biting attack by squirrel monkeys, J. exp. Anal. Behav., 11, 83—88 (1968).

Hutchinson R. R., Renfrew J. W., Stalking attack and eating behaviors elicited from the same sites in the hypothalamus, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 61, 360-367 (1966).

Hutchinson R. R., Renfrew J. W., Modification of eating and drinking, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 63, 408—416 (1967).

Hutchinson R. R., Ulrich R. E., Azrin N. H., Effects of age and related factors on the pain-aggression reaction, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 59, 365-369 (1965).

Hutchison J. B., Investigation on the neural control of clasping and feeding in Xenopus laevis (Daudin), Behaviour, 24, 47—65 (1964).

Hutchison J. B., A study of the neural control of sexual clasping behaviour in Rana angolensis Bocage and Bufo regularis Reuss with a consideration of self-regulatory hind-brain systems in the Anura, Behaviour, 28, 1—57

(1967).

Hutchison J. B., Initiation of courtship by hypothalamic implants of testosterone propionate in castrated doves (Streptopelia risoria), Nature, 216, 591-592 (1967).

Hutchison J. B., Neuro-endocrine systems underlying male courtship in Streptopelia risoria, Ph. D. thesis, Cambridge, 1968.

Hutchison J. B., Changes in hypothalamic responsiveness to testosterone in male Barbary doves (Streptopelia risoria), Nature, 222, 176 (1969).

Hutchison J. B., Poynton J. C., A neurological study of the clasp reflex in Xenopus laevis fDaudin), Behaviour, 22, 41—63 (1963).

Hutchison R. E., Hinde R. A., Bendon B., Oviduct development and its relation to other aspects of reproduction in domesticated canaries, J. Zool.,

87-102 (1968).

Hutchison R. E., Hinde R. A., Steel E. A., The effects of oestrogen, progesterone and prolactin on brood patch formation in ovariectomised canaries, J. Endocrin., 39, 379—385 (1967).

Hutchison R. E., Stevenson J. G., Thorpe W. H., The basis for individual recognition by voice in the sandwich tern (Sterna sandvicensis), Behaviour,

150-157 (1968).


Hutt C., Exploration and play in children, Symp. Zool. Soc. Lond., 18, 61-81 (1966).

Hutt C., Hutt S. J., Effects of environmental complexity on stereotyped behaviours of children, Anim. Behav., 13, 1—4 (1965).

Hutt C.. Hutt S. J.. Ounsted C., The behaviour of children with and without upper C. N. S. lesions, Behaviour, 24, 246—268 (1965).

Hutt S. J., Hutt C., Stereotypy, arousal and autism, Human Development,

277-286 (1968).

Huxley J. S., Evolution, the Modern Synthesis, Allen and Unwin, London,

1942.     ^

Hymovltch B., The effects of experimental variations on problem solving in the rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 45, 313—321 (1952).

IbbotsonA., Aggregation in Aphis fabae Scop., II. Visual components, Anim. Behav., 14, 251-260 (1966).

Iersel J. J. A. van, An analysis of the parental behaviour of the male three- spined stickleback (Gasterosteus aculeatus L,), Behaviour Suppl., 3, 1—159 (1953).

Iersel J. J. A. van, Some aspects of territorial behaviour of the malethrees- pined stickleback (Gasterosteus aculeatus L.), Behaviour Suppl., 3, 1—159

(1958).

Iersel J. J. A. van, Assent J. van den, Aspects of orientation in the digger- wasp Bembix rostrata. In «Learning and Associated Phenomena in Invertebrates», Anim. Behav. Suppl., 1 (1965).

Iersel J. J. A. van, Bol A. C. A., Preening of two tern species. A study on displacement activities, Behaviour, 13, 1—88 (1958).

Igel G. J., Calvtn A. D., The development of affectional responses in infant dogs, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 53, 302—305 (1960).

Ikeda K., Wiersma C. A. G., Autogenic rhythmicity in the abdominal ganglia of the crayfish: the control of swimmeret movements, Comp. Bio- chem. Physiol., 12, 107—115 (1964).

Immelmann K., Beitr?ge zu einer vergleichenden Biologie australischer Prachtfinken (Spermestidae), Zool. Jb. Syst. Bd., 90, 1—196 (1962).

Immelmann K., Objektfixierung geschlechtlicher Triebhandlungen bei Prachtfinken, Naturwiss., 52, 169 (1965).

Immelmann K., Song development in the zebra finch and other Estrildid finches. In Hinde (1969).

Ingle D., Two visual mechanisms underlying the behavior of fish, Psychol. Forschung., 31, 44-51 (1967-1968).

Inhelder E., Zur Psychologie einiger Verhaltensweisen, besonders des Spiels von Zootieren, Z. Tierpsychol., 12, 88—144 (1955).

Isaac D., Marler P., Ordering of sequences of singing behaviour of Mistle Thrushes in relation to timing, Anim. Behav., 11, 179—188 (1963).

Isaac W., Arousal and reaction times in cats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 53, 234—236 (1960).

Ishikawa S., Electrical response and function of a bitter substance receptor associated with the maxillary sensilla of the larva of the silkworm, Bombyx mori L., J. cell. comp. Physiol.', 67, 1—11 (1966).

Ishiko N., Loewenstein W. R., Spontaneous fluctuations in generator potential in a receptor membrane, Nature, 183, 1725—1726 (1959).

Jacobs H. L., Evaluation of the osmotic effects of glucose loads in food satiation, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 57, 309—310 (1964).

Jacobs W., Verhaltensbiologische Studien an Feldheuschrecken, Z. Tierpsychol., Beit., 1, 1—228 (1953).

Jacobson M., Gaze R. M., Types of visual response from single units in the optic tectum and optic nerve of the goldfish, Q. J. exp. Physiol., 49, 199— 209 (1964).

Jacobson M., Gaze R. M., Selection of appropriate tectal connections by regenerating optic nerve fibers in adult goldfish, Exper. Neurol., 13. 418— 430 (1965).


Jahn Ò., Optische Gleichgewichtsregelung und zentrale Kompensation bei Amphibien, insbesondere bei der Erdkr?te (Bufo bufo L.), Z. vergl. Physiol., 43, 119-140 (1960).

James H., Flicker: an unconditioned stimulus for imprinting, Canad. J. Psychol., 13, 59-67 (1959).

James H., Imprinting with visual flicker: evidence for a critical period, Cand. J. Psychol., 14, 13-20 (1960).

James H., Social inhibition of the domestic chick’s response to visual flicker, Anim. Behav., 8, 223—224 (1960).

James W., Textbook of Psychology, Macmillan, London, 1892.

James W. Ò., Social facilitation of eating behavior in puppies after satiation, J. comp.' physiol. Psychol., 46, 427—428, (1953).

James W. Ò., The effect of satiation on the sucking response in puppies, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 50, 375—378 (1957).

James W. Ò., An analysis of esophageal feeding as a form of operant reinforcement in the dog, Psychol. Rep., 12, 31—39 (1963).

James W. Ò., Suppression of sucking by food injection in puppies, Psychol. Rep., 13, 362 (1963).

James W. Ò., Gilbert T. F., The effect of social facilitation on food intake of puppies fed separately and together for the first 90 days of life, Brit. J. Anim. Behav., 3, 131—133 (1956).

James W. Ò., Rollins J., Effect of various degrees of stomach loading on the sucking response in puppies, Psychol. Rep., 17, 844—846 (1965).

Jander R., Die optische Richtungsorientierung der roten Waldameise (Formica rufa L.), Z. vergl. Psysiol., 40, 162—238 (1957).

Jander R., Insect orientation, Ann. Rev. Entomol., 8, 95—114 (1963).

Jander R., Die Detektortheorie optischer Ausl?semechanismen von Insekten, Z. Tierpsychol., 21, 302-307 (1964).

Jander R., Die Phylogenie von Orientierungsmechanismen der Arthropoden, Verli. Deutschen Zool. Gesell. Jena, 1965, 266—306 (1965).

Jander R., Barry C. K., Die phototaktische Gegenkopplung von Stirnocellen und Facettenaugen in der Phototropotaxis der Heuschrecken und Grillen, Z. vergl. Physiol., 57, 432-458 (1968).

Jander R., Waterman T. H., Sensory discrimination between polarized light and light intensity patterns by arthropods, J. cell. comp. Physiol., 56, 137-159 (1960).

Jander U., Untersuchungen zur Stammesgeschichte von Putzbewegungen von Tracheaten, Z. Tierpsychol., 23, 799—844 (1966).

Janowitz H. D., Grossman M. /., Some factors affecting the food intake of normal dogs and dogs with esophagostomy and gastric fistula, Amer. J. Physiol., 159, 143-148 (1949).

Janowitz H. D., Hanson M. E., Grossman M. /., Effects of intravenously administered glucose on food intake in the dog, Amer. J. Physiol., 156, 87-91 (1949).

Jarmon H., Gerall A. A., The effect of food deprivation upon the sexual performance of male guinea pigs, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 54, 306—309 (1961).

Jarvik M. E., Kopp R., Transcorneal electroconvulsive shock and retrograde amnesia in mice, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 64, 431—433 (1967).

Jasper H. H., Diffuse projection systems: the integrative action of the thalamic system, Electroenceph. clin. Neurophysiol., 1, 405—420 (1949).

Jasper H. H., Thalamic reticular system. In Sheer (1961).

Jasper H. H., Proctor L. D., Kaighton R. S., Noshay W. C., Costello R. Ò., Reticular Formation of the Brain, Little, Brown, Boston, 1958.

Jaynes J., Imprinting:  the interaction of learned and innate behavior:

I. Development and generalization, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 49, 201 — 206 (1956).

Jaynes J., Imprinting: the interaction of learned and innate behavior: II. The critical period, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 50, 6—10 (1957).


Jaynes J,, Imprinting: the interaction of learned and innate behavior: III. Practice effects on performance, retention and fear, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 51, 234-237 (1958).

Jaynes J., Imprinting: the interaction of learned and innate behavior: IV. Generalization and emergent discrimination, J. comp, physiol. Psychol.,

238-242 (1958).

Jenkins H. Ì., Harrison R. II., Effect of discrimination training on auditory generalization, J. exp. Psychol., 59, 246—253 (1960).

Jenkins J. J., Hanratty J. A., Drive intensity discrimination in the albino rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 427^.28—232 (1949).

Jennings H. S., Behavior of thfe Lower Organisms, Columbia Univ. Press,

New York (1906).   V

Jensen D. D., Operat-iohism and the question «Is this behavior learned or

innate?», Behaviour, 17,     1—8  (1961).

Johnsgard P. A., The taxonomy of the Anatidae — a behavioural analysis, Ibis, 103a, 71—85 (1961).

Johnson D. L., Honey bees: do they use direction information   contained

in their dance maneuver? Science, '155,    844—847 (1967).

Johst V., Vergleichende Untersuchung des   agonistischen Verhaltens     einiger

Arten von Clethrionomys, Z. Tierpsychol.,  24, 558—579 (1967).

Jolly A., Choice of cue in Prosimian lerning, Anim. Behav., 12, 571—577

(1964).

Jolly A., Prosimians’ manipulation of simple object problems, Anim. Behav., 12, 560-570 (1964).

Jolly A., Lemur Behavior. Univ. of Chicago, 1966.

Joly J., Sur l’?thologie sexuelle de Salamandra salamandra (L.), Z. Tierpsychol., 23, 8—27 (1966).

Jones F. R. H., Photo-kinesis in the ammocoete larva of the brook lamprey, J. exp. Biol., 32, 492-503 (1955).

Joslin J., Fletcher H., Emlen J., A comparison of the responses to snakes of lab- and wild-reared rhesus macaques, Anim. Behav.,' 12, 348—352 (1964).

Jouvet M., Desmedt J. E., Contr?le central des messages acoustiques aff?rents, C. R. Acad. Sei., 243, 1916-1917 (1956).

Jouvet M., Lapras C., Variations des r?ponses ?lectriques somesth?siques au niveau du thalamus chez l’homme au cours de l’attention, C. R. Soc. Biol.,

98-101 (1959).

Jung R., Hassler R.t The extrapyramidal motor system. «Handbook of Physiology», Sec. 1, Vol. 2, Ed. J. Field, H. W. Magoun, and V. E. Hall, Amer. Physiol. Soc., Washington, 1960.

Kaess D. W., Wilson J. P., Modification of the rat’s avoidance of visual depth, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 58, 151—152 (1964).

Kagan J., Differential reward value of incomplete and complete sexual behavior, J. comp, pliysiol. Psychol., 48, 59—64 (1955).

Kagan J., Beach F. A., Effects of early experience on mating behavior in male rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 46, 204—208 (1953).

Kagan J., Berkun M., The reward value of running activity, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 47, 108 (1954).

Kahl M. P., Comparative ethology of the Ciconiidae. Part I. The Marabon stork Leptoptilos crumeniferus, Behaviour, 27, 76—106 (1966).

Kahn M. W., The effect of severe defeat at various age levels on the aggressive behavior of mice, J. genet. Psychol., 79, 117—130 (1951).

Kalish H. /., Strength of fear as a function of the number of acquisition and extinction trials, J. exp. Psychol., 47, 1—9 (1954).

Kalmus H., Uber die Natur des Zeitged?chtnisses der Bienen, Z. vergl. Physiol., 20, 405-419 (1934).

Kalmus H., Regulation and Control in Living Systems, Wiley, New York,

1966.

Kalter /., Warkang Experimental production of congenital malformations in mammals by metabolic procedure, Physiol. Rev., 39, 69—115 (1959).


Kamback M. ÑEffects of food deprivation on object and non-object directed behavior in the rat, Psychon. Sci., 5, 107—108 (1966).

Kammer A. E., Muscle activity during flight in some large Lepidoptera, J. exp. Biol., 47, 277-295 (1967).

Kammer A. E., Motor pattern during flight and warm-up in Lepidoptera, J. exp. Biol., 48, 89—109 (1968).

Kandel E. R., Spencer W. A., Cellular neurophysiological approaches in the study of learning, Physiol. Rev., 48, 65—134 (1968).

Karlson P., Butenandt A., Pheromones (ectohormonee) in insects, Ann. Rev. Ent., 4, 39—58 (1959).

Kdstle W., Verhaltensstudien an Taggeckonen der Gattungen Lygodactylus und Phelsuma, Z. Tierpsychol., 21, 486—507 (1964).

Katz D., Animals and Men, Longmans Green, New York, 1937.

Kaufman I. C., Hinde R. A., Factors influencing distress calling in chicks, with special reference to temperature changes and social isolation, Anitn. Behav., 9, 197-204 (1961).

Kaufman I. C., Rosenblum L. A., Depression in infant monkeys separated from their mothers, Science, 155, 1030—1031 (1967).

Kaufmann H., Definitions and methodology in the study of aggression, Psychol. Bull., 64, 351—364 (1965).

Kavanau J. L., Twilight transitions and biological rhythmicity, Nature,

1293-1295 (1962).

Kavanau J. L., Compulsory regime and control of environment in animal behavior: I. Wheel running, Behaviour, 20, 251—281 (1963).

Kavanau J. L., Wheel running preferences of mice, Z. Tierpsychol., 23, 858-866 (1966).

Kavanau J. L., Behavior of captive white-footed mice, Science, 155, 1623— 1639 (1967).

Kavanau J. L-, Activity and orientational responses of white-footed mice to light, Nature, 218, 245—252 (1968).

Kear J., Food selection in finches with special reference to interspecific differences, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 138, 163—204 (1962).

Kear J., Wildfowl Trust 18th Annual Report, 122—124 (1967).

Keeler C. E., King H. D., Multiple effects of coat color genes in the Norway rat, with special reference to temperament and domestication, J. comp. Psychol., 34, 241-250 (1942).

Keenleyside M. H. A., Some aspects of the schooling behaviour of fish, Behaviour, 8, 183—248 (1955).

Keenleyside M. H. A., Yamamoto F. T., Territorial behaviour of juvenile Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar L.), Behaviour, 19, 139—169 (1962).

Keesey R. E., Duration of stimulation and the reward properties of hypothalamic stimulation, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 58, 201—207 (1964).

Keesey R. E., Hypothalamic stimulation as a reinforcer of discrimination learning, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 62, 231—236 (1966).

Kelleher R. T., Chaining and conditioned reinforcement. In Honig (1966).

Keller F. S., Light-aversion in the white rat, Psychol. Rec., 4, 235—250 (1941).

Keller F. S., Hill L. AT, Another «insight» experiment, J. genet. Psychol.,

484—489 (1936).

Kellogg W. N., Communication and language in the home-raised chimpanzee, Science, 162, 423-427 (1968).

Kendig J. J., Motor neurone coupling in locust flight, J. exp. Biol., 48, 389-404 (1968).

Kendler H. H., The influence of simultaneous hunger and thirst drives upon the learning of two opposed spatial responses of the white rat, J. exp. Psychol., 36, 212-220 (1946).

Kendler H. H., Gasser W. P., Variables in spatial learning: I. Number of reinforcements during training, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 41, 178—187 (1948).


15 23.    Kennedy   Ã)., Takeda    Ê., Reflex control of abdominal flexor     muscles   in the

crayfish. II.  The tonic system, J. exp. Biol., 43, 229—246    (1965).

15 24.    Kennedy   G.   C., The   role of depot fat in the hypothalamic     control   of   food

intake in the rat, Proc. Roy. Soc. B, 140, 578—592 (1953).

1S25.     Kennedy J. S., Classification and nomenclature of animal behaviour, Nature, 156, 754 (1945).

Ifc26. Kennedy I. S., Is modem ethology objective? Brit. J. Anim. Behav., 2, 12—19 (1954).

1S27.     Kennedy J. S., The experimental analysis of aphid behaviour and its bearing on current theories of instinct, Proc. 10th Int. Cong. Entom., Montreal, 2,

397—404 (1958).

Kennedy J. S., Coordination of successive activities in an aphid. Reciprocal effects of settling on flight, J'Textt. Biol., 43, 489—509 (1965).

Kennedy J. S., The balancei between antagonistic induction and depression of flight activity in Aphis ftibae Scopoli, J. exp. Biol., 45, 215—228 (1966).

Kennedy J. S., Booth Ñ. O., Coordination of successive activities in an aphid, The effect of flight on the settling responses, J. exp. Biol., 40, 351—369

(1963).

Kennedy J. S., Booth Ñ. O., Coordination of successive-activities in an aphid, Depression of settling after flight, J. exp. Biol., 41, 805—824 (1964).

Kent G. C., Liberman R. J., Induction of psychic estrus in the hamster with progesterone administered via the lateral brain ventricle, Endocrinology, 45, 29—32 (1949).

Kerfoot W. B., Dorsal light receptors, Nature, 215, 305—306 (1967).

Kerkut G. A., Taylor B. J. R., The effect of temperature changes on the activity of poikilotherms, Behaviour, 13,259—279 (1958).

KerpelmanL. Ñ., Preexposure to visually presented forms and nondifferential reinforcement in perceptual learning, J.exp. Psychol., 69,257—262 (1965).

(336. Kessen W., Sucking and looking: two organized congenital patterns of behavior in the human newborn. In Stevenson et al. (1967).

Khavari K. A., Russell R. W., Acquisition, retention, and extinction under conditions of water deprivation and of central cholinergic stimulation, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 61, 339—345 (1966).

Kiernan Ñ. C., Effect of food deprivation and unconditioned operant pretests on bar pressing for light in the albino rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol.,

268-271 (1965).

1 339. Kimble D. P., Ray R. S., Reflex habituation and potentiation in Rana pipi- ens, Anim. Behav., 13, 530—533 (1965).

I 340. Kimble G. A., Classical and instrumental conditioning: one process or two? Proc. 18th Int. Cong. Psychol., Moscow., 1, 110 (1966).

1 341. Kincaid J. P., Different temporal gradients of retrograde amnesia produced by metrazol or electroconvulsive shock, Psychon. Sci., 11, 329—330 (1968).

L342. Kinder E. F., A study of the nest-building activity of the albino rat, J.’exp. Zool., 47, 117-161 (1927).

L343. King D. L., A review and interpretation of some aspects of the infantmother relationship in mammals and birds, Psychol. Bull., 65, 143—155 (1966).

L344. King J. A., Eleftheriou Â. E., Effects of early handling upon adult behavior in two subspecies of deermice, Peromyscus maniculatus, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 52, 82—88 (1959).

King J. A., Gurney N. L.y Effect of early social experience on adult aggressive behavior in C57BL/10 mice, J. exp. physiol. Psycnol.,47,326—330 (1954).

King J. A., Weisman R. G., Sand digging contingent upon bar pressing in deermice (Peromyscus), Anim. Behav., 12, 446—450 (1964).

É347. King J. E., FlaningaM M. R., Rees W. W., Delayed response with different delay conditions by squirrel monkeys and fox squirrels, Anim. Behav., 16, 271-275 (1968).

?1348. Kinosita #., Okajima A., Analysis of shell-searching behavior of the land hermit-crab, Coenobita rugosus, H. Milne Edwards, J. Faculty of Science Sec. IV, 11, 293-358 (1968).


Kirby R. H., Acquisition, extinction and retention of an avoidance response in rats as a function of age, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 56, 158—162

(1963).

Klrkman F. B., Bird Behaviour, Nelson, London, 1937.

Kish G. B., Learning when the onset of illumination is used as reinforcing stimulus, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 48,' 261—264 (1955).

Kish G. B., Studies of sensory reinforcement. In Honig (1966). .

Kish G. B.,. Barnes G. W., Reinforcing effects of manipulation -in mice, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 54, 713—715 (1961).

Kish G. B., Baron A., Satiation of sensory reinforcement, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 55, 1007-1010 (1962).

Klslak J. W., Beach F. A., Inhibition of aggressiveness by ovarian hormones, Endocrinology, 56, 684—692 (1955).

Klausewitz W., Die Korrelation von Verhaltensphysiologie und Farbphysio- logie bei Agama cyanogaster atricollis, Z. Tierpsychol.1 10, 169—180 (1953).

Kling J. W., Horowitz L., Delhagen I. E., Light as a positive reinforcer for rat responding, Psychol. Rep., 2, 337—340 (1956).

Klinghammer E., Factors influencing choice of mate in altricial birds. In Stevenson et al. (1967).

Klinghammer E., Hess E. H., Parental feeding in ring doves (Streptopelia roseogrisea): innate or learned? Z. Tierpsychol., 21, 338—347 (1964).

Klopfer P. H., An experiment on empathic learning in ducks, Amer. Naturalist, 91, 61—63 (1957).

Klopfer P. H., An analysis of learning in young Anatidae, Ecology, 40, 90—102 (1959).

Klopfer P. H., Social interactions in discrimination learning with special reference to feeding behavior in birds, Behaviour, 14, 282—299 (1959).

Klopfer P. H., Behavioral Aspects of Ecology, Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N. J., 1962.

Klopfer P. H., Behavioral aspects of habitat selection: the role of early experience, Wilson Bull., 75, 15—22 (1963).

Klopfer P. H., Behavioral stereotypy in birds, Wilson Bull., 79, 290—300

(1967).

Klopfer P. H., Gamble J., Maternal «imprinting» in goats: the role of chemical senses, Z. Tierpsychol., 23, 588—592 (1966).

Klopfer P. H., Hailman J. P., Perceptual preferences and imprinting in chicks, Science, 145, 1333-1334 (1964).

Klopfer P. H., Klopfer M. S., Maternal «imprinting» in goats: fostering of alien young, Z. Tierpsychol., 25, 862—866 (1968).

Knoll M., ?ber das Tages- und D?mmerungssehen des Grasfrosches (Rana temporaria L.) nach Aufzucht in ver?nderten Lichtbedingungen, Z. vergl. Physiol., 35, 42-70 (1953). -

Koch S., Psychology, a Study of a Science: Study I, Vols 1 and 2, McGraw- Hill, New York, 1959.

Koepke J. E., Pribram. K. H., Habituation of GSR as a function' of stimulus duration and spontaneous activity, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 61, 442— 448 (1966).

Koepke J. E., Pribram K. H., Effect of food reward on the maintenance of sucking behavior during infancy, P-roc. 75th Ann. Conv. Amor. Psychol. Assoc., 111—112 (1967).

Koffka K., Principles of Gestalt Psychology, Harcourt Brace, New York, 1935.

Kohler /., Ueber Aufbau und Wandlungen der Wahrnehmungswelt, Sit- ztmgsber., Oest. Akad. Wiss., 227, 1—118 (1951).

K?hler Î., -«Z?hlende» Voegel und vergleichende Verhaltensforschung, Acta XI Congr. Int. Orn., 1954, 588-598 (1955).

K?hler W., The Mentality of Apes, Harcourt Brace, New York, 1925.

Kohn M., Satiation of hunger from food injected directly into the stomach versus food ingested by mouth, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 44, 412—422 (1951).


Kolb E., Untersuchungen ?ber zentrale Kompensation und Kompensationsbewegungen einseitig eustateter Fr?sche, Z. vergl. Physiol., 37, 136—160

(1955).

Komisaruk B. R., Effects of local brain implants of progesterone oil reproductive behavior in ring doves, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 64, 219—224

(1967).

Komisaruk Â. R., McDonald P. G., Whitmoyer D. /., Sawyer Ñ, H., Effects of progesterone and sensory stimulation on EEG and neuronal activity in the rat, Exp. Neurol., 19, 494—507 (1967).

Konishi M., The role of auditory feedback in the vocal behavior of the domestic fowl, Z. Tierpsychol., 20, 349—367 (1963).

Konishi M., Effects o'f deafening on song development in two species of Juncos, Condor, 66, 85—102 (1964).

Konishi M., Effects of deafening on song development in American robins and black-headed grosbeaks, Z. Tierpsychol., 22, 584—599 (1965).

Konishi M., The role of auditory feedback in the control of vocalization in the white-crowned sparrow, Z. Tierpsychol., 22, 770—783 (1965).

Konishi M., The attributes of instinct^ Behaviour, 27, 316—328 (1966).

Konishi M., Nottebohm F., Experimerftal 'Studies in the ontogeny of avian

vocalizations. In Hinde (1969).   (    /

Konorski J., Conditioned Reflexes and Neuron Organization, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1948.

Konorski J., The role of central factors in differentiation, Proc. Int. Union Physiol. Sei., 3, 318—329 (1962).

Koronakos C., Arnold W. J., The formation of learning sets in rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 50, 11—14 (1957).

Kortlandt A., Eine ?bersicht der angeborenen Verhaltensweisen des Mitteleurop?ischen Kormorans (Phalacrocorax carbo sinensis), Arch, neerl. Zool., 14, 401—442 (1940).

Kortlandt A., How do chimpanzees use weapons when fighting leopards? Amer. Philos. Soc. Year Book., 1965, 327—332 (1965).

Kovach J. K., Effects of autonomic drugs on imprinting, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 57, 183-187 (1964).

Kovach J. K., Fabricius E., F?lt L., Relationships between imprinting and perceptual learning, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 61, 449—454 (1966).

Kovach J. K., Kling A., Mechanisms of neonate sucking behaviour in the kitten, Anim. Behav., 15, 91—101 (1967).

Kovach J. K., Paden P., Wilson G., Stimulus variables in the elicitation and short-range reversibility of early approach and following responses, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 66, 175—178 (1968).

Kozak W., Rodieck R. W., Bishop P. O., Responses of single units in lateral

f

eniculate nucleus of cat to moving visual patterns, J. Neurophysiol., 28,

9-47 (1965).

Kramer G., Experiments on bird orientation, Ibis, 94, 265—285 (1952).

Kramer G., Experiments on bird orientation and their interpretation, Ibis, - 99, 196-227 (1957).

Kramer G., Recent experiments on bird orientation, Ibis, 101, 399—416

(1959).

Kramer G., Long distance orientation. In «Biology alid Comparative Physiology of Birds», Ed. A. J. Marchall, Academic Press, New York, 1961.

Kramer G., St. Paul U. von, Uber angeborenes und erworbenes Feinderkennen beim Gimpel (Pyrrhula pyrrhula L.), Behaviour, 3, 243—251 (1951).

Krames L., Carr W. The effect of previous visual experience upon the response to depth in domestic chickens, Psychon. Sei., 10, 249—250 (1968).

Krames L., Costanzo D. J., Carr W. f., Responses of rats to odors from novel versus original sex partners, Proc. 75th Ann. Conv. Amer. Psychol. Ass., 117—118 (1967).

Krasne F. B., Escape from recurring tactile stimulation in Branchiomma vesiculosum, J. exp. Biol., 42, 307—322 (1965).


Krasne F. Â., Decreased tolerance î! hypothalamic hyperphagics to quinine in drinking water, Psychon. Sei,, 4, 313—314 (1966).

Krasne F. B., Roberts A., Habituation of the crayfish escape response during release from inhibition induced by picrotoxin, Nature, 215, 769—770 (1967).

Kravitz J. H., Wallach H., Adaptation to displaced vision contingent upon vibrating stimulation, Psychonomic Sei., 6, 465—466 (1966).

Krechevsky /., Brain mechanisms and variability I, II and III, J. comp. Psychol., 23, 121-138, 139-164, 351-364 (1937).

Krieckhaus E. E., Wolf G., Acquisition of sodium by rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 65, 197-201 (1968).

Krutjt J. P., Imprinting in relation to drive interactions in Burmese red junglefowl, Symp. Zool. Soc. Lond., 8, 219—226 (1962).

Krutjt J. P., Ontogeny of social behaviour in Burmese red junglefowl (Gallus gallus spadiceus Bonnaterre), Behaviour Suppl., 12 (1964).

Kuczka H., Verhaltensphysiologische Untersuchungen ?ber aio Wiscbband- lung der Erdkr?te (Bufo bufo L.), Z. Tierpsychol., 13, 185—207 (1956).

Kuehn R. E., Beach F. A., Quantitative measurement of sexual receptivity in female rats, Behaviour, 21, 282—299 (1963).

Kuenzer E., Kuenzer P., Untersuchungen zur Brutpflege der Zwergcichliden Apistogramma reitzigi und A. borellii, Z. Tierpsychol., 19, 56—83 (1962).

Kuenzer P., Verhaltensphysiologische Untersuchungen ?ber das Zucken des Regenwurms, Z. Tierpsychol., 15, 31—49 (1958).

Kuenzer P., Die Ausl?sung der Nachfolgereaktion bei erfahrungslosen Jungfischen von Nannacara anomala (Cichlidae), Z. Tierpsychol., 25, 257—314

(1968).

Kuffler S. W., Discharge patterns and functional organization of mammalian retina, J. Neurophysiol., 16, 37—68 (1953).

Kuffler S. W., FitzHugh R., Barlow H. B., Maintained activity in the cat’s retina in light and darkness, J. gen. Physiol., 40 , 683—702 (1957).

K?hme W., Beobachtungen am afrikanischen Elefanten (Loxodonta africana Blumenbach) in Gefangenschaft, Z. Tierpsychol., 18, 285—296 (1961).

R?hme W., Das Schwarmverhalten elterngef?hrter Jungcichliden (Picses), Z. Tierpsychol., 19, 513—538 (1962).

K?hme W., Erg?nzende Beobachtungen an afrikanischen Elefanten (Loxodonta africana Blumenbach 1797) in Freigehege, Z. Tierpsychol., 20, 66—79

(1963).

K?hn A., Die Orientierung der Tiere im Raum, Jena, 1919.

Kunkel P., Zum Verhalten einiger Prachtfinken (Estrilidinae), Z. Tierpsychol., 16, 302-350 (1959).

Kunkel P., Bewegungsformen, Sozialverhalten, Balz und Nestbau des Gangesbrillenvogels (Zosterops palpebrosa Temm.), Z. Tierpsychol., 19, 559— 576 (1962).

Kunkel P., Displays facilitating sociability in waxbills of the genera Es- trilda and Lagonosticta (Fam. Estrilidinae), Behaviour, 29, 237—261 (1967),

Kuo Z. Y., Ontogeny of embryonic behavior in Aves: IV. The influence of embryonic movements upon the behavior after hatching, J. comp. Psychol,,

109-122 (1932).

Kuo Z. Y., The Dynamics of Behaviour Development, Random House, New York, 1967.

Kurtz K. H., Siegel A., Conditioned fear and magnitude of startle response, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 62, 8—14 (1966).

Kutscher C., Inhibition of drinking in thirsty rats by food deprivation: measures of potential internal stimuli, Proc. 75th Ann. Conv. Amer. Psychol. Assoc., 113—114 (1967).

Lacey J. /., Somatic response patterning and stress: some revisions of activation theory. Paper delivered at a symposium on «Issues in Stress», York University, Toronto, Canada, May 10—12, 1965 (1966).

Lacey J. I., Kagan J., Lacey Â. C., Moss H. A., The visceral level: situation determinants and behavioral correlates of autonomic response patterns.


In «Expression of the Emotions in Man», Ed. P. H. Knapp, International Univ. Press, New York, 1963.

Lack D., The behaviour of the robin: I and II, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. A,

169—178 (1939).

Lack D., Darwin’s Finches, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1947.

Lack D., Population Studies of Birds, Oxford Univ. Press, 1966.

Lade B. Thorpe W. H., Dove songs as innately coded patterns of specific behaviour, Nature, 202, 366—368 (1964).

Lagerspetz K., Studies on the aggressive ve behaviour of mice, Suomalaisen Tiedeakatemian Toimituksia, Ann. Acad. Scient. Fenn., 131, 1—131

(1964).

Lai H., Operant control of vocal responding in rats, Psychon. Sei., 8, 35—36

(1967).

Landreth H. F., Ferguson D. E., Newts: sun-compass orientation Science,

1459—1461 (1967).

Landreth H. F., Ferguson D. E., The sun compass of Fowler’s toad Bufo woodhousei Fowleri, Behaviour, 30, 27—43 (1968).

Langworthy 0. R., A correlated study of the development of reflex action in fetal and young kittens and the myelinization of tracts in the nervous system, Contr. Embryol. Carneg. Inst., 20, 12JT—171 (1929).

Lannoy J. de, Zur Pr?gung von Instinkthandlungen, Z. Tierpsychol., 24, 162—200 (1967).

Lanyon W. E., The comparative biology of the meadowlarks in Wisconsin, Pub. Nuttall Ornith Club., 1, Cambridge, Mass., 1957.

Lanyon W. E., The ontogeny of vocalisations in birds. In «Animal Sounds and Communication», Amer. Inst. Biol. Sciences, 7 (1960).

Larimer J. L., Tindel J. R., Sensory modifications of heart rate in crayfish, Anim. Behav., 14, 239—245 (1966).

Larsson K., Conditioning and Sexual Behavior in the Male Albino Rat, Almquist and Wiksell, Stockholm, 1956.

Larsson K., Aftereffects of copulatory activity of the male rat: II, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 51, 417—420 (1958).

Larsson K., Experience and maturation in the development of sexual behaviour in male puberty rat, Behaviour, 14, 101—107 (1959).

Larsson K., The effect of restraint upon copulatory behaviour in the rat, Anim. Behav., 7, 23-25 (1959).

Larsson K., Spreading cortical depression and the mating behaviour in male and female rats, Z. Tierpsychol., 19, 321—331 (1962).

Larsson K., Non-specific stimulation and sexual behaviour in the male rat, Behaviour, 20, 110—114 (1963).

Larsson K., Mating behavior in male rats after cerebral cortex ablation, J. exp. Zool., 155 , 203-213 (1964).

Larsson K., Effects of neonatal castration and androgen replacement therapy upon the development of the mating behavior of the male rat, Z. Tierpsychol., 24, 471-475 (1967).

Larsson K., Testicular hormone and developmental changes in mating behaviour of the male rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 63, 223—230 (1967).

Larsson S., On the hypothalamic organisation of the nervous mechanism regulating food intake, Acta physiol, scand., 32, Suppl. 115, 1—40 (1954).

Lashley K. S., The accuracy of movement in the absence of excitation from

the moving organ, Amer. J. Physiol., 43, 169 194 (1917).  f

Lashley K. S., The mechanism of vision: I. A method for rapid analysis of pattern-vision in the rat, J. genet. Psychol., 37, 453—460 (1930).

Lashley K. S., Experimental analysis of instinctive behavior, Psychol. Rev.,

445-471 (1938).

Lashley K. S., The mechanism of vision: XV. Preliminary studies of the rat’s capacity for detail vision, J. gen. Psychol., 18, 123—193 (1938).

Lashley K. S., The problem of serial order in behavior. In «Cerebral Mechanisms in Behavior», Ed. L, A. Jeffress, Wiley, New York, 1951.


Lashley Ê. S., Functional interpretation of anatomic patterns, Proc. Ass. Res. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 30, 529—547 (1952).

Lashley Ê. S., Ball J., Spinal conduction and kenesthetic sensitivity in the maze habit, J. comp. Psychol., 9, 71—105 (1929).

Lashley K. S., Russell J. Ò., The mechanism of vision: XI. A preliminary test of innate organisation, J. genet. Psychol., 45, 136—144 (1934).

Lashley K. S., Wade Ì., The Pavlovian theory of generalization, Psychol. Rev., 53, 72—87 (1946).

Lassek A. Ì., Mayer E. K., An ontogenetic study of motor deficits following dorsal brachial rhizotomy, J. Neurophysiol. 16, 247—251 (1953).

Laszlo J. I., Training of fast tapping with reduction of kinaesthetic, tactile visual and auditory sensations, Q. J. exp. Psychol., 19, 344-»349 (1967).

Ldt J., Factors affecting the basic non-specific tonus of the central nervous system. In «Central and Peripheral Mechanisms of Motor Functions», Ed. A. Gutman and P. Hnik, Proc. Conf. Czech. Acad. Sei. Prague, 225—263

(1963).

L?t J., Self selection of dietary components. «Handbook of Physiology 6, 1’, Ed. C. F. Code, 367—386, Amer. Psychol. Soc., 1967.

Ldt J., Nutrition, learning and adaptive capacity. In «The Chemical Senses and Nutrition», Ed. M. R. Kara and 0. Mailer, Johns Hopkins, Baltimore, 1967.

Lat J., Gollovd-Hemon E., Permanent effects of nutrition and endocrinological intervention in early ontogeny on the level of non-specific excitability and on lability (emotionality), Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sei. (1969).

Ldt /., Widdowson E. M., McCance R. A., Some effects of accelerating growth. III. Behaviour and nervous activity, Proc. Roy. Soc. B, 153, 347— 356 (1960).

Lawick-Goodall J. van, Mother-offspring relationship in free-ranging chimpanzees. In Morris (1967).

Lawick-Goodall J. van, Behaviour of free-living chimpanzees of the Gombe Stream area, Anim. Behav. Monogr., 3, 1968.

Lawick-Goodall J. van, Lowick H. van, Use of tools by the Egyptian vulture, Neophron percnopterus, Nature, 212, 1468—1469 (1966).

Lawrence D. H., Acquired distinctiveness of cues: I. Transfer between discriminations on the basis of familiarity with the stimulus, J. exp. Psychol.,

770-784 (1949).

Lawrence D.H., Acquired distinctiveness of cues: II. Selective association in a constant stimulus situation, J. exp. Psychol., 40, 175—488 (1950).

Lawrence D. H., Mason W. A., Food intake in the rat as a function of deprivation intervals and feeding rhythms, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 48, 267—271 (1955).

Leblond C. P., Nelson W. O., Maternal behavior in hypophysectomized male and female mice, Amer. J. Physiol., 120, 160—172 (1937).

Lee-Teng E., Retrogade amnesia in relation to current intensity and seizure pattern in chicks, Proc. 75th Ann. Conv. Amer. Psychol. Assoc., 87—88

(1967).

Lehr E., Experimentelle Uni Versuchungen an Affen und Halbaffen ?ber Generalization von Insekten- und Bl?tenabbildungen, Z. Tierpsychol.,

208—244 (1967).

Lehrman D. S., A critique of Konrad Lorenz’s theory of instinctive behaviour, Quart. Rev. Biol., 28, 337-363 (1953).

Lehrman D, S., The physiological basis of parental feeding behaviour in the Ring Dove (Streptopelia risoria), Behaviour 7, 241—286 (1955).

Lehrman D. S., Gonadal hormones and parental behavior in birds and infrahuman mammals. In Young (1961).

Lehrman D. S., Interaction of hormonal aad experiential influences on development of behavior. In Bliss (1962).

Lehrrhan D. S., Interaction between internal and external environments in the regulation of the reproductive cycle of the ring dove. In Beach (1965).


Lehrman D. S., Hinde R. A., Shaw E., Advances in the ?>tudy o! Behavior, Vol. 1, Academic Press, New York, 1965.

Lehrman D. S., Wortis R. P., Previous breeding experience and hormone- induced incubation behavior in the ring dove, Science, 132,1667—1668 (1980).

Le Magnen J., Les ph?nom?nes olfaeto-sexuels chez le rat blanc, Arch. Sci. Physiol., 6, 295-331 (1952).

Le Magnen J., L’olfaction, J. physiol, path, g?n., 45, 285—326 (1953).

Lemon R. E., The response of cardinals to songs of different dialects, Anim. Behav., 15, 538-545 (1967). v .

Lenneberg E. H., Biological Foundations of Language, Wiley, New York,

1967.

Lester D., Two tests of a fear motivated theory of exploration, Psychon. Sci., 10, 385-386 (1968).

Lester D., Cheses Ê. T., Effects of deprivation upon aggression in rats, Psychol. Rep., 22, 1129-1133 (1968).

Lettvin /. Y., Maturana H. R., McCulloch W. S., Pitts W, H., What the

frog’s eye tells the frog’s brain, Proc. Instit. Radio Engrs., 47, 1940—1951

.    ^ ë

Lettvin J. Y., Maturana Iff. R., Pitts W. II-, McCulloch W. S., Two remarks on the visual systeip of the frog. In Rosenblith (1961).

Leuba C., Toward some integration of learning theories: the concept of optimal stimulation, Psychol. Rep., 1, 27—33 (1955).

Leviek W. R., Receptive fields and trigger features of ganglion cells in the visual streak of the rabbit’s retina, J. Physiol., 188, 285—307 (1967).

Levin ff., Forgays D. G., Learning as a function of sensory stimulation of various intensities, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 52, 195—201 (1959).

Levine L., Barsel G. E., Diakoiv C. A., Interaction of aggressive ana sexual behavior in male mice, Behaviour, 25, 272—280 (1965).

Levine L., Diakow C. A., Barsel G. E., Interstrain fighting in male mice, Anim. Behav., 13, 52—58 (1965).

Levine S., The role of irrelevant drive stimuli in learning, J. exp. Psychol.,

410—416 (1953).

Levine L., Infantile experience and resistance to physiological stress, Science,

405 (1957).

Levine S., The effects of infantile experience on adult behavior. In «Experimental Foundations of Clinical Psychology», Ed. A. I. Becrach, Basic Books, New York, 1962.

Levine S., Some effects of stimulation in infancy, Little Club Clinics in Developmental Medicine, No. 7, Heinemann, London, 1962.

Levine S., Plasma-free corticosteroid response to electric shock in rats stimulated in infancy, Science, 135, 795—796 (1962).

Levine S., The psychophysiological effect of early stimulation. In Bliss (1962).

Levine S., Maternal and environmental influences on the adrenocortical response to stress in weanling rats, Science, 156, 258—260 (1967).

Levine S., Alpert Ì., Differential maturation of the central nervous system as a function of early experience, Arch. gen. Psychiat., 1, 403—405 (1959).

Levine S., Chevalier J. A., Korchin S. J., The effects of early shock and handling on later avoidance learning, J. Pers., 24, 475—493 (1956).

Levine S., Mullins R. F., Hormonal influence on brain organization in infant rats, Science, 152, 1585—1592 (1966).

Levison C. A., Levison P. K., Norton H. P., Effects of early visual conditions on stimulation-seeking behavior in infant rhesus monkeys, Psychon. Sci., 11, 101—102 (1968).

Levison P. K., Flynn J. P., The objects attacked by cats during stimulation of the hypothalamus, Anim. Beh?v., 13, 217—220 (1965).

I^ewis D. J., Adams //. E., Retrograde amnesia from conditioned competing responses, Science, 141, 516—517 (1963).

Lewis D. J., Maher B. A., Neural consolidation and electroconvulsive shock, Psychol. Rev., 72, 225-239 (1966).


Lewis D. J., Miller R. R., Misanin J. R., Control of retrograd de amnesia, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 66, 48—52 (1968).

Lewis M. M., Language, Thought and Personality. Harrap, London, 1963.

Leyhausen P., Verhaltensstudien bei Katzen, Z. Tierpsychol., Beiheft, 2

(1956).

Leyhausen P., Uber die Funktion der relativen Stimmungshierarchie, Z. Tierpsychol., 22, 412-494 (1965).

Liesenfeld F. /., Untersuchungen am Netz und ?ber den Ersch?tterungssinn von Zyglella x-notata (Cl.) (Araneidae), Z. vergl. Physiol., 38,563—592 (1956).

Lincoln D. W., Cross B. A., Effect of oestrogen on the responsiveness of neurones in the hypothalamus, septum and pre-optic area of rats with light- induced persistent oestrous, J. Endocrin., 37, 191—203 (1967).

Lind, H., The activation of on instinct caused by a “transitional action”, Behaviour, 14, 123—135 (1959).

Lind H., Studies on the behaviour of the black-tailed godwit (Limosa limosa L.), Naturfredningsradets reservatudvalg nr 66, Copenhagen, 1961.

Lmd H., Zur Analyse des sexuellen Verhaltens der Kolbenente, Netta rufina (Pallas), Z. Tierpsychol., 19, 607—625 (1962).

Lindauer M., Communication among Social Bees, Harvard Univ. Press,

1961.

Lindauer M., Allgemeine Sinnesphysiologie: Orientierung  im.  Raum,

Fortschr. der. Zool., 16, 58—140 (1964).

Lindenlaub E., Ueber das Heimfindeverm?gen von S?ugetieren: II. Versuche an Ma?sen. Z. Tierpsychol., 12, 452—458 (1965).

Lindenlaub E., Neue Befunde ?ber die Anfangsorientierung von Ma?sen, Z. Tierpsychol., 17, 555-578 (1960).

Lindsley D. B., Physiological psychology, Ann. Rev. Psychol., 7, 323—348

(1956).

Lindsley D. B., Attention, consciousness, sleep and wakefulness. In “Handbook of Physiology”, Sec. 1, Vol. Ill, Ed. J. Field, H. W. Magoun, and

E. Hall, Amer. Physiol. Soc., Washington, 1960.

Lindsley D. B., The reticular activating system and perceptual integration. In Sheer (1961).

Lindzey G., Winston H. D., Manosevitz M., Early experience, genotype and temperament in Mus musculus, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 56, 622—629

(1963).

Linsenmair K. E., Konstruktion und Signalfunktion der Sandpyramide der Reiterkrabbe Ocypode saratan Forsk. (Decapoda, Brachyura, Ocypodidae), Z. Tierpsychol., 24, 403-456 (1967).

Llpsitt L. P., Learning in the human infant. In Stevenson et al. (1967).

Lipsitt L. P., Kaye H., Change in neonatal response to optimizing and nonoptimizing sucking stimulation, Psychon. Sei., 2, 221—222 (1965).

Lisk R.D., Diencephalic placement of estradiol and sexual receptivity in the female rat, Amer. J. Physiol., 203, 493—496 (1962).

Lisk R. D., Testosterone-sensitive centers in the hypothalamus of the rat, Acta Endocrin., 41, 195—204 (1962).

Lisk R. D., Inhibitory centers in sexual behavior in the male rat, Science,

66?-670 (1966).

Lisk R. D., Increased sexual behavior in the male rat following lesions in the mamillary region, J. exp. Zool., 161, 129—136 (1966).

Lisk R. D., The hypothalamus and hormone sensing systems, Exc. Med. Int. Cong. Ser., 132, 925—957 (1966).

Lisk R. D., Hormonal implants in the central nervous system and behavioral receptivity in the female rat. In “Brain and Behaviour”, III, Ed. R. A. Gorski and R. H. Whalen, Univ. Calif. Press, 1966.

Lisk R. D., Neural localization for androgen activation of copulatory behavior in the male rat, Endocrinology, 80, 754—761 (1967).

Lisk R. D., Neural control of gonad size by hormone feedback in the desert iguana Dips&saurus d. dorsalis, Gen. comp. Endocrin. 8, 258—266 (1967).


Lisk R. D., Newlon M., Estradiol: evidence for its direct effect on hypothalamic neurons, Science, 139, 223—224 (1963).

Lissavoy V. de, Head banging in early childhood: a suggested cause, J. genet. Psychol., 102, 109-114 (1963).

Lissmann H. W., Die Umwelt des Kampffisches (Betta splendens Regan), Z. vergl. Physiol., 18, 65-111 (1932).

Lissmann H. W., The neurological basis of the locomotory rhythm in the spinal dogfish (Scyllium canicula, Acanthias vulgaris): I. Reflex behaviour, J. exp. Biol., 23, 143—161 (1946).

Lissmann H. W., The neurological basis of the locomotory rhythm in the spinal dogfish (Scyllium canicula, Acanthias vulgaris): II. The effect of deaf- ferentation, J. exp. Biol., 23, 162—176 (1946).

Lissmann H. W., On the function and evolution of electric organs in fish, J. exp. Biol., 34, 156-191 (1958).

Lissmann H. W., Machin K. E., The mechanism of object location in Gym- narchus niloticus and similar fish, J. exp. Biol. 35, 451—486 (1958).

Littlejohn M. J., Michaud T. J., Mating call discrimination by females of Strecker’s chorus frog (Pseudacris streckeri), Texas J. Sei., 11, 86—92

(1959).

Livingston R. B., Central control of receptors and sensory transmission systems. In “Handbook of Physiology”, Sec. 1, Vol. 1, Ed. J. Field,

W. Magoun, and V. E. Hall, Amer. Physiol. Soc., Washington,

1959.

Livingston W. K., Haugen F. P., Brookhart J. M., Functional organization of the central nervous system, Neurology, 4, 485—486 (1954).

Lockard R. B., Self-regulated exposure to light by albino rats as a function of rearing luminance and test luminance, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 56, 558—564 (1963).

Lockard R. B., Some effects of light upon the behavior of rodents, Psychol. Bull., 60, 509-529 (1963).

Lockard R. B., Several tests of stimulus-change and preference theory in relation to light-controlled behavior of rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol.,

415-426 (1966).

Loewenstein W. R., Modulation of cutaneous mechanoreceptors by sympathetic stimulation, J. Physiol., 132, 40—60 (1956).

Loher W., Huber F., Nervous and endocrine control of sexual behaviour in a grasshopper (Gomptocerus rufus L., Acridinae), Symp. Soc. exp. Biol.,

381-400 (1966).

L?hrl H., Zur Frage des Zeitpunktes einer Pr?gung auf die Heimatregion beim Halsbandschn?pper (Ficedula albicollis), J. Ornith., 100, 132—140

(1959).

Loizos C., Play in mammals, Symp. Zool. Soc. Lond., 18, 1—10 (1966).

Loizos C., Play behaviour in higher primates: a review. In Morris (1967).

London I.D., Research on sensory interaction in the Soviet Union, Psych. Bull., 51, 531—568 (1954).

Lorber S. H., Komarov S. A., Shay H., Effect of sham feeding on gastric motor activity of the dog, Amer. J. Physiol., 162, 447—451 (1950).

Lorenz K., Der Kumpan in der Umwelt des Vogels, J. f. Ornith., 83, 137—

289-413 (1935).

Lorenz K., Uber die Bildung des Instinktbegriffes, Naturwiss., 25, 289— . 300, 307-318, 324-331 (1937).

Lorenz K., Vergleichende Verhaltensforschung, Zoo. Anz. Suppl. Bd., 12, 69-102 (1939).

Lorenz K., Vergleichende Bewegungsstudien an Anatinen, Suppl. J. Ornith., 89, 194—294 (1941).

Lorenz K., The comparative method in studying innate behaviour patterns, Sym. Soc. exp. Biol., 4, 221—268 (1950).

Lorenz K., Uber die Entstehung ausl?sender «Zeremonien», Vogelwarte, 16, 9—13 (1951).


Lorenz K., Play and vacuum activity in animals. In “Symposium L’Instinct dans le comportement des animaux et de l’homme”, 633—645, Masson, Paris 1965

Lorenz Ê., The evolution of behavior, Sei. Amer., 199, 67—78 (1958).

Lorenz K., Prinzipien der vergleichenden Verhaltensforschung, Fortsohr. Zool., 12, 265-294 (1960).

Lorenz K., Phylogenetische Anpassung und adaptive Modifikation des Verhaltens, Z. Tierpsychol., 18, 139—187 (1961).

Lorenz K., Evolution and Modification of Behavior, Univ. of Chicago,

1965.

Lorenz Ê., On Aggression, Methuen, London, 1966.

Lorenz K., Tinbergen N., Taxis und Instinkthandlung in der Eirollbewegung der Graugansr I, Z. Tierpsychol., 2, 1—29 (1939).

Lovejoy E., Analysis of tne overlearning reversal effect, Psychol. Rev., 73, 87-103 (1966).

Lowenstein Î., Sand A., The mechanism of the semicircular canal: a study of the responses of single fibre preparations to angular accelerations and to rotation at constant speed, Proc. Roy. Soc. B, 129, 256—275

(1940).

Ludwig /., Beobachtungen ?ber das Spiel bei Boxern, Z. Tierpsychol., 22, 813-838 (1965).

Lukaszewska Some further failures to find the visual overlearningreversal effect in rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 65, 359—361 (1968).

McBride G., The «teat order» and communication in young pigs, Anim. Behav., 11, 53-56 (1963).

McCall R. B., Stimulus change in light-contingent bar-pressing, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 59, 258—262 (1965).

McCall R. B., Initial-consequent change surface in light-con tingent bar- pressing, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 62, 35—42 (1966).

McCleary R. A., Taste and post-ingestion factors in specific-hunger behavior, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 46, 411—421 (1953).

McClelland D. Ñ., Atkinson J. W., The projective expression of needs:

J. Psychol., 25, 205-222 (1948).

MacCorquodale Ê., Meehl P. E., Edward C. Tolman, In «Modern Learning Theory», Ed. Estes et al., Appleton-Century-Crofts, New York, 1954.

MacDonald G. E., Imprinting: drug produced isolation and the sensitive period, Nature, 217, 1158—1159 (1968).

MacDonald G. E., Solandt A., Imprinting: effects of drug induced immobilization, Psychon. Sei., 5, 95—96 (1966).

MacDonnell M. F., Flynn J. P., Attack elicited by stimulation of the thalamus of cats, Science, 144, 1249—1250 (1964).

MacDonnell M. F., Flynn J. P., Sensory coiltrol of hypothalamic attack, Anim. Behav., 14, 399—405 (1966).

MacDonnell M. F., Flynn J. P., Control of sensory fields by stimulation of hypothalamus, Science, 152, 1406—1408 (1966).

MacDonnell M. F., Flynn J. P., Attack elicited by stimulation of thalamus and adjacent structures of cats, Behaviour, 31, 185—202 (1968).

McDougall W., An Outline of Psychology, Methuen, London, 1923.

McFarland D. J., The effect of hunger on thirst motivated behaviour in the Barbary dove, Anim. Behav., 13 , 286—292 (1965).

McFarland D. J., Control theory applied to the control of drinking in the Barbary dove, Anim. Behav., 13, 478—492 (1965).

McFarland D. J., Hunger, thirst qnd displacement pecking in the Barbary dove, Anim. Behav., 13, 293—300 (1965).

McFarland D. J., The role of attention in the disinhibition of displacement activities, Q. J. exp. Psychol., 18, 19—30 (1966).

McFarland D. J., L'Angellier A. B., Disinhibition of drinking during satiation Of feeding behaviour in the Barbary dove, Anim. Behav., 14, 463—

(1966).


McFarland J. È., Werner È., Wapner S., The effect of postural factors on the distribution of tactual sensitivity and the organization of tactual kinaesthetic space, J. exp. Psychol., 63, 14&—154 (1962).

McGaugh J. L., Facilitation and impairment of memory storage processes. In «The Anatomy of Memory», Vol. I, Ed. D. P. Kimble, Science and Behavior Books, Palo Alto, 1965.

McGill Ò. E., Reduction in «head-mounts» in the sexual behavior of the mouse as a function of experience, Psych. Rep., 10, 284 (1962).

McGtll Ò. E., Sexual behavior in three inbred strains of mice, Behaviour,

341—350 (1962).

McGill Ò. E., Studies of the sexual behavior of male laboratory mice: effects of genotype, recovery of sex drive, and theory. In Beach (1965).

McGill Ò. E., Tucker G. R., Genotype and sex drive in intact and in castrated male mice, Science, 145, 514—515 (1964).

McGinty D., Epstein A. N., Teitelbaum P., The contribution of oropharyngeal sensations to hypothalamic hyperphagia, Anim. Behav., 13, 413—418

(1965).

Machin Ê. E., Feedback theory and its application to biological systems, Symp. Soc. exp. Biol., 18, 421—446 (1964).

MacKay D. Ì., In «Aspects of the Theory of Artificial Intelligence», Ed. C. A. Muses, Plenum Press, London, 1962.

McKay J., Some aspects of the physiology of the Tettigonid ear, Ph. D. thesis, Makerere, Univ. of E. Africa, 1968.

McKelvey R. K., Marx Ì. H., Effects of infantile food and water deprivation on adult hoarding in the rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 44, 423—430

(1951).

McKinney F., An analysis of the displays of the European eider Somateria mollissima mollissima (Linnaeus) and the Pacific eider Somateria mollissima v. nigra Bonaparte, Behaviour Suppl., 7, 1961.

McKinney F., The comfort movements of Anatidae, Behaviour, 25, 120—220

.

Mackintosh J. H., Grant E. C., The effect of olfactory stimuli on the agonistic behaviour of laboratory mice, Z. Tierpsychol, 23, 584—587

.

Mackintosh J., Sutherland N. S., Visual discrimination by the goldfish: the orientation of rectangles, Anim. Behav., 11, 135—141 (1963).

Mackintosh N. J., Extinction of a discrimination habit as a function of overtraining, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 56, 842—847 (1963).

Mackintosh N. J., Overtraining and transfer within and between dimensions in the nat, Q. J. exp. Psychol., 16, 250—256 (1964).

Mackintosh N. J., Discrimination learning in the Octopus, Anim. Behav. Suppl. 1, 129-134 (1964).

Mackintosh N. J., Selective attention in animal discrimination learning, Psychol. Bull., 64, 124—150 (1965).

Mackintosh N. J., Overtraining, reversal and extinction in rats and chicks, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 59, 31—36 (1965).

Mackintosh N. J., Overtraining, transfer to proprioceptive control and position reversal, Q. J. exp. Psychol., 17, 26—36 (1965).

Mackintosh N. J., Further analysis of the overtraining reversal effect, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 67, Monograph 1—18 (1969).

Mackintosh N. J., Mackintosh J., Reversal learning in Octopus vulgaris Lamarck, with and without irrelevant cues, Q. J. exp. Psychol., 15, 236— 242 (1963).

Mackintosh N. J., Mackintosh /., Performance of Octopus over a series of reversals of a simultaneous discrimination, Anim. Behav., 12, 321—324

(1964).

Mackintosh N. J., Mackintosh J., Safriel-Jorne O., Sutherland N. S., Overtraining, reversal and extinction in the goldfish, Anim. Behav., 14, 314—318

(1966).


Mackintosh N. J., Mackintosh f., Sutherland N. S., The relative importance of horizontal and vertical extents in shape discrimination by Octopus, Anim. Behav., 11, 355-358 (1963).

Mackworth J. F., The visual image and the memory trace, Canad. J. Psychol., 16, 55-59 (1962). •

Me Michael R. E., The effects of preweaning shock and gentling on later resistance to stress., J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 54, 416—421 (1961).

McMichael R. E., Early-experience effects as a function of infant treatment and other experimental conditions, J. comp, physiol. Psyehol., 62, 433—436

(1966).

McNiven M. A., «Social-releaser mechanisms» in birds—a controlled replication of Tinbergen’s study, Psychol. Rec., 10, 259—265 (1960).

MacPhail E. M., Positive and negative reinforcement from intracranial stimulation in pigeons, Nature, 213, 947—948 (1967).

Magni F., Central and peripheral mechanisms in the modulation of flashing in the firefly Luciola italica L., Arch. ital. Biol., 105, 339—360 (1967).

Magnus D., Zum Problem der ?beroptimalen Schl?sselreize. (Versuche am Kaisermantel Argynnis paphia.) Verh. Dtsch. zool. Ges. T?bingen, 1954 (Zool. Anz.) Suppl. 18, 317-325 (1955).

Magnus D., Experimentelle Untersuchungen zur Bionomie und Ethologie des Kaisermantels Argynnis paphia L. (Lep. Nymph): I. Uber optische Ausl?ser von Anfliegereaktionen und ihre Bedeutung f?r das Sichfinden der Geschlechter, Z. Tierpsychol., 15, 397—426 (1958).

Maier N-. R. F., Schneirla T. C., Principles of Animal Psychology, McGraw- Hill, New York, 1935.

Mainardi D., Some observations on the interaction between inverted sexual behaviour and social status in female mice, Atti della Societ? Italiana di Scienze Naturali e del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Milano, 104, 238-242 (1965).

Mainardi D., Marsan M., Pasquali A., Causation of sexual preferences of the house mouse. Atti della Societ? Italiana di Scienze Naturale e del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Milano, 104, 325—338 (1965).

Majendie M., The para-visual detector, J. Inst. Navigation, 13, 4 (I960).

Maldonado H., The control of attack by octopus, Z. vergl. Physiol., 47,

•    656 (1964).

Malmo R. B., Activation: a neurophysiological dimension, Psychol. Rev., 66, 367—386 (1959).

Malmo R. B., Shagass C., Davis J. F., Electromyographic studies of muscular tension in psychiatric patients under stress, J. clin. exp. Psychopath.,

45-66 (1951).

Malott M. K., Stimulus control in stimulus deprived chickens, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 66, 276—282 (1968).

Mandler   J. M., Effect of early food deprivation on adult     behavior  in the

rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 51, 513—517 (1958).

Manning   A., The effect of honey-guides, Behaviour, 9,   114—139   (1956).

Manning   A., The sexual behavior of two sibling Drosophila species, Beha

viour, 15, 123-145 (1959).

Manning A., Drosophila and the evolution of behaviour. In «Viewpoints in Biology, 4», Ed. J. D. Carthy andC. L. Duddington, Butterworths, London, 1965.

Manning A., «Pre-imaginal conditioning» in Drosophila, Nature, 216,

340 (1967).

Manning A., The control of female receptivity in female Drosophila, Anim. Behav., 15, 239-250 (1967).

Manton S. M., Locomotory habits and the evolution of the larger arthropodan groups, Symp. soc. exp. Biol., 7, 339—376 (1953).

Mark R. F., Campenhausen G. von, Lischinsky D. J., Nerve-muscle relations in the salamander: possible relation to nerve regeneration and muscle çðå- cificity, Exp. Neurol., 16, 438—449 (1967).


Marler P., Studies of fighting in chaffinches: (2) The effect on dominance relations of disguising females as males, Brit. J. Anim. Behav., 3, 137—146

' (1955).

Marler P., The voice of the chaffinch and its function as a language, Ibis, 98, 231-261 (1956).

Marler P., Behaviour of the chaffinch ( F ringilla coelebs), Behaviour Suppl., 5, 1-184 (1956).

Marler P., Studies of fighting in chaffinches: (3) Proximity as a cause of aggression, Brit. J. Anim. Behav., 4, 23—30 (1956).

Marler P., Studies of fighting in chaffinches: (4) Appetitive and consumma- tory behaviour, Brit. I. Anim., 5, 29—37 (1957).

Marler P., Specific distinctiveness in the communication signals of birds, Behaviour, 11, 13-39 (1957).

Marler P., Developments in the study of animal communication. In «Darwin’s Biological Work», Ed. P. R. Bell, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1959.

Marler P., Bird songs and mate selection. In «Animal Sounds and Communication», Amer. Inst. Biol. Sci., 7, 348—367 (1960).

Marler P., The filtering of external stimuli during instinctive behaviour. In Thorpe and Zangwill (1961).

Marler P., Communication in monkeys and apes. In De Vore (1965).

Marler P., Comparative study of song development in sparrows, Proc. 14th Int. Ornith. Cong. Oxford, 231—244 (1967).

Marler P., Hamilton W. J., Mechanisms of Animal Behavior, Wiley, New York, 1966.

Marler P., Kreith Ì., Tamura Ì., Song development in hand-raised Oregon juncos, Auk, 79, 12—30 (1962).

Marler P., Tamura Ì., Culturally transmitted patterns of vocal behavior in sparrows, Science, 146, 1483—1486 (1964).

Marley E., Morse W. H., Operant conditioning in the newly hatched chicken, J. exp. Anal. Behav., 9, 95—104 (1966).

Marrone R. L., Effects of food deprivation on the fighting response of Betta splendens, Psychol. Rep., 17, 632 (1965).

Marsh G., Walz G., Selective attention in imprinting, Psychonomic Sci.,

373-374 (1967).

1064. Marshall S. L. A., Men against Fire, Morrow, New York, 1947.

Marx Ì. H., Infantile depriration and adult behavior in the rat: retention of increased rate of eating, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 45, 43—49 (1952).

Marx Ì. II., Henderson R. L., Roberts C. L., Positive reinforcement of the bar-pressing response by a light stimulus following dark operant pretests with no aftereffect, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 48, 73—76 (1955).

Marx Ì. H., Knarr F. A., Long-term development of reinforcing properties of a stimulus as a function of temporal relationship to food reinforcement, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 56, 546—550 (1963).

Marzocco F. N., Doctoral dissertation, Iowa, cited by Brown (1961) (1951).

Mason W. A., Determinants of social behavior in young chimpanzees. In Schrier et al. (1965).

Mason W. A., The social behavior of monkeys and apes. In De Vore

(1965).

Mason W. A., Motivational aspects of social responsiveness in young chimpanzees. In Stevenson et al. (1967).

Mason W. A., Berkson G., Conditions influencing vooal responsiveness of infant chimpanzees, Science, 137, 127—128 (1962).

Mason W. A., Harlow H. F., Formation of conditioned responses in infant monkeys, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 51, 68—70 (1958).

Mason W. A., Sponholz R. R., Behavior of rhesus monkeys raised in isolation, J. Psychiatric Res., 1, 299—306 (1963).

Mast S. O., Light and th* Behavior of Organisms, Wiley, London, 1911.

Mast S. O., Behavior of fireflies, with special reference to the problem of' orientation, J. anim. Behav., 2, 256—272 (1912).


Masters W. H., Johnson V. E., The sexual response cycles of the human male and female: comparative anatomy and physiology. In Beach (1965).

Matthews B. H. C., Tne response of a single end organ, J. Physiol., 71, 64-110 (1931).

Matthews G. V. T., «Nonsense», orientation in Mallard Anas platyrhynchos and its relation to experiments on bird navigation, Ibis, 103a, 211—230

(1961).

Matthews G. V. T., Bird Navigation, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1968.

Matthews P. Â. C., Muscle spindles and their motor control, Physiol. Rev.,

219-288 (1964).

Matthews W. A., Shape discrimination in tropical fish, Anim. Behav., 12, 111-115 (1964).

Matthews W. A., Hemmings G., A theory concerning imprinting, Nature, 198, 1183-1184 (1963).

Maturana H. R., Functional organization of the pigeon retina, In «Information Processing in the Nervous System», Ed. R. W. Gerard, Excerpta Medica Foundation, Amsterdam, 1964.

Maturana H. R., Frank S., Directional movement and horizontal edge detectors in the pigeon retina, Science, 142 , 977 —979 (1963).

May J. G., Dorr D., Initiative pecking in chicks as a function of early social experience, Psychon. Sei., 11, 175—176 (196$).

Maynard D. M., Activity in a crustacean ganglion: II. Pattern and interaction in burst formation, Biol. Bull., 109, 420—436 (1955).

Mayr E., Systematics and the Origin of Species, Columbia Univ. Press, New York, 1942.

Mayr E., Animal Species and Evolution, Harvard Univ. Press, Cambridge, Mass, 1963.

Mayr E., Andrew R. J., Hinde R. A., Die systematische Stellung der Gattutog Fringilla, J. f. Ornith., 97, 258-273 (1956).

Meier G. W., Infantile handling and development in Siamese kittens, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 54, 284—286 (1961).

Meier G. W., Other data on the effects of social isolation during rearing upon adult reproductive behaviour in the rhesus monkey (Macaca mulatta), Anim. Behav., 13, 228-231 (1965).

1093. Meier G. W., McGee R. K., A re-evaluation of the effect of early perceptual experience on discrimination performance during adulthood, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 52, 390—395 (1959).

Mello N. K., Peterson N. J., Behavioral evidence for color discrimination in cat, J. Neurophysiol., 27, 323—333 (1964).

Melton A. W., Implications of short-term memory for a general theory of memory, J. Verbal Learning and Verbal Behav., 2, 1—21 (1963).

Melzack R., Irrational fears in the dog, Canad. J. Psychol., 6, 141—147 (1952).

Melzack R., On the survival of mallard ducks after «habituation» to the hawk-shaped figure, Behaviour, 17, 9—16 (1961).

Melzack R., Effects of early experience on behavior: experimental and conceptual considerations. In «Psychopathology of Perception», Grune and Stratton, New York, 1965.

Melzack R., Penick E., Beckett A., The problem of «innate fear» of the hawk shape: an experimental study with mallard ducks, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 52, 694-698 (1959).

Melzack R., Scott T. H., The effects of early experience on the response to pain, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 50, 155—161 (1957).

Mendelson J., Role of hunger in T-maze learning for food by rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 62, 341—349 (1966).

^Meng M., Untersuchungen zum Farben- und Formensehen der Erdkr?te

(Bufo bufo L.), Zool. Beitr., 3, 313—364 (1957).

Menzel E. W., The effects of cumulative experience on responses to novel objects in young isolation-reared chimpanzees, Behaviour, 21, 1—12 (1963).


Meiyzel E. W., Responsiveness to object-movement in young chimpanzees, Behaviour, 24, 147—160 (1964).

Menzel E. W., Patterns of responsiveness in chimpanzees reared through infancy under conditions of environmental restriction, Psychol. Forsch.,

337-365 (1964).

Menzel E. W., Davenport R. K., Rogers C. M., The effects of environmental restriction upon the chimpanzee’s responsiveness to objects, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 56, 78—85 (1963).

Merton P.A., Human position sense and sense of effort, Symp. soc. exp. Biol., 18, 387—400 (1964).

Messenger J. B., The visual attack of the cuttlefish, Sepia officinalis, Anim. Behav., 16, 342—357 (1968).

Messmer E., Messmer /., Die Entwicklung der Laut?usserungen und einiger Verhaltensweisen der Amsel (Turdus merula merula L.) unter nat?rlichen Bedingungen und nach Einzelaufzucht in schalldichten R?umen, Z. Tier- psychol., 13, 341—441 (1956).

Meyer D. R., The stability of human gustatory sensitivity during changes in time of food deprivation, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 45, 373—376 (1952).

Mtyer M. E., Discriminative basis for astronavigation in birds, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 58, 403—406 (1964).

Meyer M. E., The internal clock hypothesis for astronavigation in homing pigeons, Psychon. Sci., 5, 259—260 (1966).

Meyers B., Discrimination of visual movement in perceptually deprived cats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 57, 152—153 (1964).

Meyers B., McCleary R., Interocular transfer of a pattern discrimination in pattern deprived cats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 57, 16—21 (1964).

Meyers W. J., Critical period for the facilitation of exploratory behavior by infantile experience, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 55, 1099—1101 (1962).

Michael C. R., Receptive fields of single optic nerve fibers in a mammal with an all-cone retina. II, J. Neurophysiology, 31, 257—267 (1968).

Michael R. P., An investigation of the sensitivity of circumscribed neurological areas to hormonal stimulation. In «Regional Neurochemistry», Ed.

S.   S. Katy and I. Elkes, 465—480, Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1961.

•Michael R. P., Observations upon the sexual behaviour of the domestic cat (Felis catus L.) under laboratory conditions, Behaviour, 18, 1—21 (1961).

Michael R. P.. Herbert J., Menstrual cycle influences grooming behavior and sexual activity in the rhesus monkey, Sciencc, 140, 500—501 (1963).

Michael R. P., Keverne E. B., Pheromones in the communication of sexual status in primates, Nature, 218, 746—749 (1968).

Michael R. P., Saayman G. S., Sexual performance index of male rhesus monkeys, Nature, 214, 425 (1967).

Michael R. P., Saayman G. S., Differential effects on behaviour of the subcutaneous and intravaginal administration of oestrogen in the rhesus monkey (Macaca mulatta), J. Endocrin., 41, 231—246 (1968).

Michael R. P., Saayman G. S., Zumpe D., The suppression of mounting behaviour and ejaculation in male rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta) by administration of progesterone to their female partners, J. Endocrin., 41, 421-431 (1968).

Michels K. M., Bevan W., Strasel II. C., Discrimination learning and in- terdimensional transfer under conditions of systematically controlled visual experience, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 51, 778—781 (1958).

Michels K. M., Pittman G. G., Hitchcock L., Brown D. R., Visual discrimination: tree squirrels and quantified stimulus dimensions, Percept. Mot. Skills, 15, 443-450 (1962).

Michelson A., Pitch discrimination in the locust ear: observations on single sense cells, J. insect Physiol., 12, 1119—1131 (1966).

Michelson A., Frequency discrimination in the locust ear by means of four groups of receptor cells, Nature, 220, 585—586 (1968).


Michener Ì. Ñ., Walcott Ñ., Homing of single pigeons — analysis of tracks, J. exp. Biol., 47, 99-131 (1967).

Middlebush C. W., Mountjoy P. Ò., Riley V., Unconditioned aggression in the Japanese quail Coturnix coturnlx japonica, Psychon. Sei., 11, ÈÇ—114 (1968).

Miles R. C., Meyer D. R., Learning sets in marmosets, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 49, 219—222 (1956).

Mill P. J., Hughes G. M., The nervous control of ventilation in dragonfly larvae, J. exp. Biol., 44, 297—316 (1966).

Millenson J. R., Acquired counting behaviour in mice maintained under two reinforced procedures, Anim. Behav., 10, 171—173 (1962).

Miller A. J., Variations in retrograde amnesia with parameters of electro- convulsive shock and time of testing, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 66, 40—47 (1968).

Miller G. A., Kenneth Craik lecture delivered in Cambridge, 1964.

Miller G. A., Galanter E., Pribram. K. H., Plans and the Structure of Behavior. Holt, Rinehart and Winston, New York, 1960.

Miller J. D., Murray F. S., Guinea pig’s immobility response to sound, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 61, 227—233 (1966).

Miller N. E., Experimental studies of conflict. In «Personality and Behavior Disorders», Ed. J. McV. Hunt, Ronald Press, New York, 1944.

Miller N. E., Theory and experiment relating psychoanalytic displacement to stimulus-response generalization, J. abnorm, soc. Psychol., 43, 155—178 (1948).

Miller N. E., Studies of fear as an acquirable drive: I. Fear as motivation and fear-reduction as reinforcement in the learning of new responses, J; exp. Psychol., 38, 89-101 (1948).

Miller N. E., Effects of drugs on motivation: the value of using a variety of measures, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sei,, 65, 318—333 (1956).

Miller N. E., Experiments on motivation, Science, 126, 1271—1278 (1957.)

Miller N. E., Liberalization of basic S-R concepts. In Koch (1959).

Miller N. E., Motivational effects of brain stimulation and drugs, Fed. Proc., 19, 846—854 (1960).

Miller N. E., Learning and performance motivated by direct stirmulatio of the brain. In Sheer (1961).

Miller N. E., Implications for theories of reinforcement. In Sheer (1961).

Miller N. E., Integration of neurophysiological and behavioural esearch, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sei., 92, 830—839 (1961).

Miller N. E., Psychosomatic effects of specific types of training. In «Experimental Approaches to the Study of Emotional Behaviour», Ed. E. Tobach, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sei. (1969).

Miller N. E., Carmona A., Modification of a visceral response, salivation in thirsty dogs, by instrumental training with water reward, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 63, 1—6 (1967).

Miller N. E., DiCara L., Instrumental learning of heart rate changes in curarized rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 63, 12—19 (1967).

Miller N. E., Dollard /., Social Learning and Imitation, Yale Univ. Press, New Haven, 1941.

Miller N. E., Kessen M. L., Reward effects of food via stomach fistula compared with those of food via mouth, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 45, 555—564 (1952).

Miller N. E., Sampliner R. /., Woodrow P., Thirst-reducing effects of water by stomach fistula vs. water by mouth measured by both a consummatory and an instrumental response, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 50, 1—5 (1957).

Miller N. E., Stevenson S. S., Agitated behavior of rats during experimental extinction and a curve of spontaneous recovery, J. comp. Psychol., 21, 205-231 (1936),

Miller P. L., Respiration in the desert locust, J. exp. Biol., 37, 224—278

(1960).


Miller P. L., The central nervous control of respiratory movements, Proc. Xllthlnt. Cong. Entomol. Lond., 1964, 198 (1964).

Mittelstaedt H., Telotaxis und Optomotorik von Eristalis bei Augeninversion, Naturwiss., 36, 90—91 (1949).

Mittelstaedt The analysis of behavior in terms of control systems, 5th Cong, on Group Processes, Macy Foundation, New York, 1960.

Mittelstaedt H., Die Regelungstheorie als methodisches Werkzeug der Ver- haltensanalyse, Naturwiss., 48, 246—254 (1961).

Mittelstaedt H., Control systems of orientation in insects, Ann. Rev. Entomol., 7, 177—198 (1962).

Mittelstaedt H., Bikomponenten-Theorie der Orientierung, Ergeb. Biol.,

253 (1963).

Mittelstaedt Basic control patterns of orientational homeostasis, Symp. soc. exp. Biol., 18, 365—386 (1964).

Moll R. P., Drive and maturation effects in the development of consumma- tory behavior, Psychol. Rep., 15, 295—302 (1964).

Moltz H., Imprinting: empirictfl basis and theoretical significance, Psychol. Bull., 57, 291-314 (1960).

Moltz Imprinting: an epigenetic approach, Psychol. Rev., 70, 123—138

(1963).

Moltz H., Contemporary instinct theory and the fixed action pattern, Psychol. Rev., 72, 27-47 (1965).

Moltz //., Getter D., Levin R., Maternal behavior in the totally mammecto- mized rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 64, 225—229 (1967).

Moltz H., Stettner L. J., The influence of patterned-light deprivation on the critical period for imprinting, J. comp, pnysiol. Psychol., 54, 279—283

.

Moltz H., Stettner L. J., Interocular mediation of the following response after patterned-light deprivation, J, comp, physiol. Psychol., 55, 626—632

.

Monteith L. G., Apparent continual changes in the host preferences oiDrino bohemica Mesn (Diptera: Tachinidae), and their relation to the concept of host-conditioning, Anim. Behav., 10, 292—299 (1962).

Montgomery A. F., Holmes J. H., Gastric inhibition of the drinking response, Amer. J. Physiol., 182, 227—231 (1955).

Montgomery Ê. C., A test of two explanations of spontaneous alternation, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 45, 287—293 (1952).

Montgomery Ê. C., The role of the exploratory drive in learning, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 47 , 60—64 (1954).

Montgomery Ê. C., The relation between fear induced by novel stimulation and exploratory behavior, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 48, 254—260 (1955).

Montgomery Ê. C., Monkman J. A., The relation between fear and exploratory behaviour, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 48, 132—136 (19551.. t,

Montgomery Ê. C., Segall Ì., Discrimination learning based u’pe$'$&# exploratory drive, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 48, 225—228 (195§^

Mook D. G., Oral and postingestional determinants of the intake of y|iriou9 solutions in rats with esophageal fistulas, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 56, 645—659 (1963).

Mook D. G., Blass E. Ì., Quinine-aversion thresholds and «finickiness» in hyperphagic rats, I. comp, physiol. Psychol., 65, 202—207 (1968).

Mook J. [I., Mook L. J., Heikens H. S., Further evidence for the role of «searching images» in the hunting behaviour of titmice, Arch. ÎÄåã1. Zool., 13, 448-465 (1960).

Moore N. W., On the so-called «territories» of dragonflies (Odonata-Anisop- tera), Behaviour, 4, 85—100 (1952).

Moray N., Jordan A., Vision in chicks with distorted visual fields, Psychon. Sci., 9, 303 (1967).

Morgan Ñ. Ò., Physiological Psychology, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1943.

Morgan Ñ. Ò., Physiological theory of drive. In Kocb (1959),


Morgan Ñ. Ò., Morgan J. D., Studies in hunger: I and II, J. genet. Psychol., 56, 137—147; 57, 153-163 (1940).

Morgtme Pi /., Medial forebrain bundle and «feeding centers» of the hypothalamus, J. comp. Neurol., 117, 1—26 (1961).

Morris D., The reproductive behaviour of the zebra finch (Poephila guttata), with special reference to pseudofemale behaviour and displacement activities, Behaviour, 6, 271—322 (1954).

Morris D., The reproductive behaviour of the river bullhead (Coitus gobi L.) with special reference to the fanning activity, Behaviour, 7, 1—32 (1954).

Morris D., The causation of pseudofemale and pseudomale behaviour: a further comment, Behaviour, 8, 46—56 (1955).

Morris D., The feather postures of birds and the problem of the origin of social signals, Behaviour, 9, 75—113 (1956).

Morris D., «Typical intensity» and its relation to the problem of ritualisa- tion, Behaviour, 11, 1—12 (1957).

Morris D., The reproductive behaviour of the bronze mannikin (Lonchura cucullata), Behaviour, 11, 156—201 (1957).

Morris D., The reproductive behaviour of the Ten-spined Stickleback (Pu- gosteus pungitius L.), Behaviour Suppl. 61, 1—154 (1958).

Morris D., The function and causation of courtship ceremonies, In «L’in- stinct dans le Comportement des Animaux et de L’homme», Fondation Singer Polignac, Paris, 1958.

Morris D., The comparative ethology of grassfinches (Erythrurae) and Mannikins (Amadinae), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 131, 389—439 (1958).

Morris D. (Ed.), Primate Ethology, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, London, 1967.

Morrison B. J., Hill W. F., Socially facilitated reduction of the fear response in rats raised in groups or in isolation, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 63, 71-76 (1967).

Morrison S. D., Mayer J., Adipsia and aphagia in rats after lateral subthalamic lesions, Amer. J. Physiol., 191, 248—254 (1957).

Morrison S. D., Mayer J., Effect of sham operations in the hypothalamus on food and water intake of the rat, Amer. J. Physiol., 191, 255—258 (1957).

Morse W. H., Intermittent reinforcement, In Honig (1966).

Moruzzi G., Magoun H. W., Brain-stem reticular formation and activation of the EEG, Electroenceph. clin. Neurophysiol., 1, 455—473 (1949).

Mote F. A., Finger F. W., Exploratory drive and secondary reinforcement in the acquisition and extinction of a simple running response, J. exp. Psychol., 31, 57-68 (1942).

Mott F. W., Sherrington C. S., Experiments upon the influence of sensory nerves upon movement and nutrition of the limbs. Preliminary communication, Proc. Roy. Soc., 57, 481—488 (1895).

Mountcastle V. B., Modality and topographic properties of single neurons in the cat’s somatic sensory cortex, J. Neurophysiol., 20, 408—434 (1957).

Mowrer Î. H., «Maturation» v. «Learning» in the development of vestibular and optokinetic nystagmus, J. genet. Psychol., 48, 383—404 (1936).

Mowrer Î. H., A stimulus-response analysis of anxiety and its role as a reinforcing agent, Psychol. Rev., 46, 553—565 (1939).

Moyer Ê. E., Startle response: habituation over trials and days, and sex and strain differences, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 56, 863—865 (1963).

Moyer Ê. E., Bunnell B. TV., Effect of stomach distention caused by water on food and water consumption in the rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 55, 652—655 (1962).

Moynihan Ì., Some aspects of reproductive behavior in the black-headed

gull (Larus ridibundus ridibundus L.) and related species, Behaviour Suppl.,

1-201 (1955). .J

1808i Moynihan Ì., Notes on the behavior of some North American gulls: I. Aerial hostile behavior, Behaviour, 10, 126—178 (1956).

l80a. Wvyfoihm Ì., Notes on the behavior of some North American gulls: II. Non-a#i'Alihostile behavior of adults, Behaviour, 12, 95—182 (1958).


Moynihan Ì., Notes on the behavior of some North American gulls: III. Pairing behavior, Behaviour, 13, 112—130 (1958).

Moynihan Ì., Notes on the behavior of some North American gulls: IV. The ontogeny of hostile behavior and display patterns, Behaviour. 14, 214-239 (1959).

Moynihan M., Hostile and sexual behavior patterns of South American and Pacific Laridae, Behaviour Suppl., 8, 1—365 (1962).

Moynihan M., Hall M. F., Hostile, sexual ana other social behaviour patterns of the spice finch (Lonchura punctulata) in captivity, Behaviour, 7, 33—76 (1954).

Mrosovsky N., The performance of dormice and other hibernators on tests of hunger motivation, Anim. Behav., 12, 454—469 (1964).

Mueller H. C., Homing and distance orientation in bats, Z. Tierpsychol.,

403-421 (1965).

Muenztnger K. F., Brown W. 0., Crow W. J., Powlowski R. F., Motivation in learning: XI. An analysis of electric shock for correct responses into its avoidance and accelerating components, J. exp. Psychol., 43, 115—119 (1952).

M?ller A., Uber Lichtreaktionen von Landasseln, Z. vergl. Physiol., 3, 113-144 (1925).

M?ller D., Quantitative Luftfeind-Attrapenversuche bei Auer- und Birkh?hnern, Z. Naturf., 16, 551—553 (1961).

Mulligan J. A., Singing behavior and its development in the song sparrow, Melospiza melodia, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 81, 1—76 (1966).

Munn N. L., Handbook of Psychological Research on the Rat, Houghton Mifflin, New York, 1950.

Murphey R. K., Phillips R. E., Central patterning of a vocalization in fowl, Nature, 216, 1125—1126 (1967).

Myer J. S., Stimulus control of mouse-killing rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 58, 112—117 (1964).

Myer J. S., Baenninger R., Some effects of punishment and stress on mouse killing by rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 62, 292—297 (1966).

Myer J. S., White R. Ò., Aggressive motivation in the rat, Anim. Behav.,

430—433 (1965).

Myers R. D., Modification of drinking patterns by chronic intracranial chemical infusion, 1st Int. Symp. on Thirst, Florida State Univ., 533—549, Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1964.

Myers R. D., Release of chemical factors from the diencephalic region of the unanaesthetized monkey during changes in body temperature, Proc. Physiol. Soc., 188, 50—51 (1966).

Myers R. D., Sharpe L. G., Chemical activation of ingestive and other hypothalamic mechanisms, Physiol. Behav., 3 (1968).

Myers R. D., Yaksh T. L., Feeding and temperature responses in the unrestrained rat after injections of cholinergic and aminergic substances into the cerebral ventricles, Physiol. Behav. (1969).

Myers S. A., Horel J. A., Pennypacker H. S., Operant control of vocal behavior in the monkey Cebus albifrons, Psychon. Sci., 3, 389—390 (1965).

Myrberg A. A., An analysis of the preferential care of eggs and young by adult Cichlid fishes, Z. Tierpsychol., 21, 53—98 (1964).

Myrberg A. A., Parental recognition of young in Cichlid fishes, Anim. Behav., 14, 565-571 (1966).

Myrberg A., Kramer E., Heinecke P., Sound production by Cichlid fishes, Science, 149, 555—558 (1965).

Nachman M., Hypothalamic hyperphagia, finickiness, and taste preferences

in rats, Proc. 75th Ann. Conv. Amer.   Psychol. Assoc., 127—128     (1967).

Nachman M.,   Pf aff mann C., Gustatory    nerve discharge in normal     and sodium-deficient    rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 56, 1007—1011 (1963).

Nachman M.,   Valentino D. A., Roles of taste and postingestion^l  factors

in the satiation of sodium appetite in rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 62, 280-283 (1966).


Nachtigall W., Wilson D. M., Neuro-muscular control of Dipteran flight, J. exp. Biol., 47, 77—97 (1967).

Nadler R. D., Masculinization of female rats by intracranial implantation of androgen in infancy, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 66, 157—167 (1968).

Nakayama T., Hammel H. T., Hardy J. D., Eisenman J. S., Thermal stimulation of electrical activity of single units of the preoptic region, Amer. J. Physiol., 204, 1122-1126 (1963).

Naquet R., Regis H., Fischer-Williams M., Fernandez-Guardiola A., Variations in the responses evoked by light along the specific pathways, Brain, 83, 52-56 (1960).

Nauta W. J. H., Hypothalamic regulation of sleep in rats: an experimental study, J. Neurophysiol., 9, 285—316 (1946).

Neil E. H., An analysis of color changes and social behavior of Tilapia mossambica, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 75, 1—58 (1964).

Nelson J. B., Colonial and cliff nesting in the gannet, Ardea, 55, 60—90

(1967).

Nelson J. E., Vocal communication in Australian flying foxes (Pteropodidae: Megachiroptera), Z. Tierpsychol., 21, 857—870 (1964).

Nelson K., The temporal patterning of courtship behaviour in the glandulo- caudine fishes (Ostariophysi, Characidae), Behaviour, 24, 90—146 (1964).

Nelson K., Behavior and morphology in the glandulocaudine fishes (Ostariophysi, Characidae), Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 75, 59—152

(1964).

Nelson K., The evolution of a pattern of sound production associated with courtship in the characid fish Glandulocauda inequalls, Evolution, 18, 526— 540 (1965).

Neumann G. H., Die visuelle Lernf?higkeit primitiver S?ugetiere, Z. Tierpsychol., 18, 71—83 (1961).

Newell T. G., Effects of maternal deprivation on later behavior in two in- bred strains of mice, Psychon. Sci., 9, 119—120 (1967).

Newton The adaptive radiation and feeding ecology of some British finches, Ibis, 109, 33—98 (1967).

Nice M. M., Studies in the life-history of the song sparrow: II, Trans. Linn. Soc. N. Y., 6, 1-328 (1943).

Nicolai J., Zur Biologie und Ethologie des Gimpels (Pyrrhula pyrrhula L.), Z. Tierpsychol., 13, 93—132 (1956).

Nicolai Der Brutparasitismus der Viduinae als ethologischesProblem, Z. Tierpsychol., 21, 129—204 (1964).

Nissen H. W., A study of exploratory behaviour in the white rat by means of the obstruction method, J. genet. Psychol., 37, 361—376 (1930).

Nissen H. W., Cited in Young (1961) (1954).

Nissen H. W., Individuality in the behaviour of chimpanzees, Amer. Anthropologist, 58, 407-413 (1956).

Nissen H. W., Chow K. L., Semmes J., Effects of restricted opportunity for tactual, kinesthetic and manipulative experience on the behavior of a chimpanzee, Amer. J. Psychol., 64, 485—507 (1951).

Noble G. K., Courtship and sexual selection of the flicker (Colaptes auratus luteus), Auk, 53, 269—282 (1936).

Noble G. K., Curtis B., Sexual selection in fishes, Anat. Rec., 64, 84—85 (1935-1936).

Noble G. K., Curtis B., The social behavior of the jewel fish, Hemichromis bimaculatus Gill, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 76, 1—46 (1939).

Noble G. K., Vogt W., An experimental study of sex recognition in birds, Auk, 52, 278—286 (1935).

Noble G. K., Zitrin A., Induction of mating behaviour in male and female chicks following injections of sex hormones, Endocrinology, 30, 327—334 (1942).

Noirot E., Changes in responsiveness to young in the adult mouse: I. The problematical effect of hormones, Amin. Behav., 12, 52—58 (1964).


Noirot E., Changes in responsiveness to young in the adult mouse: II. The effect of external stimuli, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 57, 97—99 (1964).

Noirot E., Changes in responsiveness to young in the adult mouse: IV. The effect of an initial contact with a strong stimulus, Anim. Behav., 12, 442— 445 (1964).

Noirot E., Changes in responsiveness to young in the adult mouse: III. The offect of immediately preceding performances, Behaviour, 24, 318—325

(1965).

Noirot E., Richards M., Maternal behaviour in virgin female golden hamsters: changes consequent upon initial contact with pups, Anim. Behav.,

7-10 (1966).

Nottebohm F., The role of sensory feedback in the development of avian vocalizations, Proc. 14th Int. Ornith. Cong. Oxford, 265—280, Blackwell, Oxford, 1967.

Novin D., Hutchins C., Mundy P., Effects of intravenous injections of water on the consummatory behavior of rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 61, 473—474 (1966).

Nyman A. J., Problem solving in rats as a function of experience at different ages, J. genet. Psychol., 110, 31—39 (1967).

Oberholzer R. J. H., Tofani W. O., The neural control of respiration. In «Handbook of Physiology», Ed. J. Field, Sec. I, Vol. 2, 1111 — 1129, Amer. Physiol. Soc. Washington, 1960.

Oehlert B., Kampf und Paarbildung einiger Cichliden, Z. Tierpsycliol., 15,

174 (1958).

O'Kelly L., The effect of preloads of water and sodium chloride on voluntary water intake of thirsty rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol, 47, 7—13

(1954).

O' Kelly L. /., Hatton G. /., Tucker L., Westall D' A., Water regulation in the rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 59, 159—165 (1965).

Oldfield R. C., Zangwill O. L., Head’s concept of the schema and its application in contemporary British psychology: I and II, Brit. J. Psycho]., 32, 267-286; 33, 58-64 (1942).

Olds J., Selective effects of drives and drugs on “reward” systems of the brain. In “Neurological Basis of Behaviour”, Eds. G. E. W. Wolstenholme and C. M. O’Connor, Churchill, London, 1958.

Olds J., Differential effects of drives and drugs on self stimulation at different brain sites. In Sheer (1961).

Olds J., Hypothalamic substrates of reward, Physiol. Rev., 42, 554—604

(1962).

Olds J., Milner P., Positive reinforcement produced by electrical stimulation of septal area and other regions of rat brain, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 47, 419-427 (1954).

Olds J., Peretz B., A motivational analysis of the reticular activating system, Electroenceph. and clinical Neurophysiol., 12, 445—454 (1960).

Oppenheim R. W., Light responsivity in chick and duck emhryos just prior to hatching, Anim. Behav., 16, 276—280 (1968).

Orr D. W., Windle W. F., The development of behavior in chick embryos: the appearance of somatic movements, J. comp. Neurol, 60, 271—285 (1934).

Osgood C. E., Method and Theory in Experimental Psychology, Oxford Univ. Press., New York, 1953.

Otter C. /., Starre H. van der, Responses of tarsal hairs of the bluebottle, Calliphora erythocephala Meig., to sugar and water, J. insect Physiol., 13, 1177—1188 (1967).

Ottinger D. R., Simmons J. E., Behavior of human neonates and prenatal maternal anxiety, Psychol. Rep. 14, 391—394 (1964).

Overall J. E., Note on the scientific status of factors, Psychol. Bull., 61,

276 (1964).

Padilla S. G., Further studies on the delayed pecking of chicks, J. comp. Psychol., 20, 413-443 (1935).


Paillard J.. The patterning of skilled movements. In “Handbook of Physiology”, Sec. 1, Vol. Ill, Eds. J. Field, H. W. Magoun, and V. E. Hall, Amer. Physiol. Soc., Washington, 1960.

Pa?en G. F., Focusing cues in the visual cliff behavior of day-old chicks, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 59, 452—454 (1965).

Palka Y. S., Ramirez V. D., Sawyer C. Distribution and biological effects of tritiated estradiol implanted in the hypothalamo-hypophysal region of female rats, Endocrinology, 78, 487—499 (1966).

Palka Y. S., Sawyer Ñ. II., The effects of hypothalamic implants of ovarian steroids on oestrous behaviour in rabbits, J. Physiol., 185, 251—269 (1966).

Palka Y. S., Sawyer Ñ. H., Induction of oestrous behavior in rabbits by hypothalamic implants of testosterone, Amer. J. Physiol., 211, 225—228 (1966).

Pantin C. F. A., Learning, world-models and pre-adaptation, Anim. Be- hav. Suppl., 1, 1—8 (1964).

Paolino R. Ì., Quartermatn D., Miller N. E., Different temporal gradients of retrograde amnesia produced by carbon dioxide anaesthesia and electrocon- vulsive shock, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 62, 270—274 (1966).

Pardi L., Innate components in the solar orientation of littoral amphipods, Cold Spring Harbor Symp. quant. Biol., 25, 395—401 (1960).

Par? W. P., Relationship of various behaviors in the openfield test of emotionality, Psychol. Rep., 14, 19—22 (1964).

Parks E. R., The orientation reaction as a mediator of sensory preconditioning, Psychon. Sci., 11, 11—12 (1968).

Parriss J. R., Retention of shape discrimination after regeneration of the optic nerves in the toad, Q. J. exp. Psychol., 15, 22—26 (1963).

Parriss J. R., Young J. Z., The limits of transfer of a learned discrimination to figures of larger and smaller sizes, Z. vergl. Physiol., 45, 618—635 (1962).

Pastore N., Form perception and size constancy in the duckling, J. Psychol.,

259-261 (1958).

Pastore N., Perceptual functioning in the duckling, J. genet. Psychol., 95, 157—169 (1959).

Pastore N., Perceptual functioning in the duckling, J. Psychol., 54, 293—298

(1962).

Patlak C. S., A mathematical contribution to the study of orientation of organisms, Bull. Math. Biophys., 15, 431—476 (1953).

Patterson I. J., Timing and spacing of broods in the blackheaded gull, Larus ridibundus, Ibis., 107, 433—459 (1965).

Ïàâëîâ È. Ï., Selected Works, Central Books, London, 1955.

Payne R. S., Roeder K. D., Wallman J., Directional sensitivity of the ears of noctuid moths, J. insect. Physiol., 44, 17—31 (1966).

Peirce J. T., Nuttall R. L., Duration of sexual contacts in the rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 54, 585—587 (1961).

Peirce J. T., Nuttall R. L., Self-paced sexual behavior in the female rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 54, 310—313 (1961).

Pelkwijk J. J. ter, Tinbergen N., Eine reizbiologische Analyse einiger Ver- haltensweisen von Gasterosteus aculeatus L., Z. Tierpsychol., 1, 193—200 (1937).

Penney R. L., Emlen J. Ã., Further experiments on distance navigation in

the Adelie    penguin Pygoscelis adeliae,  Ibis, 109, 99—109 (1967).

Pennycuick    C. J., The physical basis of astro-navigation in birds; theoretical

considerations, J. exp. Biol., 37, 573—593 (I960).

Pepelko W. E., Clegg Ì. T., Studies of mating behaviour and some factors influencing the sexual response in the male sheep Ovis aries, Anim. Behav.,

249-258 (1965).

Perdeck A.    C., Vogeltrekstation (Texel), Jaarsverslag, 1956, 66—74     (1956).

Perdeck A.    C., The isolating value of   specific song patterns in two     sibling

species of grasshoppers (Chorthippus brunneus Thunb. and C. biguttulus L.J, Behaviour, 12, 1—75 (1958).


Perdeck A. C., Does navigation without visual clues exist in Rodins? Ardea,

91-104 (1963).

Peters J. J., Isaacson R. L., Acquisition of active and passive responses in two breeds of chickens, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 56, 793—796 (1963).

Peters J. J., Vonderahe A. R., Powers T. H., Electrical studies of functional development of the eye and optic lobes in the chick embryo, J. exp. Zool., 139, 459-468 (1958).

Peters J. J., Vonderahe A., Schmid D., Onset of cerebral electrical activity associated with behavioral sleep and attention in the developing chick, J. exp. Zool., 160, 255—262 (1965).

Peters R. S., The Concept of Motivation, Routledge and Kegan-Paul, London, 1958.

Petersen B., Lundgren L., Wilson L., The development of flight capacity in a butterfly, Behaviour, 10, 324—339 (1956—1957).

Peterson N., Control of hehaviour by presentation of an imprinted stimulus, Science, 132, 1395—1396 (1960).

Peterson N., Effect of monochromatic rearing on the control of responding by wavelength, Science, 136, 774—775 (1962).

Pfaffmann C., Taste stimulation and preference behavior. In “Olfaction and Taste”, Ed. Y. Zotterman, Vol. I, 257—273, Macmillan, New York,

1963.

Pfaffmann C., Taste, its sensory and motivating properties, Amer.' Scientist,

187-206 (1964).

Pfaffmann C., Bare J. K., Gustatory nerve discharges in normal and ad- renalectomized rats, J. comp. pKysiol. Psychol., 43, 320—324 (1950).

Pfeiffer W., ?ber die Schreckreaktion bei Fischen und die Herkunft des Schreckstoffes, Z. vergl. Physiol., 43, 578—614 (1960).

Phillips C. G., Changing concepts of the precentral motor area. In “Brain and Conscious Experience”, Ed. J. C. Eccles, Springer-Verlag, New York,

1964.

Phillips R. E., Siegel P. S., Development of fear in chicks of two closely related genetic lines, Anim. Behav., 14, 84—88 (1966).

Phoenix C. H., Hypothalamic regulation of sexual behaviour in male guinea pigs, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 54, 72—77 (1961).

Piaget J., The Origins of Intelligence in Children, Int. Univ. Press, New York, 1952.

Piaget J., The Child’s Construction of Reality, Routledge and Kegan-Paul, London, 1955.

Pierrel R.y Sherman J. G., Barnabus, the rat with college training, The Brown Alumni Monthly, Brown University, 1963.

Pittendrigh C. S., Circadian rhythms and the circadian organization of living systems, Cold Spring Harbor Symp. quant. Biol., 25, 159—184 (I960).

Pitz G. F., Ross R. B., Imprinting as a function of arousal, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 54, 602—604 (1961).

Platt J. J., Sutker L. W., James W. T., Social facilitation of eating behavior in voung opossums: II. The effects of isolation, Psychon. Sei., 10, 267—268 (1968).

Plotnik R. J., Tallarico R. BObject-quality learning-set formation in the young chicken, Psychon. Sei., 5, 195—196 (1966).

Pollack L. /., Davis L., Studies in decerebration: VI. The effect of deaffe- rentation upon decerebrate rigidity, Amer. J. Physiol., 98, 47—49 (1931).

Pomeroy D. E., Birds with abnormal bills, Brit. Birds, 55, 49—72 (1962).

Poole T. B., Aggressive play in polecats, Symp. zool. Soc. Lond., 18, 23—44

(1966).

Poole T. B., Aspects of aggressive behaviour in polecats, Z. Tierpsychol.. 24, 351-369 (1967).

Portmann A., Sensory organs: skin, taste and olfaction. In “Biology and Comparative Physiology of Bird”, Ed. A. J. Marshall, Academic Press, New York, 1961.


Poschel B. P. H., Comparison of reinforcing effects yielded by lateral versus medial hypothalamic stimulation, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 61, 346—352 (1966).

Postman L., Association theory and perceptual learning, Psychol. Rev., 62, 438—446 (1955).

Poulsen H., On the song of the linnet (Carduelis cannablna), Dansk orn. Foren, Tidsskr., 48, 32—37 (1954).

Poulsen H., Song learning in tne domestic canary, Z. Tierpsychol., 16, 173— 178 (1959).

Poulton E. C., Perceptual anticipation in tracking with two-pointer and one- pointer displays, Brit. J. Psychol., 43, 222—229 (1952).

Poulton E. C., Listening to overlapping calls, J. exp. Psychol., 52, 334—339 (1956).

Precht H., Freytag G., Uber Erm?dung und Hemmung angeborener Verhaltensweisen bei Springspinnen (Salticidae), Zugleich ein Beitrag zum Triebproblem, Behaviour, 13, 143—211 (1958).

Prechtl H. F. R., Angeborene Bewegungsweisen junger Katzen, Experientia,

220 (1952).

Prechtl H. F. R., Zur Physiologie der angeborenen ausl?senden Mechanismen: I. Quantitative Untersuchungen ?ber die Sperrbewegung junger Singv?gel, Behaviour, 5, 32—50 (1953).

Prechtl H. F. R., The directed head turning response and allied movements of the human baby, Behaviour, 13, 212—242 (1958).

Prechtl H. F. R., Problems of behavioural studies in the newborn infant. In Lehrman et al. (1965).

Premack D., Toward empirical behavior laws: I. Positive reinforcement, Psychol. Rev., 66, 219—233 (1959).

Premack D., Collier G., Roberts C. L., Frequency of light contingent bar pressing as a function of the amount of deprivation for light, Amer. Psychol., 12, 411 (1957).

Prescott R. G. W., Brain-stem stimulation and reinforcement in the albino rat, Ph. D. thesis, Cambridge (1964).

Prescott R. G. W., Estrous cycle in the rat: effects on self-stimulation behavior, Science, 152, 796—797 (1966).

Prescott R. G. W., Diurnal activity cycles and intracranial self-stimulation in the rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 64, 346—349 (1967).

Pribram. K. H., Neocortical function in behaviour. In Harlow and Woolsey

(1958).

Pribram K. H., Limbic system. In Sheer (1961).

Pribram K. H., Reinforcement revisited: a structural view. Nebraska symposium on motivation, 1963.

Pringle J. W. S., On the parallel between learning and evolution, Behaviour,

174-215 (1951).

Pringle J. W. S., Locomotion: flight. In “The Physiology of Insects”, Ed. M. Rockstein, Vol. II, Academic Press, New York, 1965.

Pritchard R. M., Heron W., Hebb D. O., Visual perception approached by the method of stabilized images, Canad. J. Psychol., 14, 67—77 (1960).

Pritchatt D., Avoidance of electric shock by the cockroach Periplaneta ame- ricana, Anim. Behav., 16, 178—185 (1968).

Pumphrey R. J., Hearing in insects, Biol. Rev., 15, 107—132 (1940).

Pumphrey R. J., The sense organs of birds, Ibis, 90, 171—199 (1948).

Quartermain D., Miller N. E., Sensory feedback in time-rosponse of drinking elicited by carbachol in preoptic area of rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 62, 350-353 (1966).

QuineD. A.. Cullen J. M., The pecking response of young Arctic terns (Sterna macrura) and the adaptiveness of the releasing mechanism, Ibis, 106, 145— 173 (1964).

Rabb G. B., Rabb M. S., On the behavior and breeding biology of the African pipid frog Hymenochirus boettgeri, Z. Tierpsychol., 20, 215—241 (1963).


R?ber H., Analyse des Balzverhaltens eines domestizierten Truthahns (Me- leagris), Behaviour, 1, 237—266 (1948).

Ra/alakshmi R., Jeeves M. A., The relative difficulty of reversal learning (reversal index) as a basis of behavioural comparisons, Anim. Behav., 13, 203—211 (1965).

Ralls K., Auditory sensitivity in mice: Peromyscus and Mus musculus, Anim. Behav; 15, 123-128 (1967).

RansonS.  W.,  Fisher C., Ingram W.    R., Hypothalamic regulation of temperature in the  monkey, Arch, neurol. Psychiat., 38, 445—466 (1937).

Rasmussen E.   W., Wildness in rats,   Acta Psychol., 4, 295—304 (1939).

Ratner S. C.,  Comparisons between behaviour development of normal and

isolated domestic fowl, Anim. Behav., 13, 497—503 (1965).

Ratner S. C., Gawronski J. J., Rice F. E., The variable of concurrent action in the language of children: effects of delayed speech feedback, Psychol. Rec.,

47-56 (1964).

Ratner S. C., Thompson R. W , Immobility reactions (fear) of domestic fowl as a function of age and prior experience, Anim. Behav., 8, 186—191 (1960).

Razran G. H. S., Conditioned responses in animals other than dogs, Psychol. Bull., 30, 261-324 (1933).

Razran G. H. S., Conditioned responses: an experimental study and a theoretical analysis, Arch. Psychol., N. Y., 191 (1935).

Razran G., The observable unconscious and the inferable conscious in cur

rent Soviet psychophysiology: interoceptive conditioning, semantic conditioning and the orienting reflex, Psychol. Rev., 68, 81—147 (1961).

Reading   A. J., Effect of maternal environment on   the behavior of     inbred

mice, J.  comp, pbysiol. Psychol., 62, 437—440 (1966).

Reese E.  S., Submissive posture as an adaptation to aggressive behaviour     in

hermit crabs, Z. Tierpsychol., 19, 645—651 (1962).

Reese E. S., The behavioral mechanisms underlying shell selection by hermit crabs, Behaviour, 21, 78—126 (1963).

Reichardt W., Autocorrelation: a principle for the evaluation of sensory information by the central nervous system. In Rosenblith (1961).

Reid L. S., Finger F. VF., The rat’s adjustment to 23-hour food-deprivation cycles, I. comp, physiol. Psychol., 48, 110—113 (1955).

Renner K. E., Temporal integration: modification of the incentive value of a food reward by early experience with deprivation, J. exp. Psychol., 75, 400-407 (1967).

Renner M., Neue Versuche ?ber den Zeitsinn der Honigbiene, Z. vergl. Physiol., 40, 85—118 (1957).

Rensch B., Malversuche mit Affen, Z. Tierpsychol,, 18, 347—364 (1961).

Rensch B., D?cker G., Die Spiele von Mungo und Ichneumon, Behaviour, 14, 185-213 (1959).

Rescorla R. A., Solomon R. L., Two-process learning theory, Psychol. Rev., 74, 151-182 (1967).

Ressler R. H., Genotype-correlated parental influences in two strains of mice, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 56, 882—886 (1963).

Ressler R. H., Inherited environmental influences on the operant behavior of mice, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 61, 264—267 (1966).

Reyniers J. A., Germfree life, Lancet, 933—934 (1953).

Reynolds G. S., Attention in the pigeon, J. exp. Anal. Behav., 4, 203—208 (1961).

Reynolds G. S., Contrast, generalisation and the process of discrimination, J. exp. Anal. Behav., 4, 289—294 (1961).

Reynolds G. S., Catania A.C., Skinner B. F., Conditioned and unconditioned aggression in pigeons, J. exp. Anal. Behav., 1, 73—75 (1963).

Reynolds R. W., The relationship between stimulation voltage and rate ot hypothalamic self-stimulation in the rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 51, 193-198 (1958).


Rhelngold H. L., Hess E. H., The chick’s “preference” for some visual properties of water, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 50, 417—421 (1957).

RiccioD. G., Hamilton D. M., Triechler F. R., Effects of age and ingestive experience on air-drinking behavior in the rat, Psychon. Sci., 7, 295—296

(1967).

Richards M. P. M., Maternal behaviour in the golden hamster: responsiveness to young in virgin, pregnant, and lactating females, Anim. Behav., 14, 310-313 (1966).

Richards M. P. M., Activity measured by running wheels and observation during the oestrous cycle, pregnancy and pseudopregnancy in the golden hamster, Anim. Behav., 14, 450—458 (1966).

Richter C. P., Animal behavior and internal drives, Quart. Rev. Biol., 2, 307—343 (1927).

Richter C. P., Hypophyseal control of behavior, Cold Spring Harbor Symp. quant. Biol., 5, 258—268 (1937).

Richter C. P., Hawkes C. D., Increased spontaneous activity and food intake produced in rats by removal of the frontal poles -of the brain, J. Neurol. Psychiatr., 2, 231-242 (1939).

Riesen A. H., Plasticity of behavior: psychological aspects. In Harlow and Woolsey (1958).

Riesen A. H., Studying perceptual development using the technique of sensory deprivation, J. nerv. ment. Dis., 132, 21—25 (1961).

Riesen A. #., Sensory deprivation. In “Progress in Physiological Psychology”, Ed. E. Stellar and J. M. Sprague, 1, 117—147, Academic Press, New York,

1966.

Riesen A. H., Aarons L., Visual movement and intensity discrimination in cats after early deprivation of pattern vision, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 52, 142—149 (1959).

Riesen A. H., Mellinger J. C., Interocular transfer of habits in cats after alternating monocular visual experience, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 49, 516—520 (1956).

Riess B. F., The isolation of factors of learning and native behavior in field and laboratory studies, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 51, 1093—1102 (1950).

Rigby W. K., Approach and avoidance gradients and conflict behavior in a predominantly temporal situation, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 47, 83—89

.

Riggs L. A., Schick A. M. L., Accuracy of retinal image stabilization achieved with a plane mirror on a tightly fitting contact lens, Vision Research, 8, 159—169 (1968).

Riggs L. A., Tulunay S. U., Visual effects of varying the extent of compensation for eye movements, J. Opt. Soc. Amer., 9, 741—745 (1959).

Rilling S., Mittelstaedt H., Roeder K. D., Prey recognition in the praying mantis, Behaviour, 14, 164—184 (1959).

Riss W., Valenstein E. S., Sinks JYoung W. C., Development of sexual behavior in male guinea pigs from genetically different stocks under controlled conditions of androgen treatment and caging, Endocrinology, 57, 139—146

.

Ritchie B. F., Studies in spatial Learning: VI. Place orientation and direction orientation, J. exp. Psychol., 38, 659—669 (1948).

Roberts B. L., Spontaneous rhythms in the motoneurons of spinal dogfish (Scyliorhinus canicula), J. Marine Biol. Ass., 49, 33—49, 1969.

Roberts C. L., Marx M. H., Collier G., Light onset and light offset as reinforcers for the albino rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 51, 575—579 (1958).

Roberts M. B. V., The giant fibre reflex of the earthworm, Lumbricus terrestris L: II. Fatigue, J. exp. Biol., 39, 229—237 (1962).

Roberts M. B. V., Facilitation in the rapid response of the earthworm, Lumbricus terrestris L., J. exp. Biol., 45, 141 —150 (1966).

Roberts S. K. de E., Photoreception and entrainment of cockroach activity rhythms, Science, 148, 958—959 (1965).


Roberts S. H. de F., Circadian activity rhythms in cockroaches: III, J. cell. Physiol., 67, 473-486 (1966).

Roberts W. W., Both rewarding and punishing effects from stimulation of posterior hypothalamus of cat with same electrode at same intensity, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 51, 400—407 (1958).

Roberts W. W., Carey R. J., Rewarding effect of performance of gnawing aroused by hypothalamic stimulation in the rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 59, 317-324 (1965).

Roberts W. W., Kless H. O., Motivational properties of hypothalamic aggression in cats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 58, 187—193 (1964).

Roberts W. W., Steinberg M. L., Means L. W., Hypothalamic mechanisms for sexual, aggressive, and other motivational behaviors in the opossum, Didelphis virginiana, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 64, 1—15 (1967).

Robinson J. S., The reinforcing effects of response-contingent light increment and decrement in hooded rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 54, 470—473 (1961).

Rodgers W. L., Epstein A. N., Teitelbaum P., Lateral hypothalamic aphagia: motor failure or motivational difecit? Amer. J. Physiol., 208, 334—342

.

Rodgers W. L., Melzack /?., Segal J. R., “Tail flip response” in goldfish, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 56, 917—923 (1963).

Rodieck R. W., Receptive fields in the cat retina: a new type. Science, 157, 90-92 (1967).

Rodieck R. W., Stone J., Response of cat retinal ganglion cells to moving visual patterns, J. Neurophysiol., 28, 819—832 (1965).

Roeder K. D., The behaviour of free-flying moths in the presence of artificial ultrasonic pulses, Anim. Behav., 10, 300—304 (1962).

Roeder K. D., Neural mechanisms of animal behavior, Am. Zoologist, 2, 105-115 (1962).

Roeder K. D., Aspects of noctuid tympanic nerve response having significance in the avoidance of bats, J. insect Physiol., 10, 529—546 (1964).

Roeder K. ?>., Auditory system of noctuid moths, Science, 154, 1515—1521

.

Roeder K. D., Interneurons of the thoracic nerve cord activated by tympanic nerve fibres in noctuid moths, J. insect Physiol., 12, 1227—1244 (1966).

Roeder K. D., Nerve cells aud insect behavior, Harvard Univ. Press, 1967!

Roeder K. D., Tozian L., Weiant E. A., Endogenous nerve activity and behaviour in the mantis and cockroach, J. insect Physiol., 4, 45—62 (1960).

Ropartz P., The relation between olfactory stimulation and aggressive behaviour in mice, Anim. Behav., 16, 97—100 (1968).

Rosen J., Hart F. M., Effects of early social isolation upon adult timidity and dominance in Peromyscus, Psychol. Rep., 13, 47—50 (1963).

Rosenblatt J. S., Hoarding or Hauling? M. Sc. thesis, New York., Univ. Library, 1950.

Rosenblatt J. S., Effects of experience on sexual behavior in male cats. In Beach (1965).

Rosenblatt J. S., The basis of synchrony in the behavioral interaction between the mother and her offspring in the laboratory rat, In «Determinants of Infant Behaviour», 3, Ed. B. Foss, Methuen, London, 1965.

Rosenblatt J. S., Nonhormonal basis of maternal behavior in the rat, Science, 156, 1512-1513 (1967).

Rosenblatt J. S., A ronson L. R., The influence of experience on the behavioural effects of androgen in prepuberally castrated male cats, Anim. Behav.,

171-182 (1958).

Rosenblatt J. S., Aronson L. R., The decline of sexual behavior in male cats after castration with special reference to the role of prior sexual experience, Behaviour, 12, 285—338 (1958).

Rosenblatt J. S., Lehrman D. S., Maternal behavior of the laboratory rat. In «Maternal Behavior in Mammals», Ed. Rheingold, Wiley, New York, 1963.


Rosenblatt J. S., Turkewitz G., Schneirla T. C., Early socialization in the domestic cat. In «Determinants of Infant Behaviour», 2, Ed. B. Foss, Methuen, London, 1961.

Rosenblith W. A. (Ed,.), Sensory Communication, Wiley, New York, 1961.

Rosenblueth A., Wiener N., Bigelow J., Behavior, purpose and teleology, Philosophy of Science, 10, 18—24 (1943).

Rosenblum L. A., The development of social behavior in the rhesus monkey, Ph. D. thesis, Univ. of Wisconsin, 1961.

Rosenblum L. A., Cross H. A., Performance of neonatal monkeys in the visual- cliff situation, Amer. J. Psychol., 76, 318—320 (1963).

Rosenzweig M. R., Krech D., Bennett E. L., Diamond M. C., Effects of environmental complexity and training on brain chemistry and anatomy: a replication and extension, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 55, 429—437 (1962).

Rosenzweig M. R., Leiman A. L., Brain functions, Ann. Rev. Psychol., 19, 55—98 (1968).

Ross S., Sucking behavior in neonate dogs, J. abn. soc. Psychol., 46,

149 (1950).

Ross S., Goldstein I., Kappel S., Perceptual factors in eating behavior in chicks, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 55, 240—241 (1962).

Roth L. L.. Rosenblatt J. S., Mammary glands of pregnant rats: development stimulated by licking, Science, 151, 1403—1404 (1966).

Roth L. M., Barth R. H., The sense organs employed by cockroaches in mating behaviour, Behaviour, 28, 58—94 (1967).

Rowell C. H. F., Displacement grooming in the chaffinch, Anim. Behav.,

38—63 (1961).

Rowell C. H. F., A method for chronically implanting stimulating electrodes in the brain of locusts, and some results of stimulation, J. exp. Biol., 40,

284 (1963).

Rowell C. H. F., Comments on a recent discussion of some ethological terms, Anim. Behav., 12, 535—537 (1964).

Rowell C. H. F., The control of reflex responsiveness and the integration of behavior. In «Physiology of the Insect Central Nervous System», Ed. J. E. Treherne and J. W. L. Beament, 157—164, Academic Press, New York,

1965.

Rowell C. H. F., Activity of interneurones in the arm of Octopus in response to tactile stimulation, J. exp. Biol., 44, 589—605 (1966).

Rowell C. H. F., Experiments on aggregations of Phymateus purpurascens (Orthoptera, Acrididae, Pyrgomorphinae), J. Zool. Lond., 152, 179—193

(1967).

Rowell C. H. F., Horn G., Dishabituation and arousal in the response of single nerve cells in an insect brain, J. exp. Biol., 49, 171—183 (1968).

Rowell T. E., Maternal behaviour in non-maternal golden hamsters (Mesocri- cetus auratus), Anim. Behav., 9, 11—15 (1961).

Rowell T. E., Agonistic noises of the rhesus monkey (Macaca mulatta), Symp. Zool. Soc. Lond., 8, 91—96 (1962).

Rowell T. E., Behaviour and female reproductive cycles of rhesus macaques, J. Reprod. Fertil., 6, 193—203 (1963).

Rowell T. E., Hierarchy in the organization of a captive baboon group, Anim. Behav., 14, 430—443 (1966).

Rowell T. E., Hinde R. A., Vocal communication by the rhesus monkey (Macaca mulatta), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 138, 279—294 (1962).

Rowell T. E., Hinde R. A., Spencer-Booth Y., «Aunt»-infant interaction in captive rhesus monkeys, Anim. Behav., 12, 219—226 (1964).

Rowland V., Differential electroencephalographic response to conditioned auditory stimuli in arousal from sleep, EEG Clin. Neurophysiol., 9, 585— 594 (1957).

Rubin H. B., Azrin N. H., Temporal patterns of sexual behavior in rabbits as determined by an automatic recording technique, J. exp. Anal. Behav.,

219-231 (1967).


Ruch T. C., Motor systems. In «Handbook of Experimental Psychology», Ed. S. S. Stevens, Wiley, New York, 1951.

Rudel R. G., Teuber H. L., Discrimination of direction of line in children, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 56, 892—898 (1963).

Rudolph R. L., Honig W. R., Gerry J. E., Effects of monochromatic rearing on the acquisition of stimulus control, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 67, 50— 57 (1969).

Ruiter L. de, Some experiments on the camouflage of stick caterpillars, Behaviour, 4, 222—232 (1952).

Ruiter L. de, Counterschading in caterpillars, Arch, n?erl. Zool., 11, 285—341

(1956).

Ruiter L. de, The physiology of vertebrate feeding behaviour, Z. Tierpsychol.,

498—516 (1963).

Ruiter L. de, Critic’s comments. In «The Chemical Senses and Nutrition», Ed. M. R. Kare and O. Mailer, Johns Hopkins, Baltimore, 1967.

Ruiter L. de, Feeding behaviour of vertebrates in the natural environment. In «Handbook of Physiology», Ed. C. F. Code, 97—116, Amer. Physiol. Soc.,

1967.

Ruiter L. de, Beukema J. J., Foraging and feeding behaviour in the three- spined stickleback, Anim. Behav., 11, 605 (1963).

Ruiter L. de, Wiepkema P. R., Reddingius J., Ethological and neurological aspects of the regulation of food intake, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sei., 1968.

R?ppell G., Vorl?ufige Beitr?ge zur Kenntnis des Droh Verhaltens beim Rotschenkel Tringa totanus totanus Linn?, Z. Tierpsychol., 19, 465—471 (1962).

Russek M., Participation of hepatic glucoreceptors in the control of intake of food, Nature, 197, 79—80 (1963).

Russell E. M., Changes in the behaviour of Lebistes reticulatus upon a repeated shadow stimulus, Anim. Behav., 15, 574—585 (1967).

Russell E. M., The effect of experience of surroundings on the response of Lebistes reticulatus to a strange object, Anim. Behav., 15, 586—594 (1967).

Russell E. S., Perceptual and sensory signs in instinctive behaviour, Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond., 154, 195—216 (1943).

Russell E. S., The Directiveness of Organic Activities, Cambridge Univ. Press, London, 1945.

Russell W. M. S., Experimental studies of the reproductive behaviour of Xenopus laevis: I. The control mechanisms for clasping and unclasping, and the specificity of hormone action, Behaviour, 7, 113—188 (1954).

Sachs B. D., Sexual behavior of male rats after one to nine days without food, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 60, 144—146 (1965).

Sackett G. P., A neural mechanism underlying unlearned, critical period and developmental aspects of visually controlled behavior, Psychol. Rec., 70, 40—50 (1963).

Sackett G. P., Effects of sensory deprivation level, visual complexity, and age upon light contingent responses during rearing, Anim. Behav., 13, 393— 399 (1965).

Sackett G. P., Development of preference for differentially complex patterns by infant monkeys, Psychon. Sei., 6, 441—442 (1966).

Sackett G. P., Response to stimulus novelty and complexity as a function of rats’ early rearing experiences, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 63,369—375(1967).

Salt G., The sense used by Trichogramma to distinguish between parasitized and unparasitized hosts, Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond. B., 122, 57—75 (1937).

Salzen E. A., Imprinting and fear, Symp. Zool. Soc. Lond., 8, 199—217 (1962).

Salzen E. A., The interaction of experience, stimulus characteristics and exogenous androgen in the behaviour of domestic chicks, Behaviour, 26, 286—322 (1966).

Sand A., The mechanism of the lateral sense organs of fishes, Proc. Roy. Soc. B, 123, 472—495 (1937).

'    Sargent T. D., The role of experience in the nest-building of the zebra finch, Auk, 82, 48—61 (1965).


Sargent T. D., Keiper R. R., Stereotypies in cagen canaries, Anim. Behav.,

62—66 (1967).

Satlnoff E., Stanley W. C., Effect of stomach loading on sucking behaviour in neonatal puppies, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 56, 63—68 (1963).

Sauer F., Die Entwicklung der Laut?usserungen vom Ei ab schalldicht gehaltener Dorngrasm?cken (Sylvia c. communis Latham) im Vergleich mit sp?ter isolierten und mit wildlebenden Artgenossen, Z. Tierpsychol., 11, 10-93 (1954).

Sauer F., Uber Variationen der Artges?nge bei Grasm?cken, J. f. Ornith., 96, 129—146 (1955).

Sauer F., Die Sternenorientierung n?chtlich ziehender Grasm?cken (Sylvia atricapilla, bovin und curruca), Z. Tierpsychol, 14, 29—70 (1957).

Saunders F. /., Effects of sex steroids and related compounds on pregnancy and on development of the young, Physiol. Rev., 48, 601—643 (1968).

Saxena A., Lernkapazit?t, Ged?chtnis und Transpositionsverm?gen bei Forellen, Zool Jahrb., 69, 63—94 (1960).

Schaefer H. H., Hess E. H., Color preferences in imprinting objects, Z. Tierpsychol., 16, 161—172 (1959).

Schaefer T., Early «experience» and its effects on later behavioral processes in rats: II. A critical factor in the early handling phenomenon, Trans, N. Y. Acad. Sei., 25, 871—889 (1963).

Schaller G. B., Emlen J. T., The development of visual discrimination patterns in the crouching reactions of nestling grackles, Auk, 78, 125—137 (1961).

Schaller G. B., Emlen J. T., The ontogeny of avoidance behaviour in some precocial birds, Anim. Behav., 10, 370—381 (1962).

Schein M. W., On the irreversibility of imprinting, Z. Tierpsychol., 20, 462—467 (1963).

Schein M. W., Hale E. B., The effect of early social experience on male sexual behaviour of androgen injected turkeys, Anim. Behav., 7, 189—200

(1959).

Schein M. W., Hale E. B., Stimuli eliciting sexual behavior. In Beach (1965).

Schenkel R., Play, exploration and territoriality in the wild lion, Symp. Zool. Soc. Lond., 18, 11—22 (1966).

Schiff W., Perception of impending collision, Psychol. Monogr., 79, No. 64

(1965).

Schiffman H. R., Physical support with aud without optical support: reaction to apparent depth by chicks and rats, Science, 159, 892—894 (1968).

Schiffman H. R., Walk R. D., Behavior on the visual cliff of monocular as compared to binocular chicks, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 56,1064—1068

(1963).

Schiller P. H., Manipulative patterns in the chimpanzee. In «Instinctive Behavior», Ed. P. H. Schiller, Methuen, London, 1957.

Schjelderup-Ebbe T., Beitr?ge zur Sozialpsychologie des Hauschuhns, Z. Psychol., 88, 225—252 (1922).

Schleidt M., Untersuchungen ?ber die Ausl?sung des Kollerns beim Truthahn (Meleagns gallopavo), Z. Tierpsychol., 11, 417—435 (1954).

Schleidt W. M., Reaktionen von Truth?hnern auf fliegende Raubv?gel und Versuche sur Analyse ihrer AAM’s, Z. Tierpsychol., 18, 534—560 (1961).

Schleidt W., Die historische Entwicklung der Begriffe «Angeborenes ausl?sendes Schema» und «Angeborener Ausl?semechanismus» in der Ethologie, Z. Tierpsychol., 19, 697—722 (1962).

Schleidt W. M., Uber die Spontaneit?t von Erbkoordinationen, Z. Tierpsychol., 21, 235—256 (1964).

Schleidt W. M., Schleidt M., Magg M., St?rung der Mutter-Kind-Beziehung bei Truthuhern durch Geh?rverlust, Behaviour, 16, 254—260 (1960).

Schlosberg H., The relationship between success and the laws of conditioning, Psychol. Rev., 44, 379—394 (1937).

Schlosberg H., Three dimensions of emotion, Psychol. Rev., 61, 81—88 (1954).


Schmidt H.-D., Das Verhalten von Haushunden in Konfliktsituationen, Z. Psychol., 159, 161—245 (1956).

Schmidt-Koenig K., Die Snnoe als Kompass im Heim-Orientierungssystem der Brieftauben, Z. Tierpsychol., 18, 221—244 (1961).

Schmidt-Koenig K., Uber die Orientierung der Vogel: Experimente und Probleme, Naturwiss., 18, 423—431 (1964).

Schmidt-Koenig K., Current problems in bird orientation. In Lehrman et al.

(1965).

Schneider D., Elektrophysiologlsche Untersuchungen von Chemo- und Mechanorezeptoren der Antenne des Seidenspinners Bombyx mori L., Z. vergl. Physiol., 40, 4—41 (1957).

Schneider D., Electrophysiological investigation on the olfactory specificity of sexual attracting substances in different species of moths, J. insect Physiol., 8, 15—30 (1962).

Schneider G. E., Contrasting visuomotor functions of tectum and cortex in the golden hamster, Psychol. Forschung, 31, 52—62 (1967—1968).

Schneider G. E., Gross C. G., Cnriosity in the hamster, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 59, 150—152 (1965).

Schneirla T. C., Some important features of ant learning, Z. vergl. Physiol.,

439-452 (1933).

Schneirla T. C., Problems in the biopsychology of social organisation,

J.abn. soc. Psychol., 41,    385—402   (1946).

Schneirla T. C., Levels in the psychological capacities of animals. In «Philosophy for the Future», Ed. R. W. Sellars et al. Macmillan, New York,

1949.

Schneirla T. C., A consideration of some problems in the ontogeny of family life and social adjustments in various infra-human animals. In «Problems of Infancy and Childhood», Ed. M, J. E. Senn, Macy, New York, 1951.

Schneirla T. C., A consideration of some conceptual trends in comparative psychology, Psych. Bull., 49, 559—597 (1952).

Schneirla T. C., Interrelationships of the «innate» and the «acquired» in instinctive behavior. In «L’Instinct dans le Comportement des Animaux et de L’homme», Fondation Singer Polignac, Paris, 1956.

Schneirla T. C., An evolutionary and developmental theory of biphasic processes underlying approach and withdrowal. In «Nebraska Symposium on Motivation», Lincoln, 1959.

Schneirla T. C., Aspects of stimulation and organisation in approach-withdra- wal processes underlying vertebrate behavioural development. In Lehrman et al. (1965).

Schneirla T. C., Behavioural development and comparative psychology, Quart. Rev. Biol., 41, 283-302 (1966).

Schneirla T. C., Rosenblatt J. S., Behavioural organisation and genesis of the social bond in insects and mammals, Amer. J. Orthopsych., 31, 223—253 (1961).

Schneirla T. C., Rosenblatt J. S., «Critical periods» in the development of behavior, Science, 139, 1110—1115 (1963).

Schneirla T. C., Rosenblatt J. S., Tobach E., Maternal behavior in the cat. In «Maternal Behavior in Mammals», Ed. H. Rheingold, Wiley, New York,

1963.

Schnetter B., Visuelle Formunterscheidung der Honigbiene im Bereich von Vier- und Sechsstrahlsternen, Z. vergl. Physiol., 59, 90—109 (1968).

Schoen L., Quantitative Untersuchungen ?ber die zentrale Kompensation nach einseitiger Ultriculusausschaltung bei Fischen, Z. vergl. Physiol., 32, 121-150 (1950).

Schoen L., Das Zusammenspiel beider Augen als Gleichgewichtsorgane der Fische, Verh. dt. zool. Ges., 45, 191—195 (1951).

Schoenfeld W. N., Antonitis J. /., Bersh P. /., A preliminary study of training conditions necessary for secondary reinforcement, J. exp. Psychol., 40, 40-45 (1950).


Sch?ne H., Die Lichtorientierung der Larven von Acilius sulcatus L. und Dytiscus marginalis L., Z. vergl. Physiol., 33,, 63—98 (1951).

Sch?ne H., Die statische Gleichgewichtsorientierung dekapoderCrustaceen, Verh. dt. zool. Ges., 16, 157—162 (1951).

Sch?ne H., Optisch gesteuerte Lage?nderungen (Versuche an Dytiscidenlarven zur Vertikalorientierung), Z. bergl. Physiol., 45, 590—604 (1962).

Sch?ne ff., Release and orientation of behaviour and the role of learning as demonstrated in Crustacea, Anim. Behav. Suppl. 1, 135—143 (1965).

Schoonhoven L. M., Chemoreception of mustard oil glucocides in larvae of Pieris brassicae, Proc. Koninkl. Nederl. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Scries C, 70, 5, 556—568 (1967).

Schoonhoven L. M., Dethier V. G., Sensory aspects of host-plant discrimination by lepidoptprous larvae, Arch, neerl. Zool., 16, 497—530 (1966),

Schrier A. M., Harlow H. F., Stollnitz F.(ed.), Behavior of Nonhuman primates. I and II, Academic Press, New York, 1965.

Schuck J. R., Pattern discrimination and visual sampling by the-monkcy, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 53, 251—255 (1960).

Schultz   D.   P., Sensory Restriction, Acadcmic Press,   New York, 1965.

Schutz    F.,  Vergleichende Untersuchungen ?ber die Schreckreaktion bui

Fischen   und deren Verbreitung, Z. vergl. Physiol., 38,  84—135 (1956).

Schutz    F.,  Sexuelle Pr?gung bei Anatiden, Z. Tierpsychol., 22, 50—103

(1965).

Schutz F., Homosexualit?t und Pr?gung, Psychol. Forschung., 28, 439—463

(1965).

Sch?z E., Die Sp?t-Auflassung ostpreussischer Jungst?rche in West-Deutschland durch die Vogelwarte Rossitten 1933, Vogelwarte, 15, 63—78 (1949).

Schwartz M., Beach F. A., Effects of adrenalectomy upon mating behavior in castrated male dogs, Amer. Psychol., 9, 467 — 468 (1954).

Schwartz S., Effect of neonatal cortical lesions and early environmental factors on adult rat behavior, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 57, 72—77 (1964).

Schwassmann H. O., Environmental cues in the orientation rhythms of fish, Cold Spring Harbor Symp. quant. Biol., 25, 443—450 (I960).

Scott J. P., Social behavior, organisation and leaderschip in a small flock of domestic sheep, Comp. Psychol. Monogr., 18, No. 4 (1945).

Scott J. P., The process of socialization in higher animals, Child Family Digest, 1954, 69—84 (1954).

Scott J. P., Aggression, Univ. Chicago Press, 1958.

Scott J. P., Critical periods in behavioral development, Science, 138, 949— 958 (1962).

Scott J. P., Fredericson E., The causes of fighting in mice and rats, Physiol. Zool., 24, 273-309 (1951).

Scott J. P., Marston M. V., Critical periods affecting the development of normal and maladjustive social behavior of puppies, J. genet. Psychol., 77, 25-60 (1950).

Scott J. W., Brain stimulation reinforcement with distributed practice, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 63, 175—183 (1967).

Searle L. V., The organization of hereditary maze-brightness and rnazedull- ness, Genet. Psychol. Monogr., 39, 279—325 (1949).

Seay B., Harlow H. F., Maternal separation in the rhesus monkey, J. nerv. ment. Dis., 140, 434—441 (1965).

Sechzer J. A., Successful interocular transfer of pattern discrimination in «split-brain» cats with shock-avoidance motivation, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 58, 76—83 (1964).

Sechzer J. A., Brown J. L., Color discrimination in the cat, Science, 144, 427—429 (1964).

Seidel R. J., A review of sensory presonditioning, Psych. Bull., 56, 58—73

(1959).

Seitz A., Die Paarbildurig bei einigen Cichliden: I, Z. Tierpsychol., 4, 40—84 (1940—1941).


Seitz A., Die Paarbildung bei einigen Cichliden: II, Z. Tierpsychol., 5, 74—101 (1943).

Seitz P. E. D., The effects of infantile experiences upon adult behavior in animal subjects: I. Effects of litter size during infancy upon adult behavior in the rat, Amer. J. Psychiatr., 110, 916—927 (1954).

Selander R. K., Sexual dimorphism and differential niche utilization in birds, Condor, 68, 113—151 (1966).

Senden M. von, Raum- und Gestaltauffassung bei operierten Blindgeborenen vor und nach der Operation, Barth, Leipzig, 1932.

Sevenster A., A causal analysis of a displacement activily (Fanning in Gas- terosteus aculeatus L.), Behaviour Suppl., 9, 1 —170 (1961).

Sevenster P., Motivation and learning in sticklebacks. In «The Central Nervous System and Fish Behavior», Ed. D. Ingle, Univ. Chicago Press, 1968.

Senenster-Bol A. C. A., On the causation of drive reduction after a consum- matory act, Arch, neerl. Zool., 15, 175—236 (1962).

Sexton 0. J., Fitch J., A text of Klopfer’s empathic learning hypothesis, Psychonomic Sei., 7, 181—182 (1967).

Sharma K. N., Receptor mechanisms in the alimentary tract: their excitation and functions. «Handbook of Physiol.», Sec. 6, Vol. I, Food and Water Intake, Amer. Physiol. Soc., Baltimore, 1967.

Sharma K. N., Anand B. H., Dua S., Singh B., Role of stomach in regulation of activities of hypothalamic feeding centers, Amer. J. Physiol., 201, 593— 598 (1961).

Sharpe R. S., Johnsgard P. A., Inheritance of behavioral characters in Fa mallard X pintail (Anas platyrhynchos L. X Anas acuta L.) hydrids, Behaviour, 27, 259—272 (1966).

Sharpless S. K., Effects of intravenous injections of epinephrine and norepinephrine in a choice situation, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 54,103—108(1961).

Sharpless S., Jasper H., Habituation of the arousal reaction, Brain, 79,

680 (1956).

Shaw E., The development of schooling behavior in fisches, Physiol. Zool., 33, 79—86 (1960).

Shaw E., Environmental conditions and the appearance of sexual behavior in the platyfish. In Bliss (1951).

Sheer D. E., Electrical Stimulation of the Brain. Hogg Foundation for Mental Health, Univ. of Texas, 1961.

Sheffield F. D., Campbell B. A., The role of experience in the “spontaneous” activity of hungry rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 47, 97—100 (1954).

Sheffield F.D., Roby T. B., Reward value of a non-nutritive sweet taste, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 43, 471—481 (1950).

Sheffield F. D., Wulff J. J., Backer R., Reward value of copulation without sex drive reduction, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 44, 3—8 (1951).

Sheldon M. H., Learning. In Weiskrantz (1968).

Sheridan J. A., Cimbalo R. S., Sills J. A., Alluisi E. A., Effects of darkness, constant illumination and synchronised photic stimulation on auditory sensitivity to pulsed tones, Psychon. Sei., 5, 311—312 (1966).

Sherrington C. S., Integrative Action of the Nervous System, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1906.

Sherrington C. S., Flexion-reflex of the limb, crossed extension reflex, and reflex stepping and standing, J. Physiol., 40, 28—121 (1910).

Sherrington C. S., Further observations on the production of reflex stepping by combination of reflex excitation with reflex inhibition, J. Physiol., 47, 196—214 (1913).

Sherrington C. S., Reflexes elicitable in the cat from pinna vibrissae and jaws, J. Physiol., 51, 404—431 (1917).

Sherrington C. S., Quantitative management of contraction in lowest level coordination, Brain, 54, 1—28 (1931).

Shinknin P. G., Visual depth discrimination in animals, Psychol. Bull.,

489—501 (1962).


Shlnkman P. G., Visual depth-discrimination in day-old chicks, J., comp, physiol. Psychol., 56, 410—414 (1963).

Shipley W. U., The demonstration in the domestic guinea pig of a process resembling classical imprinting, Anim. Behav., 11, 470—474 (1963).

Shreck P. K., Sterritt G. M., Smith M. P., Stilson D. W., Environmental factors in the development of eating in chicks, Anim. Behav., 11, 306—309

(1963).

Sibley C. G., Hybridization and isolating mechanisms. In “Vertebrate Spe- ciation”, Ed. G. W. F. Blair, 69—88, Texas Univ. Press, 1961.

Siegel A. /., Deprivation of visual form definition in the ring dove: 1. Discriminatory learning, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 46, 115—119 (1953).

Siegel A. /., Deprivation of visual form definition in the ringdove: II. Perceptual-motor transfer, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 46, 249—252 (1953).

Siegel P. B., Phillips R. E., Folsom E. F., Genetic variation in the crow of adult chickens, Behaviour, 24, 229—235 (1965).

Siegel P. S., Brantley J. J., The relationship of emotionality to the consum- matory response of eating, J. exp. Psychol., 42, 304—306 (1951).

Siegel P. S., Dorman L. B., Food intake of the rat following the intragastric administration of «hungry» and «satiated» blood, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 47, 227—229 (1954).

Siegel P. S., Siegel H. S., The effect of emotionality on the water intake of the rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 42, 12—16 (1949).

Siegel S., Overtraining and transfer processes, J. comp, physiol. Psychol.,

471—477 (1967).

Sigg E. B., Day C, Colombo C., Endocrine factors in isolation-induced aggressiveness in rodents, Endocrinology, 78, 679—684 (1966).

Simmons K. E. L., The nature of the predator-reactions of waders towards humans; with special reference to the role of the aggressive-, escape- and bro- oding-drives, Behaviour, 8, 130—173 (1955).

Simmons K. E. L., Problems of head-scratchind in birds, Ibis, 103a, 37—49

(1961).

Simner M. L. Age changes in preference for visual patterned stimulation in the newly hatched chick, Proc. 75th Ann. Convention, Amer. Psychol. Ass., 107—108 (1967).

Simons L. A., Dunlop C. W., Webster W. R., AitkinL. M., Acoustic habituation in cats as a function of stimulus rate and the role of temporal conditioning of the middle ear muscles, Electroenceph. Clin. Neurophysiol., 20, 485-493 (1966).

Simpson G. G., Principles of Animal Taxonomy, Columbia Univ. Press, New York, 1961.

Simpson M. J. A., The display of the Siamese fighting fish, Betta splendens, Anim. Behav. Monogr., 1, No. 1 (1968).

Skinner B. F., The Bahavior of Organisms; an Experimental Analysis, Apple- ton-Century-Crofts, New York, 1938.

Skinner B. F., «Superstition» in the pigeon, J. exp. Psychol., 38, 168—172

(1948).

Skinner B. F., Operant behaviour. In Honig (1966).

Sladen W. J. L., The pygoscelid penguins. F.I.D.S., Sci. Rep., 17, London

(1955).

Slotnick B. M., Intercorrelations of maternal activities in the rat, Anim. Behav., 15, 267—269 (1967).

Sluckin W., Perceptual and associative learning, Symp. zool. Soc. Lond., 8, 193—198 (1962).

Sluckin W., Salzen E. A., Imprinting and perceptual learning, Q. J. exp. Psychol., 13, 65-77 (1961).

Smith C. J., Mass action and early environment in the rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 52, 154—156 (1959).

Smith F. V., Perceptual aspects of imprinting, Symp. zool. Soc. Lond., 8, 171-191 (1962).


Smith F. V., Bird M. W., The approach response of chicks in groups in relation to the strength of the stimulus, Anim. Behav., 12, 252—258 (1964).

Smith F. V., Bird M. W., The correlation of responsiveness to visual and auditory stimuli in the domestic chick, Anim. Behav., 12, 259—263 (1964).

Smith K. U., Delayed Sensory Feedback and Behavior. W. B. Saunders, Philadelphia and London, 1962.

Smith Ì. H., Effects of intravenous injections on eating, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 61, 11—14 (1966).

Smith Ì., Duffy Ì., The effects of intragastric injection of various substances on subsequent bar-pressing, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 48, 387—391 (1955).

Smith Ì., Daffy Ì., Some physiological factors that regulate eating behavior, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 50, 601—608 (1957).

Smith Ì. II., Pool R., Weinberg Ä., The role of bulk in the control of eating, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 55, 115—120 (1962).

Smith H. H., Salisbury R., Weinberg H., The reaction of hypothalamic- hyperphagic rats to stomach preloads, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 54, 660— 664 (1961).

Smith N. G., Evolution of some arctic gulls (Larus): an experimental study of isolating mechanisms, Amer. Ornith. Union, Ornitbol. Monogr., 4, 1—99 (1966).

Smith N. G., Adaptations to cliff-nesting in some arctic gulls (Larus), Ibis, 108, 68-83 (1966).

Smith O. A., Food intake and hypothalamic stimulation. In Sheer (1961).

Smith W. J., Message, meaning and context in ethology, Amer. Nat., 99, 405-409 (1965).

Snowdon Ñ. Ò., Bell D. D., Henderson N. D., Belationships between heart rate and open field behavior, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 58, 423—426 (1964).

Ñîêîëîâ E. H., Neuronal models and the orienting reflex. In «The Central Nervous System and Behavior», Ed. Ì. A. B. Brazier, Macy Foundation, New York, 1960.

Ñîêîëîâ E. H., Íåéðîííûé ìåõàíèçì îðèåíòèðîâî÷íîãî ðåôëåêñà, V Ñèìïîçèóì, 18-é Ìåæäóíàðîäíûé êîíãðåññ ïñèõîëîãîâ, Ì., «Íàóêà», 31—33

(1966).

Solomon P. et al., Sensory Deprivation, Harvard Univ. Press, 1961.

Solomon R. L., Turner L. H., Discriminative classical conditioning in dogs paralyzed by curare can later control discriminative aboidance responses in the normal state, Psychol. Rev., 69, 202—219 (1962).

Southwick Ñ. H., Beg M. A., Siddiqi M. R., Rhesus monkeys in North India. ’ In de Vore (1965).

Spalding D. A., Instinct with original observations on young animals. MacMillan’s Magazine, 27, 282—293, reprinted Brit. J. anim. Behav., 2, 2—11 (1873).

Sparks J. II., On the role of allopreening invitation behaviour in reducing aggression among red avadavats, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 145, 387—404 (1965).

Spence J. Ò., Maher B. A., Handling and noxious stimulation of the albino rat: I. Effects on subsequent emotionality, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 55,

251 (1962).

Spence K. W., Behavior Theory and Conditioning, Yale Univ. Press, New Haven, 1956.

Spencer W. A., Thompson R. F., Neilson D. R., Decrement of ventral root electrotonus and intracellularly recorded PSP’s produced by iterated cutaneous afferent volleys, J. Neurophysiol., 29, 253—274 (1966).

Spencer-Booth Y., The behaviour of group companions towards rhesus monkey infants, Anim. Behav., 16, 541—557 (1968).

Spencer-Booth Y., Hinde R. A., The effects of separating rhesus monkey infants from their mothers for six days, J. Child. Psychol. Psychiatr., 7, 179— 197 (1967).

Spencer-Booth Y., Hinde R. A., Bruce Ì., Social companions and the mother- infant relationship in rhesus monkeys, Nature, 208, 301 (1965).


Sperry R. W., The effect of crossing nerves to antagonistic muscles in the hind limb of the rat, J. comp. Neurol., 75, 1—19 (1941).

Sperry R. W.t Effect of 180 degrees rotation    of the retinal field     on visuomotor

coordination, J. exp. Zool., 92, 263—279   (1943).

Sperry R. W., Effect of crossing nerves in antagonistic  limb muscles   in the

monkey, Arch. Neurol. Psychiatr., Lond.,   58, 452—473   (1947).

Sperry R. W., Neural basis of the spontaneous optokinetic response produced by visual inversion, I. comp, physiol. Psychol., 43, 482—489 (1950).

Sperry R. W., Mechanisms of neural maturation. In «Handbook of Experimental Psychology», Ed. S. S. Stevens, Wiley, New York, 1951.

Sperry R. W., Physiological plasticity and brain circuit theory. In Harlow and Woolsey (1958).

Sperry R. W., Chemoaffinity in the orderly growth of nerve fibre patterns and connections, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci., 50 , 703 — 710 (1963).

Sperry R. W., Problems outstanding in the evolution of brain function, James Arthur Lecture, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., New York, 1964.

Sperry R. W., Deupree N., Functional recovery following alterations in nerve- muscle connections of fishes, J. comp. Neurol., 106, 143—158 (1956).

Sperry R. W., Hibbard E., Regulative factors in the orderly growth of retino- tectal connexions. In «Growth of the Nervous System», Ed. G. E. W. Wol- stenholme and M. O’Connor, Churchill, London, 1968.

Spies G., Food versus intracranial self-stimulation reinforcement in fooddep- rived rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 60, 153—157 (1965).

Spinelli D. N., Visual receptive fields in the cat’s retina: complications, Science, 152, 1768—1769 (1966).

Stachnik T. /., Ulrich R. E., Mabry J. H., Reinforcement of aggression through intracranial stimulation, Psychon. Sci., 5, 101—102 (1966).

Stamm R. A., Aspekte des Paarverhaltens von Agapornis personata Reiche- now (Aves, Psittacidae, Loriini), Behaviour, 19, 1—56 (1962).

Stanley W. C., Bacon W. E., Suppression of sucking behaviour in non-depri- ved puppies, Psychol. Rep., 13, 175—178 (1963).

Steel E. A., Hinde R. A., Effect of exogenous oestrogen on brood patch development of intact and ovariectomized canaries, Nature, 202, 718—719 (1964).

Steffens A. B., Blood glucose levels and food intake in normal and hypothalamic hyperphagic rats, Acta physiol, pharmacol. Neurol., 14,524—526 (1967).

Stein L., Secondary reinforcement established with subcortical stimulation, Science, 127, 466—467 (1958).

Steinberg J., Bindra D., Effects of pregnancy and salt-intake on genital licking, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 55, 103—106 (1962).

Stellar E., The physiology of motivation, Psychol. Rev., 61, 5—22 (1954).

Stellar E., Drive and Motivation. In «Handbook of Physiology», Sec. 1, Vol. Ill, Ed. J. Field, H. W. Magoun, and V. E. Hall, Amer. Physiol. Soc., Washington, 1960.

Stellar E., Hill J. II., The rat’s rate of drinking as a function of water deprivation, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 45, 96—102 (1952).

Stellar E., Hyman R., Samet S., Gastric factors controlling water- and salt- solution-drinking, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 47, 220—226 (1954).

Sterritt G. M., Inhibition and facilitation of eating by electric shock. J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 55, 226—229 (1962).

Sterritt G. M., Inhibition and facilitation of eating by electric shock. 111. Psychon. Sci., 2, 319—320 (1965).

Sterritt G. M., Smith M. P., Reinforcement effects of specific components of feeding in young leghorn chicks, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 59, 171 — 175

(1965).

Stettner L. J., Schultz W. J., Levy A., Successive reversal learning in the bob-white quail (Colurius virginianus), Aniin. Behav., 15, 1—5 (1967).

StettnerL. J., TildsR. N., Effect of presence of an imprinted object on response of ducklings in an open field and when exposed to a fear stimulus, Psychon. Sci., 4, 107—108 (1966).


StevensS. S., Handbook of Experimental Psychology, Wiley, New York,

1951.

Stevens S. S., Measurement and man, Science, 127, 383—389 (1958).

Stevens S. S., To honor Fechner and repeal his law, Science, 133, 80—86

(1961).

Stevenson H. W., Hess E. H. Rheingold H. L. Early behavior Wiley, New York 1967.

Stevenson J. G., Reinforcing effects of chaffinch song, Anim. Behav., 15, 427—432 (1967).

Stevenson J. G., Song as a reinforcer. In Hinde (1969).

Stewart J., Palfai T., Castration, androgen, and dominance status in the rat, Psychonomic Sci., 7, 1—2 (1967).

Stichmann W., Transpositionsversuche mit Haushuhnrassen stark verschiede- ner Korpergrosse, Z. Tierpsychol., 19, 290—320 (1962).

Stokes A. W., Agonistic behaviour among blue tits at a winter feeding station, Behaviour, 19, 118—138 (1962).

Stokes A. W., The comparative ethology of great, blue, marsh and coal tits at a winter feeding station, Behaviour, 19, 208—218 (1962).

Stone /., Fabian M., Specialized receptive fields of the cat’s retina, Science,

1277-1279 (1966).

Stone L. S., Functional polarisation in developing and regenerating retinae of transplanted eyes, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 49, 856—865 (1948).

Stout J. F., The significance of sound production during the reproductive behaviour of Notropis analostanus (Family Cyprinidae), Anim. Behav., 11, 83—92 (1963).

Stratton G., Vision without inversion of the retinal image, Psychol. Rev., 4, 341-360 (1897).

Stresemann E., Aves in Kiikenthal-Krumbach, Handbuch der Zoologie, Vol. VIII, Berlin and Leipzig, 1927—1934.

Stretch R. G. A., Exploratory behaviour in the rat, Nature, 186, 454—456

(1960).

Strong P. N., Hedges M., Comparative studies in simple oddity learning:

Cats, raccoons, monkeys and chimpanzees, Psychonomic Sci., 5, 13—14

(1966).

Strongman K. T., The effect of anxiety on food intake in the rat, Q. J. exp. Psychol., 17, 255-260 (1965).

Surtees G., Laboratory studies on dispersion behaviour of adult beetles in grain. VIII and IX, Anim. Behav., 12, 374—381 (1964).

Sutherland N. S., Visual discrimination of orientation and shape by the Octopus, Nature, 179, 11—13 (1957).

Sutherland N. S., Spontaneous alternation and stimulus avoidance, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 50, 358—362 (1957).

Sutherland N. S., Stimulus analysing mechanisms. In Proc. Sym. Mechanization of Thought Processes. Her Majesty’s Stationery Office, London, 575— 609 (1959).

Sutherland N. S., The methods and findings of experiments on the visual

discrimination of shape by animals,    Exp. Psychol. Soc. Monogr.   1, 1961.

Sutherland N. S., Visual discrimination of shape by Octopus: squares and crosses, J. comp,  physiol. Psychol., 55,  939—943 (1962).

Sutherland N. S., Cat’s ability to discriminate oblique rectangles,     Science,

209-210 (1963).

Sutherland N. S., Shape discrimination and receptive fields, Nature, 197,

122 (1963).

Sutherland N. S., The learning of discrimination by animals, Endeavour, 23, 140—152 (1964).

Sutherland N. S., Partial reinforcement and breadth of learning, Q. J. exp. Psychol., 18, 289—301 (1966).

Sutherland N. S., Shape discrimination in rat, octopus and goldfish, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 67, 160—176 (1969).


Sutherland N. S., Andelman L., Learning with one and two cues, Psychon. Sei., 7, 107-108 (1967).

Sutherland N. S., Holgate V., Two-cue discrimination learning in rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 67, 160—176 (1966).

Sutherland N. S., Mackintosh J., Discrimination learning: non-additivity of cues, Nature, 201, 528—530 (1964).

Sutherland N. S., Mackintosh N. J., Mackintosh J., Simultaneous discrimination training of Octopus and transfer of discrimination along a continuum, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 56, 150—156 (1963).

Swanson H. H., Alteration of sex-typical behaviour of hamsters in open field and emergence tests by neonatal administration of androgen or oestrogen, Anim. Behav., 15, 209—216 (1967).

Symons P. E. K., Analysis of spine-raising in the male three-spined stickleback, Behaviour, 26, 1—75 (1966).

Szekely G., Development of limb movements: embryological, physiological and model studies. In «Growth of the Nervous System», Ed. G.E.W. Wol- stenholme and M. O’Connor, Churchill, London, 1968.

Szlep R., On the plasticity of instinct of a garden spider (Aranea diadema L.), construction of a cobweb, Acta Biol. Exp., 16, 5—22 (1952).

Tallartco R. B., Farrell W. M., Studies of visual depth perception: an effect of early experience on chicks on a visual cliff, I. comp, physiol. Psychol., 57, 94—96 (1964).

Tapp J. T., Markowitz H., Infant handling: effects on avoidance learning, brain weight and Cholinesterase activity, Science, 140, 486—487 (1963).

Papp J. T., Simpson L. L., Motivational and response factors as determinants of the reinforcing value of light onset, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 62, 143— 146 (1966).

Taub E., Bacon R. C., Berman A. J., Acquisition of a trace-conditioned avoidance response after deafferentation of the responding limb, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 59, 275—279 (1965).

Taub E., Ellman S. J., Berman A. J., Deafferentation in monkeys: effect on conditioned grasp response, Science, 151, 593—594 (1966).

Taub E., Teodoru D., Ellman S. J., Bloom R. F., Berman A. J., Deafferentation in monkeys, Psychon. Sei., 4, 323—324 (1966).

Taylor J. G., The Behavioural Basis of Perception, Yale Univ. Press,

1962.

Tees R. C., Effects of early auditory restriction in the rat on adult pattern discrimination, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 63, 389—393 (1967).

Teghtsoonian R., Campbell B. A., Random activity of the rat during food deprivation as a function of environmental conditions, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 53, 242-244 (1960).

Teitelbaum P., Sensory control of hypothalamic hyperphagia, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 48, 156-163 (1955).

Teitelbaum P., Random and food-directed activity in hyperphagic and normal rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 50, 486—490 (1957).

Teitelbaum P., Disturbances in feeding and drinking behaviour after hypothalamic lesions, Nebr. Symp. Motiv., 9, 39—65 (1961).

Teitelbaum P., The use of operant methods in the assessment and control of motivational states. In Honig (1966).

Teitelbaum P., Campbell B. A., Ingestion patterns in hyperphagic and normal rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 51, 135—141 (1958).

Tembrock G., Spielverhalten beim Rotfuchs, Zool. Beitr., 3, 423—496 (1958).

Tembrock G., Versuch einer Analyse des Imponierverhaltens beim Rotfuchs, Vulpes vulpes (L.), Z. Tierpsychol., 19, 577—585 (1962).

Tembrock G., Zur Strukturanalyse des Kampfverhaltens bei Vulpes, Behaviour, 19, 261-282 (1962).

Tenen S. S., Miller N. E., Strength of electrical stimulation of lateral hypothalamus, food deprivation, and tolerance for quinine in food, I. comp, pny- siol. Psychol., 58, 55-62 (1964).


Terrace H. S. Errorless transfer of a discrimination across two continue, I. exp. Anal. Behav., 6, 223—232 (1963).

Terrace H. S., Stimulus control. In Honig (1966).

Teuber H.-L., Perception. In «Handbook of Physiology», Sec. I, Vol. Ill, Ed. J. Field, H. W. Magoun, and V. E. Hall, Amer. Physiol. Soc., Washington, 1960.

Teuber H.-L., Sensory deprivation, sensory suppression and agnosia: notes for a neurologic theory, J. nerv. ment. Dis., 13, 32—40 (1961).

Thielcke G., Versuche mit Klangattrapen zur Kl?rung der Verwandschaft der Bauml?ufer Certhia familiaris L., C. brachydactyla Brehm und C. amertcana Bonaparte, J. Om., 103, 266—271 (1962).

Thielcke G., Geographie variation in bird vocalizations. In Hinde (1969).

Thielcke G., Linsenmaier K. E., Zur geographischen Variation des Gesanges des Zilpzalps Phylloscopus collybita, in Mittel- und S?dwesteuropa mit einem Vergleich des Gesanges des Fitis Phylloscopus trochilus, J. Orn., 104, 372—402

(1963).

Thielcke-Poltz H., Thielcke G., Akustisches Lernen verschieden alter schallisolierter Amseln (Turdus merula L.) und die Entwicklung erlernter Motive ohne und mit k?nstlichen Einfluss von Testosteron, Z. Tierpsychol., 17, 211-244 (1960).

Thines G., Heuts B., The effect of submissive experiences on dominance and aggressive behaviour of Xiphophorus (Pisces, Poecilidae), Z. Tierpsychol., 25, 139—154 (1968).

Thistlethwaite D., A critical review of latent learning and rekated experiments, Psychol. Bull., 48, 97—129 (1951).

Thoman E., Wetzel A., Levine S., Learning in the neonatal rat, Anim. Behav.,

54-57 (1968).

Thomas D. È7., Mayer J., Meal taking and regulation of food intake by normal and hypothalamic hyperphagic rats, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 66, 642—653

(1968).

Thompson R. F., Foundations of Physiological Psychology. Harper and Row, New York, 1967.

Thompson R. F., Spencer W. A., Habituation, Psychol. Rev., 73, 16—43

(1966).

Thompson R. W., KoenigsbergL. A., Tennison J. C., Effects of age on learning and retention of an avoidance response in rats, I. comp, physiol., Psychol.,

457-459 (1965).

Thompson Ò. I., Visual reinforcement in Siamese fighting fish, Science, 141, 55-57 (1963).

Thompson Ò. I., Visual reinforcement in fighting cocks, I. exp. Anal. Behav., 7, 45—49 (1964).

Thompson Ò. I., Aggressive behavior of Siamese fighting fish: analysis

and synthesis of conditioned and unconditioned components. In “Biology of Aggression”, Ed. S. Garattin and E. Sigg, Excerpta Medica Foundation, Amsterdam, 1969.

Thompson Ò. I., Conditioned avoidance of the mobbing call by chaffinches, Anim. Behav. (1969).

Thompson Ò. I., Bloom W., Aggressive behaviour and extinction induced response rate increase, Psychonomic Sci., 5, 335—336 (1966).

Thompson T. /., Sturm Ò., Visual-reinforcer color, and operant behavior m Siamese fighting fish., I. exp. Anal. Behav., 8, 341—344 (1965).

Thompson Ò. I., Sturm Ò., Classical conditioning of aggressive display in Siamese fighting fish, J, exp. Anal. Behav., 8, 397—403 (1965).

?2365. Thompson W. R., The inheritance of behaviour; hehavioural differences in fifteen mouse strains, Cand. J. Psychol., 7, 145—153 (1953).

Thompson W. R., Influence of prenatal maternal anxiety on emotionality in young rats, Science, 125, Á98—699 (1957).

Thompson W. R., Heron W., The effects of restricting early experience on the problem-solving capacity of dogs, Canad. J. Psychol., 8, 17—31 (1954).


Thompson W. R., Watson J., Charlesworth W. R., The effects of prenatal maternal stress on offspring behavior in rats, Psychol. Monogr., 76, 1—26

(1962).

Thor D. H., Hoats D. L., A circadian variable in self-exposure to light by the rat, Psychon. Sei., 12, 1—2 (1968).

Thorpe W. H., The evolutionary significance of habitat selection, J. Anim. Ecol., 14, 67—70 (1945).

Thorpe W. H., The process of song-learning in the chaffinch as studied by meabs of the sound spectrograph, Nature, 173, 465—469 (1954).

Thorpe W. H., The learning of song patterns by birds, with especial reference to the song of the chaffinch, Frengilla coelebs, Ibis, 100, 535—570 (1958).

Thorpe W. H., Sensitive periods in the learning of animals and men.In Thorpe and Zangwill (1961).

Thorpe W. H., Bird-song, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1961.

Thorpe W. H., Learning and Instinct in Animals. (1st ed., 1956) Methuen, London, 1963.

Thorpe W. H., Ethology and the coding problem in germ cell and brain, Z. Tierpsychol., 20, 529-551 (1963).

Thorpe W. H., Jones F. G. W., Olfactory conditioning and its relation to the problem of host selection, Proc. Roy. Soc. Ser. B, 124, 56—81 (1937).

Thorpe W. H., North M. E. W., Origin and significance of the power of vocal imitation: with special reference to the antipnonal singing of birds, Nature, 208, 219-222 (1965).

Thorpe W. H., Zangwill O. L., Current Problems in Animal Behavior, Cambridge Univ., Press, 1961.

Thorson J., Small-signal analysis of a visual reflex in the locust. I and II, Kybernetik, 3, 41—53 and 53—66 (1966).

Thorsteinson A. J., Host selection in phytophagous insects, An. Rev. Ent.,

193-218 (1960).

Tinbergen L., The natural control of insects in pinewoods: I. Factors influencing the intensity of predation by song birds, Arch. n6erl., Zool., 13, 265—343

(1960).

Tinbergen N., Uber die Orientierung des Bienenwolfes (Philanthus triangulum Fabr.), Z. vergl. Physiol., 21, 699—716 (1935).

Tinbergen N., Uber das Verhalten k?mpfender Kohlmeisen (Parus m. major L.), Ardea, 26, 222—223 (1937).

Tinbergen N., Die Ubersprunbewegung, Z. Tierpsychol., 4,1—10(1940—1941).

Tinbergen N., An objectivistic study of the innate hehaviour of animals, Biblioth. Biother., 1, 39—98 (1942).

Tinbergen N., Social releasers and the experimental method required for their study, Wolson Bull., 60, 6—51 (1948).

Tinbergen N., The Study of Instinct. Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1951.

Tinbergen N., Derived activities: their causation, biological significance, origin and emancipation during evolution, Quart. Rev. Biol., 27, 1—32

(1952).

Tinbergen N., The Herring Gull’s World, Collins, London, 1953.

239t. Tinbergen N., In “Trans. First Conf. on Group Processes (1954)’’, Ed. B. Schaffner, Macy Foundation, New York, 1955.

Tinbergen N., The functions of territory, Bird Study, 4, 14—27 (1957).

Tinbergen N., Comparative studies of the behaviour of gulls (Laridae): a progress report, Behaviour, 15, 1—70 (1959).

Tinbergen N., The evolution of animal communication — a critical examination of methods, Symp. zool. Soc. Lond., 8, 1—6 (1962).

Tinbergen N., On aims and methods of ethology, Z. Tierpsychol., 20, 410— 433 (1963).

Tinbergen N., Behavior and natural selection. In «Ideas in Modern Biology», Ed. J. A. Moore, Proc. XVI Int. Zool. Cong., Washington, 521—542 (1965).

Tinbergen N., Some recent studies of the evolution of sexual behavior. In Beach (1965).


Tinbergen N., Adaptive features of the black-headed gull Larus ridibundus L., Proc. XIV Int. Ora. Cong., 43—59 (1967).

Tinbergen N., Book review, Anim. Behav., 16, 398—399 (1968).

Tinbergen N., Broekhuysen G. Feekes F., Houghton J. C. W., Kruuk H., Szulc E., Egg shell removal by the black-headed gull, Larus ridibundus L., a behaviour component of camouflage, Behaviour, 19, 74—117 (1962).

Tinbergen N., Impekoven M., Franck D., An experiment on spacingout as a defence against predation, Behaviour, 28, 307—321 (1967).

Tinbergen N., Kruuk H., Paillette M., Egg shell removal by the black-headed gull, Larus r. ridibundus: II. Bird Study, 9, 123—131 (1962).

Tinbergen N., Kruyt W., Uber die Orientierung des Bienenwolfes (Philanthus triangulum Fabr.): III. Die Bevorzugung bestimmter Wegmarken, Z. vergl. Physiol., 25, 292-334 (1938).

Tinbergen N., Kuenen D. /., Uber die ausl?senden und die richtunggebenden Reizsituationen der Sperrbewegung von jungen Drosseln (Turdus m. merula L. und T. e. ericetorum Turton), Z. Tierpsychol., 3, 37—60 (1939).

Tinbergen N., MeeuseB. /.D., BoeremaL. K.,Varossieau W. W., Die Balz des Samtfalters, Eumenis ( = Satyrus) semele (L.), Z. Tierpsychol., 5, 182— 226 (1943).

Tinbergen N., Perdeck A. C., On the stimulus situation releasing the begging response in the newly hatched herring gull chick (Larus argentatus argentatus Pont.), Behaviour, 3, 1—39 (1950).

Tinkelpaugh O. J., An experimental study of representative factors in monkeys, J. comp. Psychol., 8, 197—236 (1928).

Tirala L. G., Die Form als Heiz, Zool. Jb. Allg. Zool. Physiol., 39, 395— 442 (1923).

Tobach E., Schneirla T. C:, Eliminative responses in mice and rats and the problem “emotionality”. In Bliss (1962).

Tolman C. W., Social facilitation of feeding behaviour in the domestic chick, Anim. Behav., 12, 245—251 (1964).

Tolman C. W., The effects of tapping sounds on feeding behaviour of domestic chicks, Anim. Behav., 15, 145—148 (1967).

Tolman C. W., The feeding behaviour of domestic chicks as a function of rale of pecking by a surrogate companion, Behaviour, 29, 57—62 (1967).

Tolman C. W., The varieties of social stimulation in the feeding behaviour of domestic chicks, Behaviour, 30, 275—286 (1968).

Tolman E. C., Purposive Behavior in Animals and Men, Century, New York,

1932.

Tolman E. C., Principles of purposive behavior. In Koch (1959).

Tolman E. C., Ritchie B. F., Kalish ?>., Studies in spatial learning: I and V, J. exp. Psychol., 36, 221-229; 37, 285—292 (1946-1947).

Toulmin S. E., The Philosophy of Science, Hutchinson, London, 1953.

Towbin E. J., Gastric distension as a factor in the satiation of thirst in esopha- gostowized dogs, Amer. J. Physiol., 159, 533—541 (1949).

Towbin E. J., The role of the gastrointestinal tract in the regulation of water intake. In “Thirst”, Ed. M. J. Wayner, Pergamon, New York, 1964.

Tracy H. C., The development of motility and behavior reactions in the toad- fish (Opsanus tau), J. comp. Neurol., 40, 253—269 (1926).

Treichler F. R., Hamilton D. M., Relationships between deprivation and air-drinking behavior, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 63, 541—544 (1967).

Tretzel E., Imitation und Transposition menschlicher Pfiffe durch Amseln Turdus m. merula L., Z. Tierpsychol., 24, 137—161 (1967).

Travarthen C. B., Two mechanisms of vision in primates, Psychol. Forschung, 31, 299—337 (1967—1968).

Tribukait B., Die Aktivit?tsperiodik der weissen Maus im Kunsttag von 16— 29 Stunden L?nge, Z. vergl. Physiol., 38, 479—490 (1956).

Trimble M. R., Herbert The effect of testosterone or oestradiol upon the sexual and associated behaviour of the adult female thesus monkey, J. En- docrin., 42, 171—185 (1968).


Troivill J. A., Instrumental conditioning of the heart rale in the curarized rat, J. corap. physiol, l’sychol., 63, 7—11 (1967).

Trumler E., Das «Rossigkeitsge.sicht>> und iihniiches Ausdrucksverhalten bei Einhufern, Z. Tierpsycliol., 16, 478—488 (1959).

Tsang Y. C., Mase learning in rats hemidecorticated in infancy, J. comp. Psychol., 24, 221—254 (1937).

Tsang Y. C, Hunger motivation in gastrectomized rats, J. comp. Psychol.,

1-17 (1938).

Tschanz B., Zur Brutbiologie dor Trottell umine (Uria aalge aalge l’ont.), Behaviour, 14, 1—100 (1959).

Tschanz B., Trottellmnmen, Z. Tierpsycliol., Beihcl't 4 (1968).

Tucker D., Beidler L. M., Autonomic nervous system influence on olfactory receptors, Amer. J. Physiol., 187, 637 (1956).

Tugendhat B., The normal feeding behavior of the three-spined stickle-back (Gasterosteus aculeatus), Behaviour, 15, 284—318 (I960).

Tugendhat B., The disturhed feeding behavior of the three-spiued stickleback:

Electric shock is administered in the food area, Behaviour, 16, 159—187

(1960).

Tugendhat Gardner B., Hunger and sequential responses in the hunting behavior of Salticid spider, J. comp, pbysiol. Psychol., 58, 167—173 (1964).

Turner E. R. A., Social feeding in birds, Behaviour, 24,, 1—46 (1964).

Tyhurst J. S., Individual reactions to community disaster, Amer. J. Psychi- atr., 107, 764-769 (1951).

Tyler S., Ph. D. thesis, Cambidge (1969).

Uexkiill J. von, Streifziige durcli die Umwelten von Tieren und Menschen. Springer Berlin. Translated in «Instinctive Behaviour» (1957), Ed. C. II, Schiller, Methuen, London, 1931.

Ullijott P., The behaviour of Dendrecoelum lacteum: I and II, J.exp. Biol., 13, 253—264, 265—278 (1936).

Ulrich R. E., Pain as a cause of aggression, Amer. Zool., 6, 643—662

(1966).

Ulrich It. E., Johnston M., liichaidson J., Wolff P. C., The operant conditioning of fighting behavior in rats, Psychol. Roc., 13, 465—470 (1963).

Ulrich R. E., Stachnik T. Brierton G. /?., Mabry J. If.. Fighting and avoidance in response to aversive stimulation, Behaviour, 26, 124—129 (1966).

Ulrich R. E., Wolff P. C., Aziin N. II., Shock as an elicitor of intra- and inter-species fighting behaviour, Anim. Beliav., 12, 14—15 (1964).

Uttley A. M., The classification of signals in the nervous syslem, EEG clin. Neurophysiol., 6, 479—494 (1954).

Uyeno E. T., White M., Social isolation and dominance behavior, I. comp, physiol. Psychol., 63, 157—159 (1967).

Valenstein E. S., Problems of measurement and interpretation with reinforcing brain stimulation, Psychol. Rev., 71, 415 — 438 (1964).

Valenstein E. S., Biology of drives, Neui'osci. Res. Bull., 6, (1968).

Valenstein E. S., Cox V. C., Kakolewski J. W., Modification of motivated behavior elicited by electrical stimulation of the hypothalamus, Science, 159, 1119—1120 (1968).'

Valenstein E.S., Go;/ R. W., Further studies of the organization and display of sexual behavior in male guinea pigs, J. comp, plivsiol. Psychol., 50,

. 115 — 119 (1957).

Valenstein E. S., Hiss W., Young W. C.. Experiential and genetic factors in the organization of sexual behavior in male guinea pigs, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 48, 397-403 (1955).

Varley M., Symmes D., The hierarchy of dominance in a grotip of macaques, Behaviour, 27, 54—75 (1966).

Vaughan E., Fisher A. E., Male sexual behavior induced by intracranial electrical stimulation, Science, 137, 758—760 (1962).

Vemey E. B., The antidiuretic hormone and the factors which determine its release, Proc. Roy. Soc. B, 135, 25—106 (1947).


Vernon Ì. D., A Further Study of Visual Perception, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1952.

Vernon W., Ulrich R., Classical conditioning of pain-elicited aggression, Science, 152, 668 (1966).

Verplanck W. S., Burrhus F. Skinner. In «Modern Learning Theory», Ed. Estes et ai., Appleton-Century-Crofts, New York, 1954.

Verplanck W. S., Hayes J. R., Eating and drinking as a function of maintenance schedule, J. comp, physiol, l’sycho)., 46, 327—333 (1953)..

Verwey J., Die 1‘aaiungsbiologie des Fisclueiliers, Zool. Jb., Abt. allg. Zool. Physiol., 48, 1—120 (1930).

Vestal Â. M., King J. A., Relationship of ago at eye opening to first optokinetic response in deermice (Peromyscus), Developmental Psychobiology, 1, 30—34 (1968).

Vilks E. K., Experimental study of instinctive behaviour of birds under natural conditions, l’roc. 18th Int. Cong. Psychol. Moscow, 1,, 82—83 (1966).

Vince M. A., Developmental changes in responsiveness in the great tit (Parus major), Behaviour, 15, 219—243 (I960).

Vince M. A., Developmental changes in learning capacity. In Thorpe and Zangwill (1961).

Vince M. A., “String-pulling” in birds: III. The successful response in greenfinches and canaries, Behaviour, 17, 103—129 (1961).

Vince M. A., Use of the feet in feeding by the great tit Parus major, Ibis, 106, 508—529 (1964).

Vince M. A., Social facilitation of hatching in the bobwhite quail, Anim. Behav., 12, 531—534 (1964).

Vince M. A., Embryonic communication, respiration and the synchronisation of hatching. In Hinde (1969).

Vince M. A., Warren R. P., Individual differences in taste discrimination in the great tit (Parus major), Anim. Behav., 11, 548—552 (1963).

Âèíîãðàäîâà Î. Ñ., Dynamic classification of the reactions of hippocampal neurons to sensory stimuli, Fed. Proc. Trans. Suppl., 25, T397—T403

(1966).

Volkonsky Ì., Sur la Photo-akineso das acribiens, Arch. Inst., Pasteur Alger.,

194-220 (1939).

Âîðîíèí JI. Ã., Some results of comparative-physiological investigations of higher nervous activity, Psychol. Bull., 59, 161—195 (1962).

Foss C., Tiber das Formensehen der roten Waldameise (Formica ruja Gruppe), Z. vergl. Physiol., 55, 225—254 (1967).

Vowles D. Ì., The orientation of ants: I. The substitution of stimuli, J. exp. Biol., 31, 341—355 (1954).

Vowles D. Ì., The orientation of ants: II. Orientation to light, gravity and polarized light, J. exp. Biol., 31, 356—375 (1954).

Vowles D. Ì., Íà/wood Ä., The effect of exogenous hormones on aggressive and defensive behaviour in the ring dove (Streptopelia risoria), J. Endocrin., 36, 35—51 (1966).

Wagner A. R., Thomas E., Norton Ò., Conditioning with electrical stimulation of the motor cortex. J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 64, 191—199 (1967).

Wahlstrom G., The circadian rliythm of the canary studied hy self-selection of light and darkness, Acta Soc. Med. Upsal., 69, 241—271 (1964).

Walden A. Ì., Studies of exploratory behavior in the albino pat, Psycliol. Rep., 22, 483—493 (1968).

Waldron I., Mechanisms for the production of the motor output pattern in flying locusts, J. exp. Biol., 47, 201—212 (1967).

Waldron /., Neural mechanism by which controlling inputs influence motor output in the flying locust, J. exp. Biol., 47, 213—228 (1967).

Waldron I., The mechanism of coupling of the locust flight oscillator to oscillatory imputs, Z. Physiol., 57, 331—347 (1968).

Walk R. D., “Visual” and “visual-motor” experience: a replication, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 51, 785—787 (1958).


Walk R. D., The study of visual depth and distance perception in animals. In Lehrman et al. (1965).

Walk R. D., Gibson E. J., A comparative and analytical study of visual depth perception, Psychol. Monogr., 75, 44 pp. (1961).

Walk R. D., Gibson E. J., Tighe T. Behavior of light- and dark-reared rats on a visual cliff, Science, 126, 80—81 (1957).

Walker E. L., Dember W. N., Earl R. M., Fawl C. L.,  Karoly    A.   J.,     Choice

alternation: III. Response intensity vs. response discriminability, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 48, 80—85 (1955).

Wallace G. K., Some experiments on form perception in the nymphs of the desert locust Schlstocerca gregaria Forskal, J. exp. Biol., 35, 765—775

.

Wallace G. K., Visual scanning in the desert locust  Schistocerca     gregaria

Forskal, J. exp. Biol., 36„ 512-545 (1959).

Wallace G. K., Experiments on visually controlled orientation in the desert locust, Schistocerca gregaria Forskal, Anim. Behav., 10, 361—369 (1962).

Wallis D. I., Aggressive behaviour in the ant, Formica fusca, Anim. Behav.,

267-274 (1962).

Wallraff H. G., K?nnen Grasm?cken mit Hilfe des Sternenhimmels navigieren? Z. Tierpsychol., 17, 165—177 (1960).

Wallraff H. G., The present status of our knowledge about pigeon homing, Proc. 14th Int. Ornith. Cong. Oxford, 331—358, Bleckwell, Oxford, 1967.

Walther F., Zum Kampf- und Paarungsverhalten einiger Antibopen, Z. Tierpsychol., 15, 340-380 (1958).

Walther F., “Antilopenhafte” Verhaltensweisen im Paarungszeremoniell des Okapi (Okapia iohnstomi Sclater, 1901),Z. Tierpsychol., 17, 188—210 (1960).

Walther F. R., Verhaltensstudien an der Grantgazelle (Gazella granti Brooke, 1872) im Ngorongoro-Krater, Z. Tierpsychol., 22, 167—208 (1965).

Ward J. A., Barlow G. W., The maturation and regulation of glancing off the parents by young orange chromides (Etroplus maculatus: Pisces — Cich- lidae), Behaviour, 29, 1—56 (1967).

Warden C. J., Animal Motivation: Experimental Studies on the Albino Rat, Columbia Univ. Press, New York, 1931.

Ware R., Development of differential reinforcing values of sexual responses in the male albino rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 65, 461—465 (1968).

Warren J. M., Additivity of cues in a visual pattern discrimination by monkeys, I. comp, physiol. Psychol., 46, 484—486 (1953).

Warren J. M., The phylogeny of maze learning: (i) Theoretical orientation, Brit. J. Anim. Behav., 5, 90—93 (1957).

Warren J. M., Reversal learning by paradise fish (Macropodus opercularis), J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 53, 376—378 (1960).

Warren J. M., Primate learning in comparative perspective. In Schrier et al. (1965).

Warren J. M., The comparative psychology of learning, Ann. Rev. Psychol.,

95—118 (1965).

Warren J. M., An assessment of the reversal index, Anim. Behav., 15, 493— 498 (1967).

Warren R. P., Preference aversion in mice to bitter substance, Science, 140, 808—809 (1963).

Warren R. P., Aronson L. R-, Sexual behavior in adult male hamsters castra- ted-adrenalectomized prior to puberty, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 50, 475— 480 (1957).

Warren R. P., Hinde R. A., The effect of oestrogen and progesterone on the nest-building of domesticated canaries, Anim. Behav., 7, 209—213

.

Warriner C. C., Lemmon W. B., Ray T. S., Early experience as a variable in mate selection, Anim. Behav., 11,, 221—224 (1963).

Wasman M., Flynn J. P., Directed attack elicited from hypothalamus, Arch. Neurol., 6, 220—227 (1962).


Waterman T. H., Wiersma C. A. G., Bush B. M. H., Afferent visual responses in the optic nerve of the crab Podophthalamus, J. cell. Comp. Physiol., 63, 135—155 (1964).

Watson A. J., The place of reinforcement in the explanation of behaviour. In Thorpe and Zangwill (1961).

Watson J. B., Psychology from the Standpoint of a Behaviorist, Lippincott, Philadelphia, 1919.

Weasner M. H., Finger F. W., Reid L. S., Activity changes under food deprivation as a function of recording device, J. comp, physiol. Psychol.,

470-474 (1960).

Webb W. B., The wotivational aspect of an irrelevant drive in the behavior of the white rat, J. exp. Psychol., 39, 1—14 (1949).

Wecker S. C., The role of early experience in habitat selection by the prairie deermouse, Peromyscus maniculatus bairdi, Ecol. Monogr., 33, 307—325

(1963).

Weddell G., Somesthesis and the chemical senses, Ann. Rev. Psychol., 6,

136 (1955).

Weddell G., Taylor D. A., Williams C. M., Studies on the innervation of skin: III. The patterned arrangement of the spinal sensory nerves to the rabbit ear, J. Anat. Lond., 89, 317—342 (1955).

Weene P., Held R., Changes in perceived size of angle as a function of orientation in the frontal plane, J. exp. Psychol., 71, 55—59 (1966).

Wehmer F., Effects of prior experience with objects on maternal behaviours in the rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 60, 294—296 (1965).

Wehner R., Zur Physiologie des Formensehens bei der Honigbiene, Z. vergl. Physiol., 55, 145—166 (1967).

Weidmann R., Weidmann U., An analysis of the stimulus situation releasing food-begging in the black-headed gull, Anim. Behav., 6, 114 (1958).

Weidmann U., Verhaltensstudien an der Stockente (Anas platyrhynchos L.):

Z. Tierpsychol., 15, 277—300 (1958).

Weiner I. H., Stellar E., Salt preference of the rat determined by a single- stinjulus method, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 44, 394—401 (1951).

Weingarten M., Spinelli D. N., Retinal receptive field changes produced by auditory and somatic stimulation, Exptl. Neurol., 15, 363—376

(1966).

Weinstein S., Sersen E. A., Fisher L., Weisinger M., Is reafference necessary for visual adaptation? Percept, mot. Skills, 18, 641—648 (1964).

Weir M. W., De Fries J. C., Prenatal maternal influence on behavior in mice, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 58, 412—417 (1964).

Weis-Fogh T., Biology and physics of locust flight: II. Flight performance of the desert locust (Schistocerca gregarla), Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. B, 239, 459-510 (1956).

Weis-Fogh T., Control of basic movements in flying insects, Symp. Soc. exp. Biol., 18, 343—361 (1964).

Weiskrantz L., Sensory deprivation and the cat’s optic nervous system, Nature, 181, 1047—1050 (1958).

Weiskrantz L., Neurological studies and animal behaviour, Brit. Med. Bull.,

49-53 (1964).

Weiskrantz L. (Ed.), Analysis of Behavioral Change, Harper and Row, New York, 1968.

 Weiskrantz L., Memory. In Weiskrantz (1968).

 Weiskratz L., Emotion. In Weiskrantz (1968).

Weiskrantz L., Cowey A., The aetiology of food reward in monkeys, Anim. Behav., 11, 225—234 (1963).

Weiss B. A., Schneirla T. C., Inter-situational transfer in the ant Formica schanfussi as tested in a two-phase single choice-point maze, Behaviour, 28, 269—279 (1967).

Weiss J. M., Effects of coping responses on stress, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 65, 251—260 (1968).


Weiss P., Does sensory control play a constructive role in the development of motor coordination? Schweiz. Med. Wschr., 71, 591—595 (1941).

Weiss P., Self-differentiation of the basic patterns of coordination, Comp. Psychol. Monogr., 17, 1941.

Weiss P., Experimental analysis of coordination by the disarrangement of central-peripheral relations, Symp. Soc. exp. Biol., 4, 92—111 (1950).

Welford A. T., Evidence of a single channel decision mechanism limiting performance in a serial reaction task, Q. J. exp. Psychol., 11, 193—210 (1959).

Welford A. T., Experimental psychology and the study of social behaviour. In «Society: Problems and Methods of Study», Ed. A. T. Welford et al., Routledge and Kegan-Paul, London, 1962.

Welford A. T., Brown R. A., Gabb  J. E., Two experiments  oil  fatigue   as

affecting skilled performance in civilian air crew, Brit., J. Psychol., 40, 195—211 (1950).

Welker W. I., Effects of age and experience on play and exploration of young chimpanzees, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 49, 223—226 (1956).

Welker W. I., Analysis of sniffing of the albino rat, Behaviour, 22, 223—244

(1964).

Welker W. I., King W. A.,    Effects of    stimulus novelty on gnawing     and  eating

by rats, J. comp, physiol.   Psychol., 55, 838—842 (1962).

Wells G. P., Spontaneous activity cycles in polychaete worms, Symp. Soc. exp. Biol., 4, 127—142 (1950).

Wells G. P., The sources of animal behaviour. Inaugural lecture, Univ. Coll. London, 1955.

Wells G. P., Factors affecting reactions to Mysis by newly hatched Sepia, Behaviour, 13, 96—111 (1958).

Wells M. /., Functional evidence for neurone fields representing the individual arms within the central nervous system of Octopus, J. exp. Biol., 36, 501—511 (1959).

Wells M. J., Weight discrimination by Octopus, J. exp. Biol., 38, 127—133

.

Wells M. J., Early learning in Sepia, Symp. zool. Soc. Lond., 8, 149—169

.

Wells M. J., Brain and Behaviour in Cephalopods. Heinomann, London, Stanford Univ. Press, Stanford, 1962.

Wells M. J., The orientation of Octopus, Ergeb. Biol., 26, 40—54 (1963).

Wells M. J., Tactile discrimination of shape by Octopus, Q. J. exp. Psychol.,

156-162 (1964).

Wells M. /., Tactile discrimination of surface curvature and shape by the octopus J. exp. Biol. 41, 433—445 (1964).

Wells M. J., Wells J. The function of the brain of Octopus in tactile discrimination J. exp. Biol. 34, 131—142 (1957).

Wenner A.M., Sound production during the waggle dance of the lioney bee, Anim. Behav., 10, 79—95 (1962).

Wenner A.M., Honey bees: do they use the distance information contained in their dance maneuver? Science 155, 847—849 (1967).

Werner G., Mountcastle V. B., The variability of central nervous activity in a sensory system, and its implications for the central reflection of sensory events, J. Neuropihysiol., 26, 958—977 (1963).

Whalen R. E., Effects of mounting without intromission and intromission without ejaculation on sexual behaviour and maze learning, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 54, 409—415 (1961).

Whalen R. E., The initiation of mating in naive female cats, Anim. Behav.,

461—463 (1963).

Whalen R. E., Sexual behavior of cats, Behaviour. 20, 321—342 (1963).

Whalen R. E., Beach F. A., Ruehn R. E., Effects of exogenous androgen on sexually responsive and unresponsive male rats, Endocrinology, 69, 373—380

(1961).


Whalen R. E., Robertson R. Ò., Sexual exhaustion and recovery of musculine copulatory behavior in virilized female rats, Psychon. Sei., 11, 319—320

(1968).

Whimbey A. E., Denenberg V. H., Two independent behavioral dimensions in open-field performance, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 63, 500—504 (1967).

White B. L., Castle P., Held R., Observations on the development of visually directed reaching, Child Developm., 35, 349—364 (1964).

White B. L., Held R., Plasticity of sensorimotor development in the human infant. In «Causes of Behavior», Ed. J. F. Rosenblith and W. Allinsmith, Allyn and Bacon, Boston, 1966.

Whitfield I. C., Coding in the auditory nervous system, Nature, 213, 756— 760 (1967).

Whiting II. P., Functional development in the nervous system, Proc. 1st Int. Neurochem. Symp. Academic Press, New York, 1955.

Whitman Ñ. O., The behavior of pigeons, Publ. Carneg. Inst., 257, 1—161 (1919).

Wickelgren B. G., Habituation of spinal motoneurons, J. Neurophysiol., 30, 1404—1423 (1967).

Wickelgren B. G., Habituation of spinal interneurons, J. Neurophysiol., 30, 1424—4438 (1967).

Wickens D. D., Hall /., Reid L. S., Associative and retro-active inhibition as a function of the drive stimulus, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 42, 398—403

(1949).

Wickler W., Vergleichende Verhaltensstudien an Grundfischen: II, Z. Tier- phychol., 15, 427—446 (1958).

Wickler W., Die Stammesgeschichte typischer Bewegungsformen der Fisch- Brustflosse, Z. Tierpsychol., 17, 31—66 (1960).

Wickler W., ?kologie und Stammesgeschichte von Verhaltensweisen, Fortschr. Zool., 13, 303—365 (1961).

Wickler W., Uber die Stammesgeschichte und den taxonomischen Wert einiger Verhaltensweisen der V?gel, Z. Tierpsychol., 18, 320—342 (1961).

Wickler W., Ei-Attrappen und Maulbr?ten bei afrikanischen Cicliliden, Z. Tierpsychol., 19, 129—164 (1962).

Wickler W., Socio-sexual signals and their intraspecific imitation among primates. In Morris (1967).

Wickler W., Vergleichende Verhaltensforschung und Phylogenetik. In «Die Evolution der Organismen», 3, 1, Ed. G. lieberer, G. Fischer, Stuttgart,

1967.

Wickler W., Mimicry, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, London, 1968.

Wiemer F.-K., Mittelhirnfunktion bei Urodelen nach Regeneration und Transplantation, Arch. Entw. Mech. Org., 147, 560—633 (1955).

Wiepkema P. R., An ethological analysis of the reproductive behaviour of the bitterling, Archs. neerl. Zool., 14, 103—199 (1961).

Wiepkema P. R.. de Ruiter L., Reddingius /., Circadian rhythms in the feeding behaviour of CBA mice, Nature, 209, 935—936 (1966).

Wiersma C. A. G., An experiment on the «Resonance theory» of muscular activity, Archs. neerl. Physiol., 16, 337—345 (1931).

Wiersma C. A. G., The organization of the arthropod central nervous system, Amer. Zoologist, 2, 67—78 (1062).

Wiersma C. A. G., Bush Â. Ì. II., Waterman Ò. II., Efferent visual responses of contralateral origin in the optic nerve of the crab Podophthalamus, J. cell. comp. Physiol., 64, 309—326 (1964).

Wiersma C. A. G., Ikeda K., lntorneurons commanding swimmeret movements in the crayfish Procambarus clarkii (Girard), Comp. Biochem. Physiol., 12, 509-525 (1964).

Wiersma C.    A. G., Waterman T. H., Bush Â. M. II., Impulse traffic    in     the

optic nerve   of decapod Crustacea, Science, 134, 1435 (1961).

Wiersma C.    A. G., Yamaguchi Ò., Integration of visual stimuli by     the crayfish central    nervous system, J. exp. Biol., 47, 409—431 (1967).


Wiesel T. N., Receptive fields of ganglion cells in the cat’s retina, J. Physiol.,

583-594 (1960).

Wiesel T. N., Hubel D.H., Single-cell responses in striate cortex of kittens deprived of vision in one eye, J. Neurophysiol., 26, 1003—1017 (1963).

Wiesel T. N., Hubel D. H., Effects of visual deprivation on morphology and physiology of cells in the cat’s lateral geniculate body, J. Neurophysiol.,

978-993 (1963).

Wiesel T. N., Hubel D. H., Extent of recovery from the effects of visual deprivation in kittens, J. Neurophysiol., 28, 1060—1072 (1965).

Wiesel T. N., Hubel D.H., Comparison of the effects of unilateral and bilateral eye closure on cortical unit responses in kittens, J. Neurophysiol., 28, 1029-1040 (1965).

Wiesel T. N., Hubel D.H., Spatial and chromatic interactions in the lateral geniculate body of the rhesus monkey, J. Neurophysiol., 29,1115—1156 (1966).

Wiesner B. P., Sheard N. M., -Maternal Behaviour in the Rat, Oliver and Boyd, Edinbergh, 1933.

Wigglesworth V. B., The sensory physiology of the human louse Pedtculus humanus corporis de Beer (Anoplura), Parasitology, 33, 67—109 (1941).

Wigglesworth V. B., The utilisation of reserve substances in Drosophila during flight, J. exp. Biol., 28, 150—163 (1949).

Wikler A., Pharmacologic dissociation of behavior and EEG «sleep patterns» in dogs: Morphine, N-allylnormorphine, and atropine, Proc. Soc. exp. Biol. Med., 79, 261-265 (1952).

Wilcott R. C., Effects of cerebral lesions in young and mature rats on later maze performance, Proc. 75th Ann. Conv. Amer. Psychol. Ass., 75—76 (1967).

Wilkins B. R., Regulation and control in engineering. In Kalmus (1966).

Wilkins B. R., Basic mathematics of control. In Kalmus (1966).

Williams A. 0. D., Behavioral acts elicited by stimulation of single, identifiable brain cells, Science, 157, 570—574 (1967).

Williams C. D., Carr R. M., Peterson H. W., Maze exploration in rats of four ages, J. genet. Psychol., 109, 241—247 (1966).

Williams D.I., The overtraining reversal effect in the pigeon, Psychonomic Sei., 7, 261-262 (1967).

Williams D. I., Constant irrelevant cue learning in the pigeon. Anim. Behav.,

229—230 (1967).

Williams E., Scott J. P., The development of social behavior patterns in the mouse, in relation to natural periods, Behaviour, 6, 35—65 (1953).

Willis E. O., The behavior of bicolored ant birds, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 79, 1—127 (1967).

Wilson D. M., The central nervous control of flight in a locust, J. exp. Biol., 38, 471-490 (1961).

Wilson D. M., Relative refractoriness and patterned discharge of locust flight motor neurones, J. exp. Biol., 41, 191—205 (1964).

Wilson D. M., Proprioceptive leg reflexes in cockroaches, J. exp. Biol., 43, 397—409 (1965).

Wilson    D.M., Central nervous mechanisms for  the  generation of rhythmic

behaviour in arthropods, Symp. soc. exp. Biol., 20,  199—228 (1966).

Wilson    D. M., Insect walking, Ann. Rev. Ent., 11,  103—122 (1966).

Wilson    D. M., Stepping patterns in Tarantula spiders, J. exp. Biol.,     47,

133-151 (1967).

Wilson D. M., Inherent asymmetry and reflex modulation of the locust flight pattern, J. exp. Biol., 48, 631—641 (1968).

Wilson D. M., Davis W. Nerve impulse patterns and reflex control in the motor system of the crayfish claw, J. exp. Biol., 43, 193—210 (1965).

Wilson D. M., Gettrup E., A stretch reflex controlling wingbeat frequency in grasshoppers, J. exp. Biol., 40, 171—185 (1963).

Wilson D. M., Hoy R. R., Optomotor reaction, locomotory bias and reactive inhibition in the milkweed bug Oncopeltus and the beetle Zophobas, Z. vergl. Physiol., 58, 136-152 (1968).


Wilson D. M., Weis-Fogh T., Patterned activity of coordinated motor units, studied in flying locusts, J. exp. Biol., 39, 643—667 (1963).

Wilson D. M., Wyman R. /., Phasically unpatterned nervous control of dipteran flight, J. insect Physiol., 9, 859—865 (1963).

Wilson D. M., Wyman R. /., Motor output patterns during random and rhythmic stimulation of locust thoracic ganglia, Biophys. Journ., 5, 121—143 (1965).

Wilson E. O., Chemical communication among workers of the fire ant Sole- nopsis saevissima (Fr. Smith): 3. The experimental induction of social responses, Anim. Behav., 10, 159—164 (1962).

Wilson G. T., Radloff W. P., Degree of arousal and performance: effects of reticular stimulation on an operant task, Psychonomic Sci., 7, 13—14 (1967).

Wilson J. R., Adler N., Le Boeuf B., The effects of intromission frequency on successful pregnancy in the female rat, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci., 53, 1392—1395

.

Wilson J. R., Kuehn R. E., Beach F. A., Modification in the sexual behavior of male rats produced by changing the stimulus female, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 56, 636—644 (1963).

Wilson P. D., Riesen A. H., Visual deprivation in rhesus monkeys neonatally deprived of patterned light, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 61, 87—95 (1966).

Wilson R. S., Bartels B. L., Cardiac responses, J. comp, physiol. Psychol.,

132-139 (1968).

Wiltschko W., Uber den Einfluss statischer Magnetfelder auf die Zugorienti- erung der Rotkehlchen (Erithacus rubecula), Z. Tierpsychol., 25, 537—558

(1968).

Wilz K. /., The organization of courtship behaviour in sticklebacks, D. Phil, thesis, Oxford (1967).

Windie W. F., Physiology of the Foetus: Origin and Extent of Function in Prenatal Life, W. B. Saunders, Philadelphia, 1940.

Windle W. FGenesis of somatic motor function in mammalian embryos: a synthesizing article, Physiol. Zool., 17, 247—260 (1944).

Winn H. E., Egg site selection by three species of darters (Pisces, Percidae), Brit. J. Anim. Behav., 5, 25—28 (1957).

Winn II. E., Salmon M., Roberts N., Sun-compass orientation by parrot fishes, Z. Tierpsychol., 21, 798—812 (1964).

Wolda H., Response decrement in the prey-catching activity of Notonecta glauca L. (Hemiptera), Archs. neerl. Zool., 14, 61—89 (1961).

Wolf E., Zerrahn-Wolf G., Flicker and the reactions of bees to flowers, J. genet. Physiol., 20, 511—518 (1937).

Wolfe J. B., Effectiveness of tokon-rocords for chimpanzees, Comp. Psychol. Monogr., 12, 5 (1936).

Wolfe J. B., An exploratory study of food-storing in rats, J. comp. Psychol., 28, 97-108 (1939).

Wood-Gush D. G. M., The agonistic and courtship behaviour of the brown leghorn cock, Brit. J. Anim. Behav., 4, 133—142 (1956).

Woodruff A. B., Slovak M. L., The effects of severely restricted visual experience on the perception of «identity», Psychon. Sci., 2, 41—42 (1965).

Woods P. /., The effects of free and restricted environmental experience on problem-solving behavior in the rat, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 52, 399—402

(1959).

Woods P. J., Behavior in a novel situation as influenced by the immediately preceding environment, J. exp. Anal. Behav., 5, 185—190 (1962).

Woodworth R. S., Dynamic Psychology, Columbia Univ. Press, New York,

1918.

Worden F. G., Attention and auditory electrophysiology. In «Progress in Physiological Psychology», Ed. E. Stellar and J. M. Sprague, 1, 45—116

.

Worden F. G., Livingston R. B., Brain-stem reticular formation. In Sheer

(1961).


Worden F. G., Marsh J. T., Amplitude changes of auditory potentials evoked at cochlear nucleus during acoustic habituation, Electroouceph. clin. Neu- ropliysiol., 15, 866—881 (1963).

Wright J. H., Gescheider G. A., Johnson M. L., Energizing effects of combined food and water deprivation upon general activity, Psychon. Sei., 5, 415—416

.

W?nschmann A., Quantitative Untersuchungen zum Ncugierverhalton von Wirbeltieren, Z. TierpsychoL, 20, 80—109 (1963).

Wiistehube C., Beitr?ge zur Kenntnis besonders des Spiel- und Beute Verhaltens einheimischer Musteliden, Z. Ticrpsychol., 17, 579—613 (1960).

Wyckoff L. B., The role of observing responses in discrimination learning: Part I, Psychol. Rev., 59, 431—442 (1954).

Wynne L. C., Solomon R. L., Traumatic avoidance learning: acquisition and extinction in dogs deprived of normal peripheral autonomic function, Genet. Psychol. Monogr., 52, 241—284 (1955).

Wyrwicka W., Dobrzecka C., Relationship between feeding and satiation centers of the hypothalamus, Science, 132, 805—806 (1960).

Wyrwicka W., Dobizecha C., Tarnocki A., The effect of electrical stimulation of the hypothalamic feeding centre in satiated goats on alimentary conditioned reflexes, Type II, Acta Biol. Exp., 20, 121—136 (1960).

Yaschine T., Mena F., Beyer C., Gonadal hormones and mounting behavior in

the female rabbit, Amer. I. Physiol., 213, 867—872   (1967).

Yates A. /., Delayed auditory feedback, Psycliol.    Bull.,    60,  213—232

(1963).

Yehle A., Dauth G., Schneiderman N., Correlates of hcart-rate classical conditioning in curarized rabbits, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 64,98—104

.

Young J. Z., Regularities in the retina and optic lobes of Octopus in relation to form discrimination, Nature, 186, 836—839 (1960).

Young J. Z., Learning and discrimination in the Octopus, Biol. Rev., 36, 32-96 (1961).

Young J. Z., Paired centres for the control of attack by Octopus, Proc. Roy. Soc. B, 159, 565—588 (1964).

Young J. Z., The organization of a memory system, Proc. Roy. Soc. B, 163, 285—320 (1965).

Young P. T., Food-seeking drive, affective process and learning, Psychol. Rev., 56, 98—121 (1949).

Young W. C., Sex and Internal Secretion, Williams and Wilkins, Baltimore,

1961.

Young W. C., The hormones and mating behaviour. In Young (1961).

Young W. C., The organization of sexual behaviour by hormonal action during the prenatal and larval periods in vertebrates. In Beach (1965).

Young W. C., Goy R. W., Phoenix C, H., Hormones and sexual behaviour, Science, 143, 212—218 (1964).

Youngstrom K. A., Studies of the developing behavior of Anura, J. comp. Neurol., 68, 351—379 (1938).

Zannier-Tanner E., Vergleichende Verhaltensuntcrsuchungen ?ber das Hin- lcgen und Aufstehen bei Huftieren, Z. TierpsychoL, 22, 696—723 (1965).

Zeigler H. P., Learning-set formation in pigeons, J. comp, physiol. Psychol.,

252—254 (1961).

Zeigler H. P., Displacement activity and motivational theory. A case study in the history of ethology, Psychol. Bull., 61, 362—376 (1964).

Zeigler H. P., Karten H., Green H. L., Neural mechanisms in the feeding behavior of the pigeon. Paper delivered at Eastern Psychological Association, April, 1967, Amer. Psychol., 22, 748 (1967).

Zeigler H. P., Schmerler S., Visual discrimination of orientation by pigeons, Anim. Behav., 13, 475—477 (1965).

 Zeigler II. P., Witkowslcy P., The main sensory trigeminal nucleus of the pigeon: a single-unit analysis, J. Comp. Neurol (1968).


Zeigler H. P., Wyckoff L. B., Observing responses and discrimination learning, Q. J. exp. INychol., 13, 129 — 140 (1961).

Zener K., The significance of behavior accompanying conditioned salivary secretion for theories of the conditioned response, Amer. J. Psychol., 50, 384-403 (1937).

Zerrahn G., Formdressur und Formunterscheid'ung bei der Honigbiene, Z. vergl. Physiol., 20, 117—161 (1933).

ZimbardoP. G., The effects of early avoidance training and rearing conditions upon the sexual behaviour of the male rat, J. comp, physiol. Psycliol., 51, 764—769 (1958).

Zimbardo P. G., Montgomery K. C., Effects of «free environment» rearing upon exploratory behavior, Psychol. Rep., 3, 589—594 (1957).

Zimmermann R. R., Form generalization in the infant monkey, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 55, 918—923 (1962).

Zimmermann R. R., Torrey C. C., Ontogeny of learning. In Schreier et al.

(1965).

Zippelius H. M.. Schleidt W. M., Ultraschallaute bei jungen M?usen, Na- turwiss., 21, 502 (1956).

Zitrin A., Jaynes /., Beach F. A., Neural mediation of mating in male cats.

Ill, J. comp. Neurol., 105, 111—125 (1956).

Zolman J. F., Becker I)., Spatial discrimination learning in young chicks, Psychon. Sei., 10, 361—362 (1968).

Zolman J. F., Martin R. C., Instrumental avcrsive conditioning in newly hatched domestic chicks, Psychon. Sei., 8, 183—184 (1967).

Zucker /., Facilitatory and inhibitory effects of progesterone on sexual responses of spayed guinea pigs, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 62, 376—381 (1966).

Zucker Biphasic effects of progesterone on sexual receptivity in the female guinea pig, J. comp, physiol. Psychol., 65, 472—478 (1968).


 



çàãðóçêà...